Corel Office Document - Publications Ontario · PDF fileConstruction and Demolition 8. Building Permits 9. Equivalent Materials, etc. 10. Change of Use 10.1 Prohibition re Sewage Systems

Ministry of Ministère desMunicipal Affairs Affaires municipalesand Housing et du Logement

Building and Development Branch Direction du bâtiment et de l'aménagement

777 Bay Street, 2nd Floor 777, rue Bay, 2e étageToronto ON M5G 2E5 Toronto ON M5G 2E5 Telephone: (416) 585-6666 Téléphone : (416) 585-6666Fax: (416) 585-7531 Télécopieur : (416) 585-7531www.ontario.ca/buildingcode www.ontario.ca/buildingcode

June 18, 2008

TO: BUILDING CODE USERS

Enclosed please find pages containing amendments and editorial revisions to the consolidated office compendiumversion of the 2006 Building Code (Ontario Regulation 350/06) as amended by O. Reg. 205/08, which comesinto effect April 1, 2010. These amendments and editorial revisions include the following recent changes to the2006 Building Code Compendium:

• O. Reg. 205/08, a regulation which further amends the Building Code to require fire sprinklers inmultiple-unit residential buildings over three storeys in height.

• Minister’s Ruling MR-08-S-04, which amends Supplementary Standards SA-1 and SB-4 related to firesprinkler changes and comes into effect on April 1, 2010.

• Minister’s Ruling MR-08-S-05, which amends Supplementary Standards SB-1, SB-2 and SB-5 and comes intoeffect on June 18, 2008.

• Editorial revisions to Appendix A and Supplementary Standards.

• An updated Building Code Act,1992, as amended by the Access to Justice Act, 2006; Clean Water Act, 2006and Part III of the Public Service of Ontario Act, 2006.

The amendments and editorial revisions are identified on the following pages by a unique symbol and acorresponding effective date. The replacement pages for O. Reg. 205/08, SA-1 and SB-4 which come intoeffect April 1, 2010 also have a shaded bar at the bottom of the page. These shaded pages should be placedafter the tab “pending amendments” and are to replace the existing corresponding pages on April 1, 2010.

ServiceOntario Publications is the official publisher and vendor of the 2006 Building Code and the amendmentpages. You may contact ServiceOntario Publications by phone at 416-326-5300, 1-800-668-9938 (toll-free) orwww.serviceontario.ca/publications.

For further information, please visit the Building Code website at www.ontario.ca/buildingcode.

David Brezer, MBA, P.Eng.Director

encl.

Ministry of Municipal Affairs and HousingBuilding and Development Branch

2006 Building Code Compendium

2006Building Code Compendium

Volume 1

June 18, 2008 update(containing O. Reg. 205/08)

Volume 1 2006 Building Code Compendium

r1

r1.1

r2

m1

m2

m3

m4

e1

COMMENCEMENT

Ontario Regulation 350/06 comes into force on the 31st day of December, 2006.Amending Ontario Regulation 423/06 comes into force on the 31st day of December, 2006.

Amending Ontario Regulation 137/07 comes into force on the 2nd day of April, 2007.Amending Ontario Regulation 137/07 comes into force on the 1st day of July, 2007.Amending Ontario Regulation 205/08 comes into force on the 1st day of April, 2010.

Ruling of the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing (Minister’s Ruling) MR-07-S-02 takes effect on the 9th day ofMarch, 2007.Ruling of the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing (Minister’s Ruling) MR-07-S-03 takes effect on the 2nd day ofApril, 2007.Ruling of the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing (Minister’s Ruling) MR-08-S-04 takes effect on the 1st day of April, 2010.Ruling of the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing (Minister’s Ruling) MR-08-S-05 takes effect on the 18th day ofJune, 2008.

ERRATA

Issued April 2nd, 2007.

© Copyright Queen's Printer for Ontario 2008ISBN 978-1-4249-7213-5 (set)ISBN 978-1-4249-7214-2 (vol.1)

All rights reserved.Questions regarding copyright, including reproduction and distribution, may be directed to the Director, Building and Development Branchof the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing.

2006 BUILDING CODE COMPENDIUM

Volume 1 xvii

Code Amendment HistoryThe first Ontario Building Code was issued in 1975. The 1975 and subsequent editions of the Building Code have beenissued as follows:

Building Code Edition Date Filed Effective Date

O. Reg. 925/75 (1975 Building Code) November 24, 1975 December 31, 1975

O. Reg. 583/83 (1983 Building Code) September 15, 1983 November 30, 1983

O. Reg. 419/86 (1986 Building Code) July 18, 1986 October 20, 1986

O. Reg. 413/90 (1990 Building Code) July 30, 1990 October 1, 1990

O. Reg. 403/97 (1997 Building Code) November 3, 1997 April 6, 1998

O. Reg. 350/06 (2006 Building Code) June 28, 2006 December 31, 2006

The following Table lists the amendments to the 2006 Building Code made since the filing of O. Reg. 350/06:

AMENDMENTS TO THE 2006 BUILDING CODE - ONTARIO REGULATION 350/06

Amendment Date Filed Effective Date Nature of Amendment

O. Reg. 423/06 August 29, 2006 December 31, 2006 Definition of Applicable Law

O. Reg. 137/07 April 2, 2007April 2, 2007 Editorial revisions; tall stud tables A-30 to A-33

July 1, 2007 Part 3 stud wall reinforcement and plumbing fixtures

O. Reg. 205/08 June 18, 2008 April 1, 2010 Residential fire sprinklers

The following Table lists Minister’s Rulings that have been made to adopt amendments to codes, formulae, standards,guidelines or procedures referenced in the 2006 Building Code:

MINISTER’S RULINGS TO ADOPT AMENDMENTS TO CODES, FORMULAE, STANDARDS, GUIDELINES OR PROCEDURESREFERENCED IN THE 2006 BUILDING CODE

Ruling Number Date of Ruling Effective Date Nature of Amendment

MR-06-S-01 August 15, 2006 December 31, 2006Supplementary Standards SA-1, SB-1, SB-2, SB-3, SB-4, SB-5,SB-6, SB-7, SB-8, SB-9, SB-10, SB-11, SC-1

MR-07-S-02 March 9, 2007 March 9, 2007Revise Table 1.3.1.2. of Division BRevise Supplementary Standard SB-5

MR-07-S-03 April 2, 2007 April 2, 2007Revise Table 1.3.1.2. of Division BRevise Supplementary Standard SB-10

MR-08-S-04 June 18, 2008 April 1, 2010 Revise Supplementary Standards SA-1, SB-4

MR-08-S-05 June 18, 2008 June 18, 2008 Revise Supplementary Standards SB-1, SB-2, SB-5


Volume 1xviii

Building Code Act

2006 Building Code Compendium 1

BUILDING CODE ACT, S.O. 1992, c.23 as amended by: S.O. 1997, c.24, s.224, except s.224(17), in force June 17, 1998

S.O. 1997, c.30, Schedule B, s.1-20 in force April 6, 1998S.O. 1999, c.12, Schedule M, s.1-11 in force December 22, 1999S.O. 2000, c.5, s.7 in force January 1, 2001S.O. 2000, c.26, Schedule K, s.1 in force December 6, 2000 S.O. 2002, c.9, s.5, 6(1),(2), 16, 24, 25; 27, 31(1), 34, 40(1), 41(1), 43, 51(6),(9),(11)-(15),

53(3), 54, in force September 1, 2003S.O. 2002, c.9, s.1-4, 6(3), 7-15, 17-19, 20(1),(2), 21-23, 26, 28-30, 31(2), 32, 33, 35-39,

40(2),(3), 41(2), 42, 44-50, 51(1),(2),(4),(5),(7),(8),(10), 52, 53(1),(2) in forceJuly 1, 2005

S.O. 2002, c.17, Schedule C, s.1-6 in force July 1, 2005S.O. 2002, c.17, Schedule F, Table in force January 1, 2003S.O. 2005, c.33, s.1 in force December 15, 2005S.O. 2006, c.19, Schedule O, ss.1, 2 in force June 22, 2006S.O. 2006, c.32, Schedule C, s.3, in force January 1, 2007S.O. 2006, c.21, Schedule F, s.104 in force July 25, 2007S.O. 2006, c.22, s.112(8) in force July 3, 2007S.O. 2006, c.35, Schedule C, s.8 in force August 20, 2007

CONTENTS

Interpretation1. Definitions1.1 Roles of Various Persons

Enforcement Authorities2. Administration3. Enforcement by Municipalities3.1 Enforcement, Boards of Health4. Provincial Enforcement4.1 Enforcement by Registered Code Agency Appointed

by a Principal Authority4.2 Enforcement by Registered Code Agency Appointed

by an Applicant5. Agreements re Enforcement6. Agreement re Review of Plans6.1 Agreement re Plumbing6.2 Agreement re Sewage Systems7. By-laws, Resolutions, Regulations7.1 Code of Conduct

Construction and Demolition8. Building Permits9. Equivalent Materials, etc.10. Change of Use10.1 Prohibition re Sewage Systems

10.2 Notice of Readiness for Inspection11. Occupancy or Use after Completion12. Inspection of Building Site13. Order Not to Cover14. Stop Work Order

Property Standards15. Reserved15.1 Municipal Property Standards15.2 Inspection of Property Without Warrant15.3 Appeal of Order15.4 Power of Municipality if Order not Complied with15.5 Certificate of Compliance15.6 Property Standards Committee15.7 Emergency Order re Dangerous Non-Conformity

with Standards15.8 Inspection Powers of Officer

Unsafe Buildings15.9 Inspection of Unsafe Buildings15.10 Emergency Order where Immediate Danger

Maintenance Inspection Programs15.10.1 Maintenance Inspections

Building Code Act

2006 Building Code Compendium2

Qualifications15.11 Qualifications for Various Positions15.12 Qualifications re Sewage Systems15.13 Duty to have Insurance

Powers and Duties of Registered Code Agencies15.14 Notice to Chief Building Official15.15 Functions of Registered Code Agencies15.16 Scope of Agency’s Powers15.17 Persons Acting on Behalf of an Agency15.18 Duties re Certificates and Orders15.19 Expiry of an Agency’s Appointment15.20 Termination of an Agency’s Appointment15.21 Order to Suspend Construction15.22 Conflict Between Appointment and Act, etc.

General Powers of Inspection and Enforcement15.23 Duty to Carry Identification16. Entry into Dwellings17. Reserved17.1 Recovery of Expenditures for Repairs, etc.18. Powers of Inspector19. Obstruction of Inspector, etc.20. Obstruction or Removal of Order 21. Warrant for Entry and Search

Dispute Resolution, Reviews and Appeals22. Review of Inspector’s Order23. Building Code Commission24. Dispute Resolution25. Appeal to Court26. Further Appeal27. Service

Authorizations and Rulings28. Building Materials Evaluation Commission28.1 Binding Interpretations by the Minister29. Rulings by Minister30. Inquiry

General31. Immunity from Action32. Reserved32.1 Reserved33. Reserved34. Regulations35. Municipal By-laws 35.1 Status of Conservation Authority Regulations36. Offences37. Proof of Directions, Orders, etc.38. Restraining Order38.1 Suspension of Licence

Interpretation

1. (1) Definitions. In this Act,

"building" means,(a) a structure occupying an area greater than ten

square metres consisting of a wall, roof and flooror any of them or a structural system serving thefunction thereof including all plumbing, works,fixtures and service systems appurtenant thereto,

(b) a structure occupying an area of ten square metresor less that contains plumbing, including theplumbing appurtenant thereto,

(c) plumbing not located in a structure,(c.1) a sewage system; or

(d) structures designated in the building code;("bâtiment")

"building code" means regulations made under section 34;("code du bâtiment")

“change certificate” means a certificate prescribed under thebuilding code or approved by the Minister as a changecertificate; (“certificat de modification”);

"chief building official" means a chief building officialappointed or constituted under section 3 or 4; ("chef duservice du bâtiment")

“code of conduct” means a code of conduct described insection 7.1; (“code de conduite”);

"construct" means to do anything in the erection,installation, extension or material alteration or repair of abuilding and includes the installation of a building unitfabricated or moved from elsewhere and "construction" hasa corresponding meaning; ("construire", "construction","travaux de construction")

"demolish" means to do anything in the removal of abuilding or any material part thereof and "demolition" has acorresponding meaning; ("démolir", "démolition", "travauxde démolition")

"director" means the person appointed as director undersection 2; ("directeur")

“final certificate” means a certificate prescribed under thebuilding code as a final certificate”; (“certificat définitif”);

“inspector” means an inspector appointed under section 3,3.1, 4, 6.1 or 6.2; (“inspecteur”)

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

"Minister" means the Minister of Municipal Affairs andHousing; ("ministre")

"municipality" means a local municipality; ("municipalité")

"officer" means a property standards officer who has beenassigned the responsibility of administering and enforcingby-laws passed under section 15.1; ("agent")

"planning board" means a planning board established undersection 9 or 10 of the Planning Act; ("conseild’aménagement")

"plans review certificate" means a certificate prescribedunder the building code or approved by the Minister as aplans review certificate; (“certificat d’examen des plans”)

"plumbing" means a drainage system, a venting system anda water system or parts thereof; ("installation deplomberie")

“principal authority” means,(a) the Crown,(b) the council of a municipality,(c) an upper-tier municipality that has entered into an

agreement under subsection 3(5), 6.1(1) or 6.2(1),(d) a board of health that has been prescribed for the

purposes of subsection 3.1(1) or has entered into anagreement under subsection 6.1(2) or (3) or 6.2(2),

(e) a planning board that has been prescribed for thepurposes of subsection 3.1(1), or

(f) a conservation authority that has been prescribedfor the purposes of subsection 3.1(1) or has enteredinto an agreement under subsection 6.2(2);(“autorité principale”);

“registered code agency” means a person that has thequalifications and meets the requirements described insubsection 15.11(4); (“organisme inscrit d’exécution ducode”)

"regulations" means regulations made under this Act.("règlements") 1992, c.23, s.1(1); 1997, c.24, s.224(1, 2);1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.1; 1999, c.12, Sched. M, s.1;2002, c.9, s.2(1-3); 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.1(1); 2002,c.17, Sched. F, Table; 2006, c.19, Sched. O, s.1(1); 2006,c. 21, Sched. F, s.104(1-3); 2006, c.22, s.112(1).

(1.1) Interpretation. Except as provided insubsection (1.2), a reference to “this Act” in any provisionof this Act shall be deemed to be a reference to this Actexcluding sections 15.1 to 15.8. 1997, c.24, s.224(3)

(1.2) Same. A reference to “this Act” in subsection1(1) and sections 2, 16, 19, 20, 21, 27, 31, 36 and 37includes a reference to sections 15.1 to 15.8. 1997, c.24,s.224(3)

(1.3) Chief Building Official. A reference to the“chief building official” in this Act, other than insubsections 1(1), 3(2), (3) and (6) and section 4, includes aninspector who has the same powers and duties as the chiefbuilding official,

(a) in relation to sewage systems by virtue ofsubsections 3.1(3) or 6.2(4); and

(b) in relation to plumbing by virtue of subsection6.1(5). 2002, c.9, s.2(4)

(2) Exclusion. This Act does not apply tostructures used directly in the extraction of ore from a mine. 1992, c.23, s.1(2)

1.1 (1) Role of Various Persons. It is the roleof every person who causes a building to be constructed,

(a) to cause the building to be constructed inaccordance with this Act and the building code andwith any permit issued under this Act for thebuilding;

(b) to ensure that construction does not proceed unlessany permit required under this Act has been issuedby the chief building official; and

(c) to ensure that construction is carried out only bypersons with the qualifications and insurance, ifany, required by this Act and the building code. 2002, c.9, s.3

(2) Role of Designers. It is the role of adesigner,

(a) if the designer’s designs are to be submitted insupport of an application for a permit under thisAct, to provide designs which are in accordancewith this Act and the building code and to providedocumentation that is sufficiently detailed to permitthe design to be assessed for compliance with thisAct and the building code and to allow a builder tocarry out the work in accordance with the design,this Act and the building code;

(b) to perform the role described in clause (a) inrespect of only those matters for which thedesigner has the qualifications, if any, required bythis Act and the building code; and

(c) if the building code requires that all or part of thedesign or construction of a building be undergeneral review, to perform the general review inrespect of only those matters for which thedesigner has the qualifications, if any, required bythis Act and the building code. 2002, c.9, s.3

Building Code Act


(3) Role of Builders. It is the role of a builder,(a) to ensure that construction does not proceed unless

any permit required under this Act has been issuedby the chief building official;

(b) to construct the building in accordance with thepermit;

(c) to use appropriate building techniques to achievecompliance with this Act and the building code; and

(d) when site conditions affect compliance with thebuilding code, to notify the designer and aninspector or the registered code agency, asappropriate. 2002, c.9, s.3

(4) Role of Manufacturers, etc. It is the roleof manufacturers, suppliers and retailers of products that areintended for use in Ontario in the construction of a buildingfor a purpose that is regulated by this Act or the buildingcode to ensure that the products comply with the standardsestablished under this Act and the building code. 2002, c.9,s.3

(5) Role of Registered Code Agencies. Itis the role of a registered code agency,

(a) to exercise powers and perform duties under thisAct and the building code in connection withreviewing plans, issuing certificates, inspectingconstruction and performing other functions inaccordance with this Act and the building code; and

(b) to carry out the duties of a registered code agencyunder this Act and the building code in respect ofonly those matters for which the registered codeagency is qualified under this Act and the buildingcode. 2002, c.9, s.3

(6) Role of Chief Building Officials. It is therole of a chief building official,

(a) to establish operational policies for the enforcementof this Act and the building code within theapplicable jurisdiction;

(b) to co-ordinate and oversee the enforcement of thisAct and the building code within the applicablejurisdiction;

(c) to exercise powers and perform the other dutiesassigned to him or her under this Act and thebuilding code; and

(d) to exercise powers and perform duties inaccordance with the standards established by theapplicable code of conduct. 2002, c.9, s.3

(7) Role of Inspectors. It is the role of aninspector,

(a) to exercise powers and perform duties under thisAct and the building code in connection withreviewing plans, inspecting construction,conducting maintenance inspections and issuingorders in accordance with this Act and the buildingcode;

(b) to exercise powers and perform duties in respect ofonly those matters for which he or she has thequalifications required by this Act and the buildingcode; and

(c) to exercise powers and perform duties inaccordance with the standards established by theapplicable code of conduct. 2002, c.9, s.3; 2006,c.22, s.112(2)

(8) Limitation. Nothing in this section relievesany person from the duty to comply with any part of thisAct or the building code or affects the rights or duties of aperson not mentioned in this section in respect of theconstruction of a building. 2002, c.9, s.3; 2006, c.19,Sched. O, s.1(2)

Enforcement Authorities

2. (1) Administration. The Minister is responsiblefor the administration of this Act. 1992, c.23, s.2(1)

(2) Director. There shall be a director of theBuilding and Development Branch of the Ministry ofMunicipal Affairs and Housing who is appointed by theLieutenant Governor in Council for the purposes of thisAct. 2002, c.9, s.5

3. (1) Enforcement by Municipalities. Thecouncil of each municipality is responsible for theenforcement of this Act in the municipality, except whereotherwise provided by this Act. 2002, c.9, s.6(1)

(2) Chief Building Official, Inspectors. The council of each municipality shall appoint a chiefbuilding official and such inspectors as are necessary for theenforcement of this Act in the areas in which themunicipality has jurisdiction. 1992, c.23, s.3(2)

(2.1) Repealed. 2002, c.9, s.6(2)

(3) Joint Enforcement. The councils of two ormore municipalities may enter into an agreement,

(a) providing for the joint enforcement of this Actwithin their respective municipalities;

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

(b) providing for the sharing of costs incurred in theenforcement of this Act within their respectivemunicipalities; and

(c) providing for the appointment of a chief buildingofficial and inspectors. 1992, c.23, s.3(3)

(4) Joint Jurisdiction. If an agreement undersubsection (3) is in effect, the municipalities have jointjurisdiction in the area comprising the municipalities. 1992,c.23, s.3(4)

(5) Enforcement by Upper-Tier. The councilof an upper-tier municipality and of one or moremunicipalities in the upper-tier municipality may enter intoan agreement for the enforcement by the upper-tiermunicipality of this Act in the municipalities and forcharging the municipalities the whole or part of the cost. 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table

(6) Power of Upper-Tier. If an agreement undersubsection (5) is in effect, the upper-tier municipality hasjurisdiction for the enforcement of this Act in themunicipalities that are parties to the agreement and shallappoint a chief building official and such inspectors as arenecessary for that purpose. 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table

(7) Repealed. 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table

(8) Certificate. The clerk of the municipality orupper-tier municipality shall issue a certificate ofappointment bearing the clerk's signature or a facsimile of itto the chief building official and each inspector appointed bythe municipality or upper-tier municipality. 1992, c.23,s.3(8); 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table

(9) Records. Every municipality and every upper-tier municipality that has jurisdiction for the enforcement ofthis Act shall retain such records as may be prescribed byregulation for the prescribed period of time. 2002, c.9,s.6(3); 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.2

3.1 (1) Enforcement, Boards of Health. Aboard of health, a planning board or a conservation authorityprescribed in the building code is responsible for theenforcement of the provisions of this Act and the buildingcode related to sewage systems in the municipalities andterritory without municipal organization prescribed in thebuilding code. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.3; 1999, c.12,Sched. M, s.2(1)

(2) Inspectors. The board of health, planningboard or conservation authority shall appoint such sewage

system inspectors as are necessary for the enforcement ofthis Act in the areas in which the board of health, planningboard or conservation authority has jurisdiction undersubsection (1). 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.3; 1999, c.12,Sched. M, s.2(2)

(3) Powers. A sewage system inspector appointedunder this section in an area of jurisdiction or, if there ismore than one inspector in the area of jurisdiction, theinspector designated by the board of health, planning boardor conservation authority has the same powers and duties inrelation to sewage systems as does the chief building officialin respect of buildings. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.3; 1999,c.12, Sched. M, s.2(3)

(4) Jurisdiction. A board of health, planningboard or conservation authority prescribed for the purposesof subsection (1) has jurisdiction for the enforcement of thisAct in the prescribed municipalities and territory withoutmunicipal organization. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.3; 1999,c.12, Sched. M, s.2(4)

(5) Responsibility. If sewage system inspectorshave been appointed under this section, the chief buildingofficial and inspectors appointed under section 3 or 4 shallnot exercise their powers under this Act in respect ofsewage systems. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.3

(6) Certificate. The medical officer of health orthe secretary-treasurer of a planning board or conservationauthority shall issue a certificate of appointment bearing hisor her signature, or a facsimile of it, to each sewage systeminspector appointed by the board of health, planning boardor conservation authority. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.3; 1999,c.12, Sched. M, s.2(5)

(7) Records. Every board of health, planningboard and conservation authority prescribed for thepurposes of subsection (1) shall retain such records as maybe prescribed by regulation for the prescribed period oftime. 2002, c.9, s.7

4. (1) Provincial Enforcement. Subject tosection 3.1, Ontario is responsible for the enforcement ofthis Act in a territory without municipal organization. 1992, c.23, s.4(1); 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.4

(2) Agreements. The council of a municipalityand the Crown in right of Ontario represented by theMinister may enter into an agreement providing for theenforcement of this Act in the municipality by Ontariosubject to such payment in respect of costs as is set out inthe agreement. 1992, c.23, s.4(2)

Building Code Act


(3) Idem. If an agreement under subsection (2) is ineffect, Ontario has jurisdiction for the enforcement of thisAct in the municipality. 1992, c.23, s.4(3)

(4) Inspectors. Inspectors necessary for theenforcement of this Act in the areas in which Ontario hasjurisdiction shall be appointed under Part III of the PublicService of Ontario Act 2006. 1992, c.23, s.4(4); 2006, c.35,Sched.C, s.8(1)

(5) Chief Building Official. The director is thechief building official for the areas in which Ontario hasjurisdiction. 1992, c.23, s.4(5)

(6) Certificate. The Deputy Minister of MunicipalAffairs and Housing shall issue a certificate of appointmentbearing his or her signature or a facsimile of it to thedirector and each inspector appointed under subsection (4). 1992, c.23, s.4(6); 1997, c.24, s.224(5)

4.1 (1) Enforcement by Registered CodeAgency Appointed by a Principal Authority. Subject to this Act and the building code, a principalauthority may enter into agreements with registered codeagencies authorizing the agency to perform the functionsspecified in the agreement in respect of the construction ofany building or class of building specified in the agreement. 2002, c.9, s.8

(2) Appointment. After entering into theagreement with the registered code agency, the principalauthority may appoint the agency to perform specifiedfunctions in respect of the construction of a building or classof buildings. 2002, c.9, s.8

(3) Delegation of Power to Appoint. Theprincipal authority may delegate, in writing, to the chiefbuilding official the authority to make appointmentsdescribed in subsection (2), and may impose conditions orrestrictions with respect to the delegation. 2002, c.9, s.8

(4) Same. Unless otherwise provided in the buildingcode, an appointment of a registered code agency mayauthorize the agency to perform all of the applicablefunctions described in section 15.15,

(a) before a permit is issued under section 8;(b) after a permit is issued under section 8; or(c) both before and after a permit is issued under

section 8. 2002, c.9, s.8

(5) Conflicts. A registered code agency shall notaccept an appointment in the circumstances set out in thebuilding code or if it would have a conflict of interest as

determined in accordance with the building code. 2002,c.9, s.8

(6) Effect of Appointment. A registered codeagency shall perform the functions specified in theappointment for the construction of a specified building orclass of buildings and subject to the restrictions set out inthis Act and the building code, and shall do so in themanner and subject to the restrictions, if any, set out in thebuilding code. 2002, c.9, s.8

(7) Same. The duty of the registered code agency toperform those functions begins when the appointment ismade and ends when the appointment expires as describedin section 15.19 or is terminated in accordance with section15.20. 2002, c.9, s.8

(8) Notice to the Director. A principalauthority that appoints a registered code agency shall givethe director such information as may be prescribed byregulation. 2002, c.9, s.8

4.2 (1) Enforcement by Registered CodeAgency Appointed by an Applicant. Thissection applies only if a principal authority authorizes it, byregulation, by-law or resolution, as the case may be, toapply within the jurisdiction of the principal authority. 2002, c.9, s.8

(2) Appointment. Subject to this Act and thebuilding code, a prescribed person who is entitled to applyfor a permit under section 8 of this Act may appoint aregistered code agency to perform all of the functionsdescribed in section 15.15 in respect of the construction of abuilding. 2002, c.9, s.8

(3) Exception. Subsection (2) does not apply,(a) if a registered code agency has been appointed by a

principal authority to perform any function inrespect of the construction; or

(b) if an inspector has begun to perform any functionin respect of the construction. 2002, c.9, s.8

(4) Manner of Appointment. The appointmentmust be made in writing in the prescribed manner and issubject to the prescribed conditions and restrictions. 2002,c.9, s.8

(5) Conflicts. A registered code agency shall notaccept an appointment in the circumstances set out in thebuilding code or if it would have a conflict of interest asdetermined in accordance with the building code. 2002,c.9, s.8

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

(6) Effect of Appointment. A registered codeagency shall perform its functions for the specified buildingsubject to the restrictions set out in this Act and the buildingcode and shall do so in the manner and subject to therestrictions, if any, set out in the building code. 2002, c.9,s.8

(7) Same. The duty of the registered code agency toperform those functions begins when the appointment ismade and ends when the appointment expires as described insection 15.19 or is terminated in accordance with section15.20. 2002, c.9, s.8

(8) Replacement Agency. A person who hasappointed a registered code agency under subsection (2) inrespect of the construction of a building cannot replace theagency after it has begun to perform any function in respectof the construction unless the appointment of that agency hasexpired as described in section 15.19 or has been terminatedin accordance with section 15.20. 2002, c.9, s.8

(9) Notice to Director. The person who appointsa registered code agency under this section shall give thedirector such information as may be prescribed byregulation. 2002, c.9, s.8

(10) Notice to Chief Building Official. Theperson who appoints a registered code agency under thissection shall give the chief building official such informationas may be prescribed by regulation. 2002, c.9, s.8

5. (1) Agreements re Enforcement. Thecouncil of a municipality adjacent to territory withoutmunicipal organization and the Crown in right of Ontariorepresented by the Minister may enter into an agreementproviding for the enforcement of this Act by themunicipality in such part of the territory without municipalorganization and subject to such payment in respect of costsas is set out in the agreement. 1992, c.23, s.5(1)

(2) Area of Municipal Jurisdiction. Themunicipality has jurisdiction for the enforcement of this Actin the area designated in the agreement. 1992, c.23, s.5(2)

(3) Application. An agreement under this sectionmay apply to the enforcement of all or any part of this Actor the building code. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.5

6. (1) Agreement re Review of Plans. Two ormore principal authorities may enter into an agreementproviding for,

(a) the review by a principal authority for compliancewith the building code of plans and specificationsfor the construction of a building within its area ofjurisdiction;

(b) an expedited review by another principal authorityfor compliance with the building code of plans andspecifications for the construction of substantiallysimilar buildings;

(c) the allocation of responsibility for reviews forcompliance with the building code of plans andspecifications for the construction of buildings;

(d) the resolution of disagreements about whetherplans and specifications comply with the buildingcode;

(e) indemnification; and(f) such other matters as may be necessary to give

effect to the agreement. 2002, c.9, s.9

(2) Delegation. A principal authority maydelegate to the chief building official the authority to makesuch decisions under an agreement as may be necessary forits implementation. 2002, c.9, s.9

6.1 (1) Agreement re Plumbing. Despite anyother provision of this Act, the council of an upper-tiermunicipality and of one or more municipalities in the upper-tier municipality may enter into an agreement for theenforcement by the upper-tier municipality of the provisionsof this Act and the building code related to plumbing in themunicipalities and for charging the municipalities the wholeor part of the cost. 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.3(1)

(2) Delegation to Health Unit. If anagreement under subsection (1) is in effect, the council ofan upper-tier municipality may by agreement delegate itspowers under subsection (1) to a board of health havingjurisdiction in the municipalities that are parties to theagreement. 2002, c.9, s.10; 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.3(2)

(3) Delegation by Municipality. Amunicipality that is not a party to an agreement undersubsection (1) may enter into an agreement with the boardof health having jurisdiction in the municipality for theenforcement of the provisions of this Act and the buildingcode relating to plumbing. 2002, c.9, s.10

(4) Plumbing Inspectors. The council of anupper-tier municipality or the board of health may appointplumbing inspectors for the purpose of this section. 2002,c.9, s.10; 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.3(3)

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

(5) Powers. A plumbing inspector appointed underthis section or, if there is more than one inspector in thearea of jurisdiction, the senior plumbing inspector has thesame powers and duties in relation to plumbing as does thechief building official in respect of buildings other than theissuance of conditional permits. 2002, c.9, s.10

(6) Responsibility. If plumbing inspectors havebeen appointed under this section, the chief building officialand inspectors appointed under section 3 or 4 shall notexercise their powers under this Act in respect of plumbing. 2002, c.9, s.10

(7) Application. Subsections 3(8) and (9) andsection 7 apply with necessary modifications to the councilof an upper-tier municipality or a board of health that hasassumed responsibility for plumbing under this section. 2002, c.9, s.10; 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.3(4)

(8) Transition, Plumbing. If, on July 1, 1993,an upper-tier municipality was carrying out plumbinginspections under the Ontario Water Resources Act in themunicipalities that formed part of the upper-tiermunicipality, the upper-tier municipality shall enforce theprovisions of this Act and the building code related toplumbing in all of the municipalities forming part of theupper-tier municipality until the council of the upper-tiermunicipality by by-law determines otherwise, whereuponsection 3 applies. 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.3(5)

(9) Same. Subsections (4) to (7) apply withnecessary modifications to an upper-tier municipality thathas assumed responsibility for plumbing under subsection(8). 2002, c.9, s.10; 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.3(6)

(10) Interpretation. For the purpose of subsection(8), an upper-tier municipality that has been deemed to be acounty by any general or special Act for the purposes ofsection 76 of the Ontario Water Resources Act, as it read onJune 30, 1993, shall be deemed to be an upper-tiermunicipality that was carrying on plumbing inspectionsunder the Ontario Water Resources Act in the municipalitiesthat formed part of the upper-tier municipality for municipalpurposes on July 1, 1993. 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.3(7)

6.2 (1) Agreement re Sewage Systems. Despite any other provision of this Act, the council of anupper-tier municipality and of one or more municipalities inthe upper-tier municipality may enter into an agreement forthe enforcement by the upper-tier municipality of theprovisions of this Act and the building code related to

sewage systems in the municipalities and for charging themunicipalities the whole or part of the cost. 2002, c.17,Sched. C, s.3(8)

(2) Delegation. A municipality that is not a partyto an agreement under subsection (1) may enter into anagreement with a board of health or a conservation authorityhaving jurisdiction in the municipality for the enforcementof the provisions of this Act and the building code related tosewage systems. 2002, c.9, s.10

(3) Inspectors. The council of an upper-tiermunicipality, board of health or conservation authority mayappoint sewage system inspectors for the purposes of thissection. 2002, c.9, s.10; 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.3(9)

(4) Powers. A sewage system inspector appointedunder this section in an area of jurisdiction or, if there ismore than one inspector in the area of jurisdiction, theinspector designated by the council of an upper-tiermunicipality, board of health or conservation authority hasthe same powers and duties in relation to sewage systems asdoes the chief building official in respect of buildings. 2002, c.9, s.10; 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.3(10)

(5) Responsibility. If sewage system inspectorshave been appointed under this section, the chief buildingofficial and inspectors appointed under section 3 or 4 shallnot exercise their powers under this Act in respect ofsewage systems. 2002, c.9, s.10

(6) Application. Subsections 3(8) and (9) andsection 7 apply with necessary modifications to the councilof an upper-tier municipality, board of health orconservation authority that has assumed responsibility forsewage systems under this section. 2002, c.9, s.10; 2002,c.17, Sched. C, s.3(11)

7.(1) By-laws, Resolutions, Regulations. The council of a municipality or of an upper-tiermunicipality that has entered into an agreement undersubsection 3(5) or a board of health prescribed for thepurposes of section 3.1 may pass by–laws, a planning boardprescribed for the purposes of section 3.1 may passresolutions and a conservation authority prescribed for thepurposes of section 3.1 or the Lieutenant Governor inCouncil may make regulations, applicable to the matters forwhich and in the area in which the municipality, upper-tiermunicipality, board of health, planning board, conservationauthority or the Province of Ontario, respectively, hasjurisdiction for the enforcement of this Act,

Building Code Act


(a) prescribing classes of permits under this Act,including permits in respect of any stage ofconstruction or demolition;

(b) providing for applications for permits and requiringthe applications to be accompanied by such plans,specifications, documents and other information asis prescribed;

(b.1) subject to the regulations made under subsection34(2.1), establishing and governing a program toenforce standards prescribed under clause 34(2)(b),in addition to any programs established undersubsection 34(2.2);

(b.2) subject to the regulations made under subsection34(2.2), governing a program established undersubsection 34(2.2);

(c) requiring the payment of fees on applications forand issuance of permits and prescribing theamounts thereof;

(c.1) requiring the payment of interest and otherpenalties, including payment of collection costs,when fees are unpaid or are paid after the due date;

(d) providing for refunds of fees under suchcircumstances as are prescribed;

(e) requiring a person specified in the building code togive notice to the chief building official or aninspector or to a registered code agency if one isappointed, of any of the stages of constructionspecified in the building code, in addition to thestages of construction prescribed under subsection10.2(1) and prescribing the period of time aftersuch notice is given during which an inspection maybe carried out;

(f) prescribing forms respecting permits andapplications for permits and providing for their use;

(g) enabling the chief building official to require that aset of plans of a building or any class of buildingsas constructed be filed with the chief buildingofficial on completion of the construction undersuch conditions as may be prescribed in thebuilding code;

(h) providing for the transfer of permits when landchanges ownership;

(i) requiring the person to whom a permit is issued toerect and maintain fences to enclose the site of theconstruction or demolition within such areas of themunicipality as may be prescribed;

(j) prescribing the height and description of the fencesrequired under clause (i). 1992, c.23, s.7; 1997,c.30, Sched. B, s.6; 1999; c.12, Sched. M, s.3;2002, c.9, s.11(1); 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table;2006, c.19, Sched. O, s.1(5), 2006, c.22, s.112(3-5)

(2) Fees. The total amount of the fees authorizedunder clause (1)(c) must not exceed the anticipatedreasonable costs of the principal authority to administer andenforce this Act in its area of jurisdiction. 2002, c.9,s.11(2)

(3) Reduction in Fees. A regulation, by-law orresolution establishing fees under clause (1)(c) must providefor reduced fees to be payable in respect of the constructionof a building for which a registered code agency isappointed under section 4.2. 2002, c.9, s.11(2)

(4) Report on Fees. Every 12 months, eachprincipal authority shall prepare a report that contains suchinformation as may be prescribed about any fees authorizedunder clause (1)(c) and costs of the principal authority toadminister and enforce this Act in its area of jurisdiction. 2002, c.9, s.11(2)

(5) Same. The principal authority shall make itsreport available to the public in the manner required byregulation. 2002, c.9, s.11(2)

(6) Change in Fees. If a principal authorityproposes to change any fee imposed under clause (1)(c), theprincipal authority shall,

(a) give notice of the proposed changes in fees to suchpersons as may be prescribed; and

(b) hold a public meeting concerning the proposedchanges. 2002, c.9, s.11(2); 2006, c.22, s.112(6)

(7) Same, Notice. The notice of proposedchanges in fees must contain the prescribed information,including information about the public meeting, and must begiven in the prescribed manner. 2002, c.9, s.11(2)

(8) Same, Public Meeting. The public meetingconcerning proposed changes in fees must be held within theperiod specified by regulation before the regulation, by-lawor resolution to implement the proposed changes is made. 2002, c.9, s.11(2)

(8.1) Fees may be Added to Tax Roll. Section 398 of the Municipal Act, 2001 or section 264 of theCity of Toronto Act, 2006, as the case may be, applies, withnecessary modifications, to fees established by amunicipality or local board under clause (1)(c) and, with theapproval of the treasurer of a local municipality, to feesestablished under clause (1)(c) by a conservation authoritywhose area of jurisdiction includes any part of the localmunicipality. 2006, c.22, s.12(7)

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

(9) Forms. The power to prescribe forms underclause (1)(f) does not include the power to prescribe a formfor a particular purpose where there is a form for thatpurpose prescribed in the building code or approved by theMinister. 2002, c.9, s.11(2); 2006, c.21, Sched. F,s.104(4)

7.1 (1) Code of Conduct. A principal authorityshall establish and enforce a code of conduct for the chiefbuilding official and inspectors. 2002, c.9, s.12

(2) Purposes. The following are the purposes of acode of conduct:

(a) To promote appropriate standards of behaviour andenforcement actions by the chief building officialand inspectors in the exercise of a power or theperformance of a duty under this Act or thebuilding code.

(b) To prevent practices which may constitute an abuseof power, including unethical or illegal practices,by the chief building official and inspectors in theexercise of a power or the performance of a dutyunder this Act or the building code.

(c) To promote appropriate standards of honesty andintegrity in the exercise of a power or theperformance of a duty under this Act or thebuilding code by the chief building official andinspectors. 2002, c.9, s.12

(3) Contents. A code of conduct must provide forits enforcement and include policies or guidelines to be usedwhen responding to allegations that the code has beenbreached and disciplinary actions that may be taken if thecode is breached. 2002, c.9, s.12

(4) Public Notice. The principal authority shallensure that the code of conduct is brought to the attention ofthe public. 2002, c.9, s.12

Construction and Demolition

8. (1) Building Permits. No person shall constructor demolish a building or cause a building to be constructedor demolished unless a permit has been issued therefor bythe chief building official. 1992, c.23, s.8(1); 1997, c.30,Sched. B, s.7(1)

(1.1) Application for Permit. An application fora permit to construct or demolish a building may be made bya person specified by regulation and the prescribed form orthe form approved by the Minister must be used and be

accompanied by the documents and information specified byregulation. 2002, c.9, s.14(1); 2006, c.21, Sched. F,s.104(5)

(2) Issuance of Permits. The chief buildingofficial shall issue a permit referred to in subsection (1)unless,

(a) the proposed building, construction or demolitionwill contravene this Act, the building code or anyother applicable law;

(b) the applicant is a builder or vendor as defined inthe Ontario New Home Warranties Plan Act and isnot registered under that Act;

(c) a person who prepared drawings, plans,specifications or other documents or gave anopinion concerning the compliance of the proposedbuilding or construction with the building codedoes not have the applicable qualifications, if any,set out in the building code or does not have theinsurance, if any, required by the building code;

(d) the plans review certificate, if any, required for theapplication does not contain the prescribedinformation;

(e) the application for the permit is not complete; or(f) any fees due have not been paid. 2002, c.9,

s.14(2)

(2.1) Restriction. If the application includes a plansreview certificate that contains the prescribed information,the chief building official is not entitled to refuse to issuethe permit on the grounds that the proposed construction ofthe building to which the certificate relates does not complywith the building code. 2002, c.9, s.14(2)

(2.2) Decision. When an application for a permitcontains the prescribed information, the chief buildingofficial is required to determine within the period prescribedby regulation whether to issue the permit or to refuse toissue it. 2002, c.9, s.14(2)

(2.3) Same, Reasons for Refusal. If the chiefbuilding official refuses to issue the permit, he or she shallinform the applicant of all of the reasons for the refusal ofthe permit and shall do so within the period prescribed byregulation. 2002, c.9, s.14(2)

(3) Conditional Permit. Even though allrequirements have not been met to obtain a permit undersubsection (2), the chief building official may issue aconditional permit for any stage of construction if,

(a) compliance with by-laws passed under sections 34and 38 of the Planning Act and with such otherapplicable law as may be set out in the building

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

code has been achieved in respect of the proposed buildingor construction;

(b) the chief building official is of the opinion thatunreasonable delays in the construction wouldoccur if a conditional permit is not granted; and

(c) the applicant and such other person as the chiefbuilding official determines agree in writing withthe municipality, upper-tier municipality, board ofhealth, planning board, conservation authority orthe Crown in right of Ontario to,(i) assume all risk in commencing the

construction,(ii) obtain all necessary approvals in the time set

out in the agreement or, if none, as soon aspracticable,

(iii) file plans and specifications of the completebuilding in the time set out in the agreement,

(iv) at the applicant's own expense, remove thebuilding and restore the site in the mannerspecified in the agreement if approvals arenot obtained or plans filed in the time set outin the agreement, and

(v) comply with such other conditions as thechief building official considers necessary,including the provision of security forcompliance with subclause (iv). 1992, c.23,s.8(3); 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.7(2); 1999,c.12, Sched. M, s.5(1); 2002, c.17, Sched.F, Table

(3.1) Delegation re Conditional Permits. Aprincipal authority may, in writing, delegate to the chiefbuilding official the power to enter into agreementsdescribed in clause (3)(c) and may impose conditions orrestrictions with respect to the delegation. 2002, c.9,s.14(3)

(4) Criteria. In considering whether a conditionalpermit should be granted, the chief building official shall,among other matters, have regard to the potential difficultyin restoring the site to its original state and use if requiredapprovals are not obtained. 1992, c.23, s.8(4)

(5) Registration. Any agreement entered intounder clause (3)(c) may be registered against the land towhich it applies and the municipality, upper-tiermunicipality, board of health, planning board, conservationauthority or the Province of Ontario, as the case may be, isentitled to enforce its provisions against the owner and,subject to the Registry Act and the Land Titles Act, any andall subsequent owners of the land. 1999, c.12, Sched. M,s.5(2); 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table

(6) Enforcement of Agreement. If the chiefbuilding official determines that a building has not beenremoved or a site restored as required by an agreementunder clause (3)(c), the chief building official may cause thebuilding to be removed and the site restored and for thispurpose the chief building official, an inspector and theiragents may enter upon the land and into the buildinggoverned by the agreement at any reasonable time without awarrant. 1992, c.23, s.8(6)

(7) Lien. If the building is in a municipality, themunicipality shall have a lien on the land for the amountspent on the removal of the building and restoration of thesite under subsection (6) and the amount shall have prioritylien status as described in section 1 of the Municipal Act,2001 or section 3 of the City of Toronto Act, 2006, as thecase may be. 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table; 2006, c.32,Sched. C, s.3(1)

(8) Deemed Taxes. If the building is in territorywithout municipal organization, the amount spent on theremoval of the building and restoration of the site undersubsection (6) shall be deemed to be taxes imposed undersection 3 of the Provincial Land Tax Act for the purposes ofsections 26 and 27 of that Act. 1992, c.23, s.8(8)

(9) Referral of Plans, etc. Upon reasonablegrounds, the chief building official or registered codeagency may refer drawings, plans or specificationsaccompanying applications for permits or the reports arisingout of the general review of the construction of a building tothe Association of Professional Engineers of Ontario or theOntario Association of Architects for the purpose ofdetermining if the Professional Engineers Act or theArchitects Act is being contravened. 2002, c.9, s.14(4)

(9.1) Same. At the request of the Association ofProfessional Engineers of Ontario or the OntarioAssociation of Architects, the chief building official shallrefer documents and information described in subsection (9)to those associations for the purpose of determining if theProfessional Engineers Act or the Architects Act is beingcontravened. 2002, c.9, s.14(4)

(10) Revocation of Permits. Subject to section25, the chief building official may revoke a permit issuedunder this Act,

(a) if it was issued on mistaken, false or incorrectinformation;

(b) if, after six months after its issuance, theconstruction or demolition in respect of which itwas issued has not, in the opinion of the chiefbuilding official, been seriously commenced;

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

(c) if the construction or demolition of the building is,in the opinion of the chief building official,substantially suspended or discontinued for a periodof more than one year;

(d) if it was issued in error;(e) if the holder requests in writing that it be revoked;

or(f) if a term of the agreement under clause (3)(c) has

not been complied with. 1992, c.23, s.8(10)

(11) Prohibition. No person shall construct ordemolish a building or cause a building to be constructed ordemolished except in accordance with this Act and thebuilding code. 1992, c.23, s.8(11)

(12) Notice of Change. No person shall make amaterial change or cause a material change to be made to aplan, specification, document or other information on thebasis of which a permit was issued without notifying, filingdetails with and obtaining the authorization of the chiefbuilding official. 1992, c.23, s.8(12)

(13) Prohibition. No person shall construct ordemolish a building or cause a building to be constructed ordemolished except in accordance with the plans,specifications, documents and any other information on thebasis of which a permit was issued or any changes to themauthorized by the chief building official. 1992, c.23,s.8(13)

(14) Restriction. If a request for authorizationreferred to in subsection (12) or (13) is accompanied by achange certificate that contains the prescribed information,the chief building official is not entitled to refuse toauthorize the change on the grounds that the construction ofthe building to which the certificate relates does not complywith the building code. 2002, c.9, s.14(5)

9. (1) Equivalent Materials, etc. The chiefbuilding official or a registered code agency may allow theuse of materials, systems and building designs that are notauthorized in the building code if, in the opinion of the chiefbuilding official or registered code agency, the proposedmaterials, systems and building designs will achieve thelevel of performance required by the building code. 2002,c.9, s.15

(2) Conditions. The chief building official orregistered code agency, as the case may be, may imposeconditions on the use of the materials, systems and buildingdesigns, including conditions relating to the construction,operation or maintenance of the building. 2002, c.9, s.15

(3) Restrictions. The powers of the chief buildingofficial and registered code agency under subsection (1) toallow the use of materials, systems and building designs andunder subsection (2) to impose conditions are subject tosuch conditions as may be set out in the building code. 2002, c.9, s.15

(4) Revocation. The chief building official mayalter or revoke a condition imposed under subsection (2). 2002, c.9, s.15

(5) Repeal. This section is repealed on a day to benamed by proclamation of the Lieutenant Governor. 2002,c.9, s.15

10. (1) Change of Use. Even though noconstruction is proposed, no person shall change the use ofa building or part of a building or permit the use to bechanged if the change would result in an increase in hazard,as determined in accordance with the building code, unlessa permit has been issued by the chief building official. 2002, c.9, s.16

(2) Permit. The chief building official shall issue apermit under subsection (1), unless,

(a) the building if used as proposed would result in acontravention of this Act or the building code orany other applicable law;

(b) the application for it is incomplete; or(c) any fees due are unpaid. 1992, c.23, s.10

10.1 Prohibition re Sewage Systems. Noperson shall operate or maintain a sewage system or permita sewage system to be operated or maintained except inaccordance with this Act and the building code. 1997, c.30,Sched. B, s.9

10.2 (1) Notice of Readiness for Inspection. At each stage of construction specified in the building code,the prescribed person shall notify the chief building officialor the registered code agency, if any, that the constructionis ready to be inspected. 2002, c.9, s.17

(2) Inspection. After the notice is received, aninspector or the registered code agency, as the case may be,shall carry out the inspection required by the building codewithin the prescribed period. 2002, c.9, s.17

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

11. (1) Occupancy or Use after Completion. Except as authorized by the building code, a person shall notoccupy or use a building or part of a building that is newlyerected or installed or permit it to be occupied or used untilthe requirements set out in this section are met. 2002, c.9,s.18

(2) Notice of Date of Completion. Notice ofthe date of completion of the building or part must be givento the chief building official or the registered code agency, ifany. 2002, c.9, s.18

(3) Final Certificate. If a registered code agencyhas been appointed for the building or part of the building bya principal authority to perform the functions described inclause 4.1(4)(b) or (c) or has been appointed under section4.2, a final certificate that contains the prescribedinformation must be issued. 2002, c.9, s.18

(4) Inspection, etc. If subsection (3) does notapply,

(a) either the building or part must be inspected or 10days must elapse after notice of the date ofcompletion is served on the chief building official;and

(b) any order made under section 12 must be compliedwith. 2002, c.9, s.18

12. (1) Inspection of Building Site. Aninspector may enter upon land and into buildings at anyreasonable time without a warrant for the purpose ofinspecting the building or site in respect of which a permit isissued or an application for a permit is made. 1992, c.23,s.12(1)

(2) Order. An inspector who finds a contravention ofthis Act or the building code may make an order directingcompliance with this Act or the building code and mayrequire the order to be carried out immediately or withinsuch time as is specified in the order. 1992, c.23, s.12(2)

(3) Service. The order shall be served on theperson whom the inspector believes is contravening this Actor the building code. 1992, c.23, s.12(3)

(4) Form and Contents. The prescribed form orthe form approved by the Minister must be used for theorder and it must contain sufficient information to specifythe nature of the contravention and its location and thenature of the compliance that is required. 2002, c.9, s.19;2006, c.21, Sched. F, s.104(6)

(5) Posting. The inspector may post a copy of theorder on the site of the construction or demolition. 1992,c.23, s.12(5)

13. (1) Order Not to Cover. An inspector maymake an order prohibiting the covering or enclosing of anypart of a building pending inspection. 1992, c.23, s.13(1)

(1.1) Form of Order. The prescribed form or theform approved by the Minister must be used for an ordermade under this section. 2002, c.9, s.20(1); 2006, c.21,Sched. F, s.104(7)

(2) Service. The order shall be served on theperson to whom the permit is issued, if any, and on suchother persons affected thereby as the inspector determines. 1992, c.23, s.13(2)

(3) Posting. The inspector may post a copy of theorder on the site of the construction. 1992, c.23, s.13(3)

(4) Inspection. An inspection shall be madewithin a reasonable time after the person to whom the orderis made has given notice that the part of the building isready for inspection. 1992, c.23, s.13(4)

(5) Service. Section 27 does not apply to a noticeunder subsection (4). 1992, c.23, s.13(5)

(6) Order to Uncover. A chief building officialor registered code agency who has reason to believe thatpart of a building that is covered or enclosed has not beenconstructed in compliance with this Act or the building codemay order the persons responsible for the construction touncover the part at their own expense for the purpose of aninspection if,

(a) the part was covered or enclosed contrary to anorder made under subsection (1);

(b) a notice required to be given to the chief buildingofficial, registered code agency or inspector beforethe part was covered or enclosed under a by-law,resolution or regulation made under clause 7(e)was not given, or a notice required under section10.2 was not received;

(c) in cases where a notice required under section 10.2is received, the period prescribed under subsection10.2(2) did not elapse before the part was coveredor enclosed;

(d) in cases where a notice required by a by-law,resolution or regulation made under clause 7(e) isgiven,

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

(i) the inspection period prescribed under clause7(e) did not elapse before the part wascovered or enclosed, or

(ii) if an inspection period is not prescribedunder clause 7(e), a reasonable period oftime after the notice was given did not elapsebefore the part was covered or enclosed; or

(e) the part has been constructed without a permitbeing issued. 2006, c.19, Sched. O, ss.1(6)

14. (1) Stop Work Order. If an order made undersection 12 or 13 is not complied with within the timespecified in it, or where no time is specified, within areasonable time, the chief building official or registeredcode agency, as the case may be may order that all or anypart of the construction or demolition cease. 1992, c.23,s.14(1); 2002, c.9, s.21(1)

(1.1) Form of Order. The prescribed form or theform approved by the Minister must be used for the order. 2002, c.9, s.21(2); 2006, c.21, Sched. F, s.104(8)

(2) Service. The order shall be served on suchpersons affected thereby as the chief building official orregistered code agency determines and a copy shall beposted on the site of the construction or demolition. 1992,c.23, s.14(2); 2002, c.9, s.21(3)

(3) Timing. The order is effective from the time it isposted under subsection (2). 1992, c.23, s.14(3)

(4) Effect of Order. If an order to ceaseconstruction or demolition is made, no person shall performany act in the construction or demolition of the building inrespect of which the order is made other than worknecessary to carry out the order made under section 12 or13. 1992, c.23, s.14(4)

(5) Referral to Chief Building Official. When a registered code agency makes an order under thissection, the agency shall refer the matter to the chiefbuilding official as soon as practicable. 2002, c.9, s.21(4)

(6) Same. The referral must be made in theprescribed manner. 2002, c.9, s.21(4)

(7) Effect of Referral. After making the referral,the registered code agency shall take no further steps inrespect of the matter to which the order refers and theprincipal authority that issued the permit is responsible forthe enforcement of this Act in respect of the matter. 2002,c.9, s.21(4)

(8) Powers of Chief Building Official. Thechief building official may amend or rescind any ordermade by the registered code agency in respect of the matter. 2002, c.9, s.21(4)

Property Standards

15. Repealed. 2002, c.9, s.22

15.1 (1) Municipal Property Standards. Insections 15.1 to 15.8 inclusive,

"committee" means a property standards committeeestablished under section 15.6; ("comité")

"occupant" means any person or persons over the age of 18years in possession of the property; ("occupant")

"owner" includes, (a) the person for the time being managing or

receiving the rent of the land or premises inconnection with which the word is used, whetheron the person's own account or as agent or trusteeof any other person, or who would so receive therent if such land and premises were let, and

(b) a lessee or occupant of the property who, under theterms of a lease, is required to repair and maintainthe property in accordance with the standards forthe maintenance and occupancy of property;("propriétaire")

"property" means a building or structure or part of abuilding or structure, and includes the lands and premisesappurtenant thereto and all mobile homes, mobile buildings,mobile structures, outbuildings, fences and erectionsthereon whether heretofore or hereafter erected, andincludes vacant property; (“bien”)

"repair" includes the provision of facilities, the making ofadditions or alterations or the taking of any other action thatmay be required to ensure that a property conforms with thestandards established in a by-law passed under this section.("réparation") 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(2) Adoption of Policy. Where there is noofficial plan in effect in a municipality, the council of themunicipality may, by by-law approved by the Minister,adopt a policy statement containing provisions relating toproperty conditions. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

(3) Standards for Maintenance andOccupancy. The council of a municipality may pass aby-law to do the following things if an official plan thatincludes provisions relating to property conditions is ineffect in the municipality or if the council of themunicipality has adopted a policy statement as mentioned insubsection (2);

1. Prescribing standards for the maintenance andoccupancy of property within the municipality orwithin any defined area or areas and for prohibitingthe occupancy or use of such property that does notconform with the standards.

2. Requiring property that does not conform with thestandards to be repaired and maintained to conformwith the standards or the site to be cleared of allbuildings, structures, debris or refuse and left ingraded and levelled condition. 1997, c.24,s.224(8)

(4) No Distinction on the Basis ofRelationship. The authority to pass a by-law undersubsection (3) does not include the authority to pass a by-lawthat sets out requirements, standards or prohibitions thathave the effect of distinguishing between persons who arerelated and persons who are unrelated in respect of theoccupancy or use of a property, including the occupancy oruse as a single housekeeping unit. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(5) Provision of No Effect. A provision in aby-law is of no effect to the extent that it contravenes therestrictions described in subsection (4). 1997, c.24,s.224(8)

15.2 (1) Inspection of Property WithoutWarrant. Where a by-law under section 15.1 is in effect,an officer may, upon producing proper identification, enterupon any property at any reasonable time without a warrantfor the purpose of inspecting the property to determine,

(a) whether the property conforms with the standardsprescribed in the by-law; or

(b) whether an order made under subsection (2) hasbeen complied with. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(2) Contents of Order. An officer who findsthat a property does not conform with any of the standardsprescribed in a by-law passed under section 15.1 may makean order,

(a) stating the municipal address or the legaldescription of such property;

(b) giving reasonable particulars of the repairs to bemade or stating that the site is to be cleared of allbuildings, structures, debris or refuse and left in agraded and levelled condition;

(c) indicating the time for complying with the termsand conditions of the order and giving notice that,if the repair or clearance is not carried out withinthat time, the municipality may carry out the repairor clearance at the owner’s expense; and

(d) indicating the final date for giving notice of appealfrom the order. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(3) Service and Posting of Order. The ordershall be served on the owner of the property and such otherpersons affected by it as the officer determines and a copyof the order may be posted on the property. 1997, c.24,s.224(8)

(4) Registration of Order. The order may beregistered in the proper land registry office and, upon suchregistration, any person acquiring any interest in the landsubsequent to the registration of the order shall be deemedto have been served with the order on the day on which theorder was served under subsection (3) and, when therequirements of the order have been satisfied, the clerk ofthe municipality shall forthwith register in the proper landregistry office a certificate that such requirements have beensatisfied, which shall operate as a discharge of the order. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

15.3 (1) Appeal of Order. An owner or occupantwho has been served with an order made under subsection15.2(2) and who is not satisfied with the terms or conditionsof the order may appeal to the committee by sending anotice of appeal by registered mail to the secretary of thecommittee within 14 days after being served with the order. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(2) Confirmation of Order. An order that is notappealed within the time referred to in subsection (1) shallbe deemed to be confirmed. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(3) Duty of Committee. The committee shallhear the appeal. 2002, c.9, s.24

(3.1) Powers of Committee. On an appeal, thecommittee has all the powers and functions of the officerwho made the order and the committee may do any of thefollowing things if, in the committee’s opinion, doing sowould maintain the general intent and purpose of the by-lawand of the official plan or policy statement:

1. Confirm, modify or rescind the order to demolishor repair.

2. Extend the time for complying with the order. 2002, c.9, s.24

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

(4) Appeal to Court. The municipality in whichthe property is situate or any owner or occupant or personaffected by a decision under subsection (3.1) may appeal tothe Superior Court of Justice by notifying the clerk of themunicipality in writing and by applying to the court within14 days after a copy of the decision is sent. 2002, c.9, s.24

(5) Appointment. The Superior Court of Justiceshall appoint, in writing, a time and place for the hearing ofthe appeal and may direct in the appointment the manner inwhich and the persons upon whom the appointment is to beserved. 2002, c.9, s.24

(6) Judge’s Powers. On the appeal, the judgehas the same powers and functions as the committee. 1997,c.24, s.224(8)

(7) Effect of Decisions. An order that isdeemed to be confirmed under subsection (2) or that isconfirmed or modified by the committee under subsection(3) or a judge under subsection (6), as the case may be, shallbe final and binding upon the owner and occupant who shallcarry out the repair or demolition within the time and in themanner specified in the order. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

15.4 (1) Power of Municipality if Order notComplied with. If an order of an officer undersubsection 15.2(2) is not complied with in accordance withthe order as deemed confirmed or as confirmed or modifiedby the committee or a judge, the municipality may cause theproperty to be repaired or demolished accordingly. 1997,c.24, s.224(8)

(2) Warrantless Entry. For the purpose ofsubsection (1), employees or agents of the municipality mayenter the property at any reasonable time without a warrantin order to repair or demolish the property. 1997, c.24,s.224(8)

(3) No Liability. Despite subsection 31(2), amunicipal corporation or a person acting on its behalf is notliable to compensate the owner, occupant or any otherperson by reason of anything done by or on behalf of themunicipality in the reasonable exercise of its powers undersubsection (1). 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(4) Lien. The municipality shall have a lien on theland for the amount spent on the repair or demolition undersubsection (1) and the amount shall have priority lien statusas described in section 1 of the Municipal Act, 2001 orsection 3 of the City of Toronto Act, 2006, as the case maybe. 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table; 2006, c.32, Sched. C, s.3(2)

15.5 (1) Certificate of Compliance. An officerwho, after inspecting a property, is of the opinion that theproperty is in compliance with the standards established in aby-law passed under section 15.1 may issue a certificate ofcompliance to the owner. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(2) Request for Certificate. An officer shallissue a certificate to an owner who requests one and whopays the fee set by the council of the municipality in whichthe property is located. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(3) Fee for Certificate. A council of amunicipality may set a fee for the issuance of a certificate. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

15.6 (1) Property Standards Committee. Aby-law passed under section 15.1 shall provide for theestablishment of a committee composed of such persons, notfewer than three, as the council considers advisable to holdoffice for such term and on such conditions as the by-lawmay establish. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(2) Filling of Vacancies. The council of themunicipality shall forthwith fill any vacancy that occurs inthe membership of the committee. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(3) Compensation. The members of thecommittee shall be paid such compensation as the councilmay provide. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(4) Chair. The members shall elect a chair fromamong themselves; when the chair is absent through illnessor otherwise, the committee may appoint another memberas acting chair. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(5) Quorum. A majority of the members constitutesa quorum for transacting the committee’s business. 1997,c.24, s.224(8)

(6) Secretary. The members shall provide for asecretary for the committee. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(7) Duty of Secretary. The secretary shall keepon file the records of all official business of the committee,including records of all applications and minutes of alldecisions respecting those applications, and section 253 ofthe Municipal Act, 2001 or section 199 of the City ofToronto Act, 2006, as the case may be, applies withnecessary modifications to the minutes and records. 2002,c.17, Sched. F, Table; 2006, c.32, Sched. C, s.3(3)

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

(8) Rules of Procedure and Oaths. Thecommittee may, subject to subsection (9), adopt its ownrules of procedure and any member may administer oaths. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(9) Where Committee Required to GiveNotice. The committee shall give notice or direct thatnotice be given of the hearing of an appeal to such person asthe committee considers advisable. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

15.7 (1) Emergency Order re DangerousNon-Conformity with Standards. If uponinspection of a property the officer is satisfied that there isnon-conformity with the standards in a by-law passed undersection 15.1 to such extent as to pose an immediate dangerto the health or safety of any person, the officer may makean order containing particulars of the non-conformity andrequiring remedial repairs or other work to be carried outimmediately to terminate the danger. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(2) Service. The order shall be served on the ownerof the property and such other persons affected thereby asthe officer determines and a copy shall be posted on theproperty. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(3) Emergency Powers. After making an orderunder subsection (1), the officer may, either before or afterthe order is served, take any measures necessary toterminate the danger and, for this purpose, the municipallymay, through its employees and agents, at any time enter theproperty in respect of which the order was made without awarrant. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(4) No Liability. Despite subsection 31(2), amunicipal corporation or a person acting on its behalf is notliable to compensate the owner, occupant or any otherperson by reason of anything done by or on behalf of themunicipality in the reasonable exercise of its powers undersubsection (3). 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(5) Service. If the order was not served beforemeasures were taken to terminate the danger, the officershall serve copies of the order in accordance with subsection(2) as soon as practicable after the measures have beentaken, and each copy of the order shall have attached to it astatement by the officer describing the measures taken by themunicipality and providing details of the amount expendedin taking the measures. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(6) Service of Statement. If the order wasserved before the measures were taken, the officer shallserve a copy of the statement mentioned in subsection (5) inaccordance with subsection (2) as soon as practicable afterthe measures have been taken. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(7) Application to Court. As soon aspracticable after the requirements of subsections (5) and (6)have been complied with, the officer shall apply to a judgeof the Superior Court of Justice for an order confirming theorder made under subsection (1) and the judge shall hold ahearing for that purpose. 1997, c.24, s.224(8); 2002, c.9,s.25

(8) Powers of Judge. The judge in disposing ofan application under subsection (7) shall,

(a) confirm, modify or rescind the order; and(b) determine whether the amount spent on measures

to terminate the danger may be recovered inwhole, in part or not at all. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(9) Order Final. The disposition under subsection(8) is final. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(10) Lien. The amount determined by the judge to berecoverable shall be a lien on the land and shall havepriority lien status as described in section 1 of the MunicipalAct, 2001 or section 3 of the City of Toronto Act, 2006, asthe case may be. 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table; 2006, c.32,Sched. C, s.3(4)

15.8 (1) Inspection Powers of Officer. Forthe purposes of an inspection under Section 15.2, an officermay,

(a) require the production for inspection of documentsor things, including drawings or specifications, thatmay be relevant to the property or any part thereof;

(b) inspect and remove documents or things relevant tothe property or part thereof for the purpose ofmaking copies or extracts;

(c) require information from any person concerning amatter related to a property or part thereof;

(d) be accompanied by a person who has special orexpert knowledge in relation to a property or partthereof;

(e) alone or in conjunction with a person possessingspecial or expert knowledge, make examinations ortake tests, samples or photographs necessary forthe purposes of the inspection; and

(f) order the owner of the property to take and supplyat the owner's expense such tests and samples asare specified in the order. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

(2) Samples. The officer shall divide the sampletaken under clause (1)(e) into two parts and deliver one partto the person from whom the sample is taken, if the personso requests at the time the sample is taken and provides thenecessary facilities. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(3) Same. If an officer takes a sample under clause(1)(e) and has not divided the sample into two parts, a copyof any report on the sample shall be given to the personfrom whom the sample was taken. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(4) Receipt. An officer shall provide a receipt forany document or thing removed under clause (1)(b) and shallpromptly return them after the copies or extracts are made. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

(5) Evidence. Copies of or extracts fromdocuments and things removed under this section andcertified as being true copies of or extracts from theoriginals by the person who made them are admissible inevidence to the same extent as and have the same evidentiaryvalue as the originals. 1997, c.24, s.224(8)

Unsafe Buildings

15.9 (1) Inspection of Unsafe Buildings. Aninspector may enter upon land and into buildings at anyreasonable time without a warrant for the purpose ofinspecting a building to determine,

(a) whether the building is unsafe; or(b) whether an order made under subsection (4) has

been complied with. 2002, c.9, s.26

(2) Interpretation. A building is unsafe if thebuilding is,

(a) structurally inadequate or faulty for the purpose forwhich it is used; or

(b) in a condition that could be hazardous to the healthor safety of persons in the normal use of thebuilding, persons outside the building or personswhose access to the building has not beenreasonably prevented. 2002, c.9, s.26

(3) Sewage Systems. In addition to the criteriaset out in subsection (2), a sewage system is unsafe if it isnot maintained or operated in accordance with this Act andthe building code. 2002, c.9, s.26

(4) Order. An inspector who finds that a building isunsafe may make an order setting out the reasons why thebuilding is unsafe and the remedial steps necessary to renderthe building safe and may require the order to be carried outwithin the time specified in the order. 2002, c.9, s.26

(5) Service. The order shall be served on theowner and each person apparently in possession of thebuilding and such other persons affected thereby as the chiefbuilding official determines and a copy of the order may beposted on the site of the building. 2002, c.9, s.26

(6) Order Respecting Occupancy. If anorder of an inspector under subsection (4) is not compliedwith within the time specified in it, or where no time isspecified, within a reasonable time, the chief buildingofficial,

(a) may by order prohibit the use or occupancy of thebuilding; and

(b) may cause the building to be renovated, repaired ordemolished to remove the unsafe condition or takesuch other action as he or she considers necessaryfor the protection of the public. 2002, c.9, s.26

(7) Power of Entry. For the purpose of clause(6)(b), the chief building official, an inspector and theiragents may enter upon land and into buildings at anyreasonable time without a warrant. 2002, c.9, s.26

(8) Service. The order under clause (6)(a) shall beserved on the owner and each person apparently inpossession of the building and such other persons affectedthereby as the chief building official determines and a copyof the order shall be posted on the site of the building. 2002, c.9, s.26

(9) Timing. The order under clause (6)(a) iseffective from the time it is posted. 2002, c.9, s.26

(10) Lien. If the building is in a municipality, themunicipality shall have a lien on the land for the amountspent on the renovation, repair, demolition or other actionunder clause (6)(b) and the amount shall have priority lienstatus as described in section 1 of the Municipal Act, 2001or section 3 of the City of Toronto Act, 2006, as the casemay be. 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.4(1); 2006, c.32, Sched. C, s.3(5)

(11) Deemed Taxes. If the building is in territorywithout municipal organization, the amount spent on therenovation, repair, demolition or other action under clause(6)(b) shall be deemed to be taxes imposed under section 3of the Provincial Land Tax Act for the purposes of sections26 and 27 of that Act. 2002, c.9, s.26

15.10 (1) Emergency Order whereImmediate Danger. If upon inspection of a buildingan inspector is satisfied that the building poses an immediatedanger to the health or safety of any person, the chief

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

building official may make an order containing particulars ofthe dangerous conditions and requiring remedial repairs orother work to be carried out immediately to terminate thedanger. 2002, c.9, s.26

(2) Service. The order shall be served on the ownerand each person apparently in possession of the building andsuch other persons affected thereby as the chief buildingofficial determines and a copy shall be posted on the site ofthe building. 2002, c.9, s.26

(3) Emergency Powers. After making an orderunder subsection (1), the chief building official may, eitherbefore or after the order is served, take any measuresnecessary to terminate the danger and, for this purpose, thechief building official, an inspector and their agents may atany time enter upon the land and into the building in respectof which the order was made without a warrant. 2002, c.9,s.26

(4) No Liability. Despite subsection 31(2), theCrown, a municipality, an upper-tier municipality, a boardof health, a planning board or a conservation authority or aperson acting on behalf of any of them is not liable tocompensate the owner, occupant or any other person byreason of anything done by or on behalf of the chief buildingofficial or an inspector in the reasonable exercise of his orher powers under subsection (3). 2002, c.9, s.26; 2002,c.17, Sched. C, s.5(1)

(5) Service. If the order was not served beforemeasures were taken to terminate the danger, the chiefbuilding official shall serve copies of the order inaccordance with subsection (2) as soon as practicable afterthe measures have been taken and each copy of the ordershall have attached to it a statement by the chief buildingofficial describing the measures taken and providing detailsof the amount spent in taking the measures. 2002, c.9, s.26

(6) Service of Statement. If the order wasserved before the measures were taken, the chief buildingofficial shall serve a copy of the statement mentioned insubsection (5) in accordance with subsection (2) as soon aspracticable after the measures have been taken. 2002, c.9,s.26

(7) Application to Court. As soon aspracticable after subsections (5) and (6) have been compliedwith, the chief building official shall apply to the SuperiorCourt of Justice for an order confirming the order madeunder subsection (1) and the court shall hold a hearing forthat purpose. 2002, c.9, s.26

(8) Powers of Court. In disposing of anapplication under subsection (7), the court shall,

(a) confirm, modify or rescind the order; and(b) determine whether the amount spent on measures

to terminate the danger may be recovered inwhole, in part or not at all. 2002, c.9, s.26

(9) Order Final. The disposition under subsection(8) is final. 2002, c.9, s.26

(10) Lien. If the building is in a municipality, theamount determined by the judge to be recoverable shall be alien on the land and shall have priority lien status asdescribed in section 1 of the Municipal Act, 2001 or section 3 of the City of Toronto Act, 2006, as the case maybe. 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.5(2); 2006, c.32, Sched. C, s.3(6)

(11) Deemed Taxes. If the building is in territorywithout municipal organization, the amount determined bythe judge to be recoverable shall be deemed to be taxesimposed under section 3 of the Provincial Land Tax Act forthe purposes of sections 26 and 27 of that Act. 2002, c.9,s.26

Maintenance Inspection Programs

15.10.1 (1) Maintenance Inspections. Aninspector may enter upon land and into buildings at anyreasonable time without a warrant for the purpose ofconducting a maintenance inspection. 2006, c. 22, s. 112(8).

(2) Order. An inspector who finds a contraventionof this Act or the building code may make an orderdirecting compliance with this Act or the building code andmay require the order to be carried out immediately orwithin such time as is specified in the order. 2006, c.22,s.112(8).

(3) Service. The order shall be served on theperson whom the inspector believes is contravening this Actor the building code. 2006, c.22, s.112(8).

(4) Form and Contents. The prescribed form orthe form approved by the Minister must be used for theorder and it must contain sufficient information to specifythe nature of the contravention and its location and thenature of the compliance that is required. 2006, c.22, s.112(8).

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

(5) Posting. The inspector may post a copy of theorder on the site of the maintenance inspection. 2006, c.22,s.112(8).

Qualifications

15.11 (1) Qualifications for VariousPositions. A person is not eligible to be appointed as achief building official unless he or she has the qualificationsset out in the building code for the position. 2002, c.9, s.27

(2) Same. Subsection (1) also applies to everyinspector who has the same powers and duties as a chiefbuilding official in relation to sewage systems or toplumbing, to the extent of those powers and duties. 2002,c.9, s.27

(3) Qualifications for Inspectors. A personis not eligible to be appointed as an inspector under this Actunless he or she has the qualifications set out in the buildingcode for the position. 2002, c.9, s.27

(4) Qualifications for Registered CodeAgencies. A person is not eligible to be appointed as aregistered code agency under this Act unless the person hasthe qualifications and meets the requirements set out in thebuilding code. 2002, c.9, s.27; 2006, c.19, Sched. O,s.1(7)

(5) Qualifications for Designers. A person isnot eligible to engage in any of the following activitiesunless he, she or it has the qualifications and meets therequirements set out in the building code to be a designer:

1. Prepare a design or give other information oropinion concerning whether a building or part of abuilding complies with the building code, if thedesign, information or opinion is to be submitted toa chief building official in connection with,

i. an application for a permit,ii. a request for the authorization referred to in

subsection 8(12) or (13), oriii. a report described in paragraph 2.

2. If a general review of the construction of a buildingor part of a building is required by the buildingcode, prepare a written report based on the generalreview. 2002, c.9, s.27; 2006, c.19, Sched. O,s.1(7)

(6) Same. In subsection (5),

“design” includes a plan, specification, sketch, drawing orgraphic representation respecting the construction of abuilding. 2002, c.9, s.27

(7) Prohibition. No person shall represent,directly or indirectly, that he, she or it has the qualificationsor meets the requirements established under this section ifthe person does not have those qualifications or does notmeet those requirements. 2002, c.9, s.27; 2006, c.19,Sched. O, s.1(7)

15.12 (1) Qualifications re SewageSystems. No person shall engage in the business ofconstructing on site, installing, repairing, servicing,cleaning or emptying sewage systems unless the person hasthe qualifications and meets the requirements set out in thebuilding code. 2002, c.9, s.27; 2006, c.19, Sched. O, s.1(8)

(2) Prohibition. No person shall represent,directly or indirectly, that he, she or it has the qualificationsor meets the requirements referred to in subsection (1) if theperson does not have those qualifications or does not meetthose requirements. 2002, c.9, s.27; 2006, c.19, Sched. O,s.1(8)

(3) Duty to Notify the Chief BuildingOfficial. If any part of the construction of a building willbe undertaken by a person described in subsection (1) (a“specified person”), no person shall begin or continue theconstruction of a sewage system, or cause it to begin orcontinue, unless the person has given the chief buildingofficial the prescribed information about the specifiedperson. 2002, c.9, s.27; 2006, c.19, Sched. O, s.1(8)

15.13 (1) Duty to have Insurance. Everyregistered code agency, every person referred to insubsection 15.11(5) and such other persons as may bespecified in the building code who construct buildings arerequired to have the insurance coverage specified by thebuilding code. 2002, c.9, s.27; 2006, c.19, Sched. O, s.1(9)

(2) Exception. Subsection (1) does not apply to aperson who is a builder or vendor within the meaning of theOntario New Home Warranties Plan Act in respect of theconstruction of a building. 2002, c.9, s.27; 2006, c.19, Sched. O, s.1(10)

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

(3) Prohibition. No person shall represent, directlyor indirectly, that he, she or it has the insurance coveragerequired by subsection (1) if the person does not have thatinsurance coverage. 2002, c.9, s.27; 2006, c.19, Sched. O,s.1(10)

(4) Qualification or Requirement. If thebuilding code so provides, the insurance coverage constitutesa qualification or requirement for the purposes of a positionreferred to in section 15.11. 2002, c.9, s.27

(5) Duty to Notify the Chief BuildingOfficial. If any part of the construction of a building willbe undertaken by a person who is required by subsection (1)to have insurance (a “specified person”), no person shallbegin or continue the construction, or cause it to begin orcontinue, unless the person has given the chief buildingofficial the prescribed information about the specified personand the insurance coverage of the specified person. 2002,c.9, s.27; 2006, c.19, Sched. O, s.1(10)

Powers and Duties of Registered CodeAgencies

15.14 (1) Notice to Chief Building Official. Every registered code agency shall give the chief buildingofficial such information as may be prescribed byregulation. 2002, c.9, s.28

(2) Notice to the Director. Every registeredcode agency shall give the director such information as maybe prescribed by regulation. 2002, c.9, s.28

15.15 Functions of Registered CodeAgencies. The following are the functions that aregistered code agency may be appointed to perform inrespect of the construction of a building:

1. Review designs and other materials to determinewhether the proposed construction of a buildingcomplies with the building code.

2. Issue plans review certificates.3. Issue change certificates.4. Inspect the construction of a building for which a

permit has been issued under this Act.5. Issue final certificates.6. Perform such other functions as may be authorized

under this Act or in the building code. 2002, c.9,s.28

15.16 (1) Scope of Agency’s Powers. Aregistered code agency may exercise the powers andperform the duties specified in this Act and the building

code in respect only of the functions and the buildingspecified in a particular appointment. 2002, c.9, s.28

(2) Confidentiality. A registered code agencyshall not collect, use or disclose information except inaccordance with the building code. 2002, c.9, s.28

15.17 (1) Persons Acting on Behalf of anAgency. A registered code agency may authorize, inwriting, one or more prescribed persons to exercise powersand perform its functions under this Act, subject to suchconditions as may be prescribed by regulation. 2002, c.9,s.28

(2) Certificate of Authorization. Theregistered code agency shall issue a certificate ofauthorization containing the prescribed information to theauthorized person. 2002, c.9, s.28

(3) Powers and Duties of Inspector. Theauthorized person may exercise the powers and perform theduties of an inspector under any of the following provisions,in respect of the construction of a building for which theagency is appointed under this Act:

1. Section 12 (inspection).2. Section 13 (order not to cover).3. Section 16 (entry to dwellings).4. Section 18 (powers of inspector). 2002, c.9, s.28

15.18 (1) Duties re Certificates and Orders. When a registered code agency makes an order under thisAct, the agency shall give a copy of the order within theperiod prescribed by regulation to the chief buildingofficial. 2002, c.9, s.28

(2) Certificates. A registered code agency shallissue such certificates and use such forms as may berequired by the building code and shall include in them orprovide such information as may be prescribed. 2002, c.9,s.28

(3) Same. A certificate issued under this Act by aregistered code agency must be in the prescribed form orthe form approved by the Minister. 2002, c.9, s.28; 2006,c.21, Sched. F, s.104(9)

15.19 (1) Expiry of an Agency’sAppointment. The appointment of a registered codeagency expires when the agency has performed thefunctions for which it was appointed in respect ofconstruction of the specified building. 2002, c.9, s.28

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

(2) Same, by Virtue of Circumstances. The appointment of a registered code agency that has notperformed all of the functions for which it is appointed inrespect of the construction expires if either of the followingevents occurs:

1. The chief building official refuses to issue a permitfor construction of the specified building.

2. The permit for construction of the building isrevoked. 2002, c.9, s.28

15.20 (1) Termination of an Agency’sAppointment. The appointment of a registered codeagency shall not be terminated except in accordance withthis section and the building code. 2002, c.9, s.28

(2) Same. The building code may specify that theconsent of the director to the termination of an appointmentis required. 2002, c.9, s.28

(3) Effect of Termination, Appointmentby Principal Authority. If the registered code agencywas appointed by a principal authority, upon the terminationof the appointment the principal authority becomesresponsible to ensure that the remaining functions of theagency are performed by the principal authority or anotherregistered code agency. 2002, c.9, s.28

(4) Same, Appointment by Applicant. Ifthe registered code agency was appointed under section 4.2,upon the termination of the appointment the person whomade the appointment becomes responsible to ensure that theremaining functions of the agency are performed by anotherregistered code agency or, with the prior written agreementof the principal authority, by the principal authority or toensure that work on the construction is halted. 2002, c.9,s.28

(5) Powers of the Director. When theappointment of a registered code agency is terminated, thedirector may give directions to anyone described insubsection (6) in order to facilitate the transfer of theagency’s functions. 2002, c.9, s.28

(6) Same. Directions may be given to the personwho made the appointment that has been terminated, to theregistered code agency whose appointment has beenterminated and to a transferee registered code agency. 2002, c.9, s.28

(7) Duties. The person to whom directions are givenshall comply with them. 2002, c.9, s.28

15.21 (1) Order to Suspend Construction. The chief building official may, by order, suspend all orpart of the construction of the building to which theappointment of a registered code agency relates,

(a) if the chief building official has reason to believethat the registered code agency has ceased toperform the functions specified in the appointment;and

(b) if the appointment of the registered code agencyhas not expired or been terminated. 2002, c.9,s.28

(2) Same. If the appointment of a registered codeagency under section 4.2 is terminated, the chief buildingofficial shall, by order, suspend the construction of theapplicable building until,

(a) another registered code agency is appointed toperform the remaining functions of the originalregistered code agency; or

(b) the principal authority agrees, in writing, toperform the remaining functions of the originalregistered code agency. 2002, c.9, s.28

(3) Delegation. A principal authority may delegateto the chief building official the power to agree to performthe remaining functions of a registered code agencyappointed under section 4.2 whose appointment isterminated and may impose conditions and restrictions onthe delegation. 2002, c.9, s.28

(4) Effect of Order. If an order is issued underthis section, no person shall perform any act in theconstruction of the building in respect of which the order ismade, other than work necessary to secure the safety andsecurity of the building and of the construction site. 2002,c.9, s.28

(5) Procedural Matters. Subsections 14(2) and(3) apply with respect to an order under this section. 2002,c.9, s.28

15.22 Conflict Between Appointment andAct, etc. This Act and the building code prevail over theterms of an appointment of a registered code agency. 2002,c.9, s.28

General Powers of Inspection andEnforcement

15.23 Duty to Carry Identification. The chiefbuilding official, inspectors and persons authorized by aregistered code agency to exercise powers and perform

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

functions on its behalf shall carry their certificate ofappointment or authorization, as the case may be, whenperforming their duties and shall produce them forinspection upon request. 2002, c.9, s.29

16. (1) Entry to Dwellings. Despite sections 8, 12,15, 15.2, 15.4, 15.9 and 15.10.1, an inspector or officershall not enter or remain in any room or place actually beingused as a dwelling unless,

(a) the consent of the occupier is obtained, the occupierfirst having been informed that the right of entrymay be refused and entry made only under theauthority of a warrant issued under this Act;

(a.1) a warrant issued under this Act is obtained;(b) the delay necessary to obtain a warrant or the

consent of the occupier would result in animmediate danger to the health or safety of anyperson;

(c) the entry is necessary to terminate a danger undersubsection 15.7(3) or 15.10(3); or

(d) the requirements of subsection (2) are met and theentry is necessary to remove a building or restore asite under subsection 8(6), to remove an unsafecondition under clause 15.9(6)(b) or to repair ordemolish under subsection 15.4(1). 1992, c.23,s.16(1); 1997, c.24, s.224(9, 10); 2002, c.9, s.30;2006, c.19, Sched. O, s.1(11); 2006 c.22, s.112(9)

(2) Notice. Within a reasonable time before enteringthe room or place for a purpose described in clause (1)(d),the inspector or officer shall serve the occupier with noticeof his or her intention to enter it. 1992, c.23, s.16(2); 1997,c.24, s.224(11)

17. Repealed. 2002, c.9, s.31(2)

17.1 (1) Recovery of Expenditures forRepairs, etc. This section applies if money is spent bya board of health, planning board or conservation authorityor, in the circumstances described in subsection (2), by theCrown or an upper-tier municipality or, in the circumstancesdescribed in subsection (4), by a municipality,

(a) to carry out a removal and restoration undersubsection 8(6);

(b) to carry out a renovation, repair, demolition orother action under clause 15.9(6)(b); or

(c) to perform remedial or other work under subsection15.10(1) where the amount spent is determined tobe recoverable by a judge under subsection15.10(8). 1999, c.12, Sched. M, s.8; 2002, c.9,s.32(1); 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table

(2) In Municipalities. If the building in respectof which money was spent is in a municipality,

(a) the upper-tier municipality, board of health,planning board, conservation authority or theCrown may instruct the municipality to recover theamount spent;

(b) subsection 8(7), 15.9(10) or 15.10(10), as the casemay be, applies to the collection of the amount;and

(c) the money collected, less the costs reasonablyattributable to the collection, shall be paid by themunicipality to the upper-tier municipality, boardof health, planning board, conservation authorityor the Crown. 1999, c.12, Sched. M, s.8; 2002,c.9, s.32(2); 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table

(3) Not Interest of the Crown. Where theCrown instructs the municipality under clause (2)(a) torecover the amount spent, the lien referred to in subsection8(7), 15.9(10) or 15.10(10) is not an estate or interest of theCrown within the meaning of clause 379(7)(b) of theMunicipal Act, 2001 or clause 350(7)(b) of the City ofToronto Act, 2006, as the case may be. 1999, c.12, Sched. M, s.8; 2002, c.9, s.32(3); 2002, c.17, Sched. F,Table; 2006, c.32, Sched. C, s.3(7)

(4) In Territory without MunicipalOrganization. If the building in respect of whichmoney was spent is in territory without municipalorganization,

(a) the municipality, board of health, planning boardor conservation authority may instruct the land taxcollector appointed under the Provincial Land TaxAct to recover the amount spent;

(b) subsection 8(8), 15.9(11) or 15.10(11), as the casemay be, applies to the collection of the amount;and

(c) the money collected, less the costs reasonablyattributable to the collection, shall be paid by theCrown to the municipality, board of health,planning board or conservation authority. 1999,c.12, Sched. M, s.8; 2002, c.9, s.32(4)

18. (1) Powers of Inspector. For the purposes ofan inspection under this Act, an inspector may,

(a) require the production for inspection of documentsor things, including drawings or specifications, thatmay be relevant to the building or any part thereof;

(b) inspect and remove documents or things relevant tothe building or part thereof for the purpose ofmaking copies or extracts;

(c) require information from any person concerning amatter related to a building or part thereof;

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

(d) be accompanied by a person who has special orexpert knowledge in relation to a building or partthereof;

(e) alone or in conjunction with a person possessingspecial or expert knowledge, make examinations ortake tests, samples or photographs necessary for thepurposes of the inspection; and

(f) order any person to take and supply at that person'sexpense such tests and samples as are specified inthe order. 1992, c.23, s.18(1); 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.11

(2) Samples. The inspector shall divide the sampletaken under clause (1)(e) into two parts and deliver one partto the person from whom the sample is taken, if the personso requests at the time the sample is taken and provides thenecessary facilities. 1992, c.23, s.18(2)

(3) Idem. If an inspector takes a sample under clause(1)(e) and has not divided the sample into two parts, a copyof any report on the sample shall be given to the personfrom whom the sample was taken. 1992, c.23, s.18(3)

(4) Receipt. An inspector shall provide a receipt forany document or thing removed under clause (1)(b) and shallpromptly return them after the copies or extracts are made. 1992, c.23, s.18(4)

(5) Evidence. Copies of or extracts fromdocuments and things removed under this section andcertified as being true copies of or extracts from theoriginals by the person who made them are admissible inevidence to the same extent as and have the same evidentiaryvalue as the originals. 1992, c.23, s.18(5)

(6) Form of Order. The prescribed form or theform approved by the Minister must be used for an orderunder subsection (1). 2002, c.9, s.33; 2006, c.21, Sched. F, s.104(10)

18.1 Repealed. 2002, c.9, s.34

19. (1) Obstruction of Inspector, etc. Noperson shall hinder or obstruct, or attempt to hinder orobstruct, a chief building official, inspector, officer or aperson authorised by a registered code agency in theexercise of a power or the performance of a duty under thisAct. 1997, c.24, s.224(13); 2002, c.9, s.35(1)

(2) Occupied Dwellings. A refusal of consentto enter or remain in a place actually used as a dwelling isnot hindering or obstructing within the meaning ofsubsection (1) unless the inspector, officer or a person

authorised by a registered code agency is acting under awarrant issued under this Act or the circumstancesdescribed in clauses 16(1)(b), (c) or (d). 1997, c.24,s.224(13); 2002, c.9, s.35(2)

(3) Assistance. Every person shall assist anyentry, inspection, examination, testing or inquiry by aninspector, chief building official, officer or a personauthorised by a registered code agency in the exercise of apower or performance of a duty under this Act. 1997,c.24, s.224(13); 2002, c.9, s.35(3)

(4) Same. No person shall neglect or refuse,(a) to produce any documents, drawings, specifications

or things required by an officer under clause15.8(1)(a) or (e) or under clause 18(1)(a) or (e) byan inspector or a person authorised by a registeredcode agency; or

(b) to provide any information required by an officerunder clause 15.8(1)(c) or under clause 18(1)(c) byan inspector or a person authorised by a registeredcode agency. 2002, c.9, s.35(4)

20. Obstruction or Removal of Order. Noperson shall obstruct the visibility of an order and no personshall remove a copy of any order posted under this Actunless authorized to do so by an inspector, officer orregistered code agency. 1997, c.24, s.224(14); 2002, c.9,s.36

21. (1) Warrant for Entry and Search. Aprovincial judge or justice of the peace may at any timeissue a warrant in the prescribed form authorizing a personnamed in the warrant to enter and search a building,receptacle or place if the provincial judge or justice of thepeace is satisfied by information on oath that there isreasonable ground to believe that,

(a) an offence under this Act has been committed; and(b) the entry into and search of the building, receptacle

or place will afford evidence relevant to thecommission of the offence. 1992, c.23, s.21(1)

(2) Seizure. In a search warrant, the provincialjudge or justice of the peace may authorize the personnamed in the warrant to seize anything that there isreasonable ground to believe will afford evidence relevantto the commission of the offence. 1992, c.23, s.21(2)

(3) Same. Anyone who seizes something under asearch warrant shall,

(a) give a receipt for the thing seized to the personfrom whom it was seized; and

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

(b) bring the thing seized before the provincial judge orjustice of the peace issuing the warrant or another provincial judge or justice to be dealt withaccording to law. 1992, c.23, s.21(3)

(4) Expiry of Warrant. A search warrant shallstate the date on which it expires, which date shall be notlater than fifteen days after the warrant is issued. 1992,c.23, s.21(4)

(5) Time for Execution. A search warrant maybe executed only between 6 a.m. and 9 p.m. unless itprovides otherwise. 1992, c.23, s.21(5)

(6) Application. Sections 159 and 160 of theProvincial Offences Act apply with necessary modificationsin respect of any thing seized under this section. 1992, c.23,s.21(6)

Dispute Resolution, Reviews andAppeals

22. (1) Review of Inspector’s Order. The chiefbuilding official may review and amend or rescind an ordermade by an inspector. 1992, c.23, s.22(1)

(2) Powers. A chief building official may exerciseany of the powers or perform any of the duties of aninspector. 1992, c.23, s.22(2)

23. (1) Building Code Commission. TheBuilding Code Commission is continued under the nameBuilding Code Commission in English and Commission ducode du bâtiment in French and shall be composed of thosepersons appointed by the Lieutenant Governor in Council. 1992, c.23, s.23(1)

(2) Chair. The Lieutenant Governor in Council maydesignate one of the members as chair and one or more ofthe members as vice-chair. 1992, c.23, s.23(2)

(3) Eligibility. A person is not eligible to be amember of the Commission if the person is,

(a) a deputy minister of a ministry;(b) a public servant employed under Part III of the

Public Service of Ontario Act, 2006;(c) an employee of a municipality; or(d) in a prescribed relationship to a registered code

agency. 2006, c.35, Sched. C, s.8 2).

(4) Remuneration. The members of theCommission shall receive such remuneration and expensesas the Lieutenant Governor in Council may determine. 1992, c.23, s.23(4)

(5) Quorum. Three members of the Commissionconstitute a quorum. 1992, c.23, s.23(5)

24. (1) Dispute Resolution. This section applies ifthere is a dispute,

(a) between an applicant for a permit, a holder of apermit or a person to whom an order is given andthe chief building official, a registered code agencyor an inspector concerning the sufficiency ofcompliance with the technical requirements of thebuilding code;

(b) between an applicant for a permit and the chiefbuilding official concerning whether the officialcomplied with subsection 8(2.2) or (2.3); or

(c) between a holder of a permit and the chief buildingofficial, a registered code agency or an inspectorconcerning whether the requirements of subsection10.2(2) have been met. 2002, c.9, s.39

(1.1) Application for Dispute Resolution. Aparty to the dispute may apply to the Building CodeCommission to resolve the issue. 2002, c.9, s.39

(2) Hearing. The Building Code Commission shallhold a hearing to decide the dispute and shall give theparties to the dispute notice of the hearing. 2002, c.9, s.39

(2.1) Same. A hearing to decide a dispute describedin clause (1)(b) or (c) must be held within the prescribedperiod. 2002, c.9, s.39

(3) Powers. The Building Code Commission shall,by order, determine a dispute described in clause (1)(a) and,for that purpose, may substitute its opinion for that of thechief building official, registered code agency or inspector. 2002, c.9, s.39

(3.1) Same. The Building Code Commission shall, byorder, determine a dispute described in clause (1)(b) or (c)and, for that purpose, may require the chief buildingofficial, registered code agency or inspector, as the casemay be, to comply with the applicable subsection of theAct. 2002, c.9, s.39

(4) Decision Final. The decision of the BuildingCode Commission is final. 1992, c.23, s.24(4)

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

(5) Restrictions on Members. Members ofthe Building Code Commission holding a hearing shall not,

(a) take part before the hearing in any investigation orconsideration of the subject-matter of the hearing;or

(b) communicate directly or indirectly in relation to thesubject-matter of the hearing with any person unlessall parties are given notice and allowed toparticipate. 1992, c.23, s.24(5)

(6) Independent Advice. Despite subsection(5), members of the Building Code Commission may seekindependent legal or technical advice but the nature of theadvice shall be made known to the parties in order that theymay make submissions. 1992, c.23, s.24(6)

(7) Evidence. The findings of fact at a hearingshall be based exclusively on evidence admissible or mattersthat may be noticed under sections 15 and 16 of theStatutory Powers Procedure Act. 1992, c.23, s.24(7)

(8) Restriction. Members of the Building CodeCommission shall not participate in a decision of theCommission pursuant to a hearing unless they were presentthroughout the hearing. 1992, c.23, s.24(8)

(9) Idem. Except with the consent of the parties, nodecision of the Building Code Commission shall be givenunless all members present throughout the hearingparticipate in the decision. 1992, c.23, s.24(9)

(10) Release of Evidence. Documents andthings put in evidence at the hearing shall, upon the requestof the person who produced them, be released by theBuilding Code Commission to that person within areasonable time after the matter in issue has been finallydetermined. 1992, c.23, s.24(10).

25. (1) Appeal to Court. A person who considersthemself aggrieved by an order or decision made by thechief building official, a registered code agency or aninspector under this Act (except a decision under subsection8(3) not to issue a conditional permit) may appeal the orderor decision to the Superior Court of Justice within 20 daysafter the order or decision is made. 2002, c.9, s.40(2)

(2) Extension of Time. A judge to whom anappeal is made may, upon such conditions as the judgeconsiders appropriate, extend the time for making the appealbefore or after the time set out in subsection (1), if the judgeis satisfied that there is reasonable grounds for the appealand for applying for the extension. 1992, c.23, s.25(2)

(3) Effect of Appeal. If an appeal is made underthis section in respect of a matter in which a question ispending before the Building Code Commission, theproceeding before the Commission is terminated. 1992,c.23, s.25(3)

(4) Powers of Judge. On an appeal, a judgemay affirm or rescind the order or decision and take any other action that the judge considers the chief buildingofficial, registered code agency or inspector ought to take inaccordance with this Act and the regulations and, for thosepurposes, the judge may substitute his or her opinion forthat of the official, agency or inspector. 2002, c.9, s.40(3)

(5) Reference to Commission. A judge mayrefer a question respecting the interpretation of the technicalrequirements of the building code or the sufficiency ofcompliance with the technical requirements of the buildingcode to the Building Code Commission for a hearing andreport to the judge. 1992, c.23, s.25(5)

(6) Procedure. The procedure on the referenceshall be the same as on an application under section 24. 1992, c.23, s.25(6)

(7) Stay of Order or Decision. An appealunder subsection (1) does not stay the operation of the orderor decision appealed from but a judge may, on such termsas are just, stay the operation of the order or decision untilthe disposition of the appeal. 2000, c.26, Sched. K, s.1

26. (1) Further Appeal. A party to the hearingbefore the Superior Court of Justice under section 25 mayappeal from the decision to the Divisional Court. 1992,c.23, s.26(1); 2002, c.9, s.41(1)

(2) Minister Represented. The Minister isentitled to be heard, by counsel or otherwise, upon theargument of an appeal under this section. 1992, c.23,s.26(2)

(3) Powers of Divisional Court. An appealunder this section may be made on any question that is not aquestion of fact alone and the Divisional Court may,

(a) confirm or alter the decision of the judge;(b) direct the chief building official, registered code

agency or inspector to take any action that theofficial, agency or inspector is authorized to takeunder this Act;

(c) refer the matter back to the judge forreconsideration; or

Building Code Act


(d) substitute its opinion for that of the chief buildingofficial, registered code agency, inspector or judge.2002, c.9, s.41(2)

27. (1) Service. A notice or order required by thisAct to be served may be served personally or by registeredmail sent to the last known address of the person to whomnotice is to be given or to that person's agent for service. 1992, c.23, s.27(1)

(2) Idem. If a notice or order is served by registeredmail, the service shall be deemed to have been made on thefifth day after the day of mailing unless the person to whomthe notice or order is given or that person's agent for serviceestablishes that, acting in good faith, through absence,accident, illness or other unintentional cause the notice wasnot received until a later date. 1992, c.23, s.27(2); 1997,c.24, s.224(15)

Authorizations and Rulings 28. (1) Building Materials EvaluationCommission. The Building Materials EvaluationCommission is continued under the name Building MaterialsEvaluation Commission in English and Commissiond'évaluation des matériaux de construction in French andshall be composed of those persons appointed by theLieutenant Governor in Council. 1992, c.23, s.28(1)

(2) Chair. The Lieutenant Governor in Council maydesignate one of the members as chair and one of themembers as vice-chair. 1992, c.23, s.28(2)

(3) Remuneration. The members of theCommission shall receive such remuneration and expensesas the Lieutenant Governor in Council may determine. 1992, c.23, s.28(3)

(4) Powers and Duties. The Building MaterialsEvaluation Commission may,

(a) conduct research on, and examine, constructionmaterials, systems and building designs or causesuch research to be conducted and examinations tobe undertaken;

(b) upon application therefor, authorize the use, subjectto any conditions that may be set out, of anyinnovative material, system or building design inrespect of any building or part thereof; and

(c) make recommendations to the Minister respectingchanges in this Act or the building code. 1992,c.23, s.28(4); 2002, c.9, s.43

(5) Innovative Materials. The use of anyinnovative material, system or building design in themanner approved by the Commission shall be deemed not tobe a contravention of the building code. 1992, c.23, s.28(5)

28.1 (1) Binding Interpretations by theMinister. The Minister may issue a written interpretationof any provision of the building code, and the Minister’sinterpretation is binding on any person exercising a poweror performing a duty under this Act and on any person whois subject to this Act. 2002, c.9, s.44

(2) Public Notice. A statement setting out theMinister’s interpretation of a provision of the building codeshall be made available to the public in the prescribedmanner. 2002, c.9, s.44

(3) Legislation Act, 2006, Part III. TheMinister’s interpretation of a provision of the building codeis not a regulation within the meaning of Part III(Regulations) of the Legislation Act, 2006. 2002, c.9, s.44;2006, c.21, Sched. F, s.136(1)

(4) Delegation. The Minister may delegate his orher power under subsection (1) to the director. 2002, c.9,s.44

29. (1) Rulings by Minister. The Minister may,subject to such conditions as the Minister in his or herdiscretion considers appropriate, make rulings,

(a) approving the use of innovative materials, systemsor building designs evaluated by a materialsevaluation body designated in the building code;

(b) adopting an amendment to a code, formula,standard, guideline, protocol or procedure that hasbeen adopted by reference in the building code; or

(c) approving the use of alternative materials, systemsand building designs which, in the opinion of theMinister, will achieve the level of performancerequired by the building code. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.14(1); 1999, c.12, Sched. M, s.9(1);2002, c.9, s.45(1)

(2) Delegation. The Minister may by orderdelegate the power to make rulings to the director. 1992,c.23, s.29(2)

(3) Status. A ruling is not a regulation within themeaning of Part III (Regulations) of the Legislation Act,2006. 1992, c.23, s.29(3); 2006, c.21, Sched. F, s.136(1);

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

(4) Publication. Notice of a ruling shall bepublished at least once in The Ontario Gazette and madeavailable, upon request, to members of the public. 1992,c.23, s.29(4)

(5) Application. A ruling of the Minister underclause (1)(a) or (c) entitles a person to use the approvedmaterial, system or building design in all of Ontario unlessthe ruling states otherwise. 1999, c.12, Sched. M, s.9(2)

(6) Approved Materials. The use of anapproved material, system or building design in the mannerapproved in a ruling under clause (1)(a) or (c) shall bedeemed not to be a contravention of the building code. 1999, c.12, Sched. M, s.9(2)

(7) Conflicts. In the event of a conflict between anauthorization of the Building Materials EvaluationCommission and a ruling of the Minister under clause (1)(a)or (c), the ruling prevails. 1992, c.23, s.29(7); 1997, c.30,Sched. B, s.14(4); 2002; c.9, s.45(2)

(8) Restriction. If a materials evaluation bodydesignated in the building code has examined or hasexpressed its intention to examine an innovative material,system or building design, the Building Materials EvaluationCommission shall not exercise its power under subsection28(4) in respect of that material, system or building design.1992, c.23, s.29(8)

30. (1) Inquiry. If it appears to the Minister that thereis or may be a failure in construction or demolitionstandards or in the enforcement of this Act or the buildingcode, the Minister may designate a person to conduct aninquiry into the failure. 1992, c.23, s.30(1)

(2) Powers. The person conducting the inquiry hasthe powers of a commission under Part II of the PublicInquiries Act, which Part applies to the inquiry as if it werean inquiry under that Act. 1992, c.23, s.30(2)

General

31. (1) Immunity from Action. No action or otherproceeding for damages shall be instituted against thedirector, a member of the Building Code Commission or theBuilding Materials Evaluation Commission, or anyoneacting under their authority, a person conducting an inquiryunder section 30, a chief building official, an inspector or anofficer for any act done in good faith in the execution orintended execution of any power or duty under this Act or

the regulations or for any alleged neglect or default in theexecution in good faith of that power or duty. 1992, c.23,s.31(1); 1997, c.24, s.224(16)

(2) Liability. Subsection (1) does not relieve theCrown, a municipality, an upper-tier municipality, a boardof health, a planning board or a conservation authority ofliability in respect of a tort committed by their respectivechief building official or inspectors to which they wouldotherwise be subject and the Crown, municipality or upper-tier municipality, board of health, planning board orconservation authority is liable for any such tort as ifsubsection (1) were not enacted. 2002, c.17, Sched. F,Table

(3) Immunity re Registered CodeAgencies. The Crown, a municipality, an upper-tiermunicipality, a board of health, a planning board or aconservation authority is not liable for any harm or damageresulting from any act or omission by a registered codeagency or by a person authorized by a registered codeagency under subsection 15.17(1) in the performance orintended performance of any function set out in section15.15. 2002, c.9, s.47; 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.6(1)

(4) Same. The Crown, a municipality, an upper-tiermunicipality, a board of health, a planning board or aconservation authority is not liable for any harm or damageresulting from any act or omission in the execution orintended execution of any power or duty under this Act orthe regulations by their respective chief building official orinspectors if the act was done or omitted in reasonablereliance on a certificate issued or other information givenunder this Act by a registered code agency or by a personauthorized by a registered code agency under subsection15.17(1). 2002, c.9, s.47; 2002, c.17, Sched. C, s.6(2)

32. Repealed. 2002, c.9, s.48

32.1 Repealed. 2002, c.9, s.49

33. Repealed. 2002, c.9, s.50

34. (1) Regulations. The Lieutenant Governor inCouncil may make regulations governing standards for theconstruction and demolition of buildings, including,

1. designating structures that are to be defined asbuildings under subsection 1(1);

1.1 prescribing the functions for which a registeredcode agency may be appointed under subsection4.1(4);

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

1.2 prescribing the information that a principalauthority is required to give to the director undersubsection 4.1(8);

1.3 prescribing the persons who may appoint aregistered code agency under subsection 4.2(2);

1.4 prescribing the manner in which the appointment ofa registered code agency under section 4.2 may bemade and prescribing conditions and restrictionswith respect to each appointment;

1.5 prescribing the information that a person whoappoints a registered code agency is required togive to the director under subsection 4.2(9) or tothe chief building official under subsection 4.2(10);

2. prescribing the conditions under which "asconstructed plans" may be required by a chiefbuilding official under clause 7(g);

2.1 prescribing the information about the fees and coststo be included in a report under subsection 7(4) andthe manner in which the report is to be madeavailable to the public;

2.2 prescribing the persons to whom notice of proposedchanges in fees is to be given under subsection7(6), the information to be included in the noticeand the manner in which the notice is to be given;

2.3 prescribing the period within which the publicmeeting referred to in subsection 7(6) must be held;

2.4 prescribing the records to be maintained by aprincipal authority and the period for which therecords must be retained;

3. governing the manner of construction and types andquality of materials used therein;

3.1 establishing objectives governing the standards forthe construction and demolition of buildings;

3.2 prescribing the persons who may apply for a permitunder section 8 and the information to be providedwith an application for a permit under section 8;

3.3 prescribing the information that a plans reviewcertificate must contain for the purposes of clause8(2)(d);

3.4 prescribing the period within which the chiefbuilding official is required to make a decisionunder subsections 8(2.2) and (2.3) and the mannerof determining when the period begins;

3.5 prescribing the information that a plans reviewcertificate must contain under subsection 8(2.1) anda change certificate must contain under subsection8(14);

4. setting out the applicable laws with whichcompliance must be achieved before a conditionalpermit may be issued under subsection 8(3);

5. governing the design of buildings and the use towhich they may be put;

6. establishing conditions under which the use ofmaterials, systems and building designs that are notauthorized in the building code may be allowedunder section 9 and circumstances in which the useof equivalent materials, systems and buildingdesigns may be made subject to conditions;

7. setting out rules and policies to be observed in theinterpretation of the building code by any personexercising a power or discretion conferred underthe Act or the building code;

8. determining an increase in hazard for the purposesof section 10;

9. adopting by reference, in whole or in part, withsuch changes as the Lieutenant Governor inCouncil considers necessary, any code, formula,standard, guideline, protocol or procedure andrequiring compliance with any code, formula,standard, guideline, protocol or procedure that isso adopted.

10. requiring any part of the design, construction ordemolition of a building to be under the generalreview of an architect as defined in the ArchitectsAct or a professional engineer as defined in theProfessional Engineers Act and that copies ofreports arising from the general review be providedto the chief building official or a registered codeagency;

11. designating organizations to test prefabricatedbuilding units to the standards prescribed by thebuilding code and providing for the placing of theirlabel on units that conform to the standards;

12. requiring the approval of an inspector or aregistered code agency in respect of any method,matter or thing;

13. requiring the posting on buildings or sites ofconstruction or demolition of such documents orinformation as is prescribed;

14. requiring such documents, information, records,drawings or specifications as are prescribed to bekept on the site of construction or demolition;

14.1 prescribing the records to be kept by any personand the returns of information and reports to bemade by any person and providing for theinspection and examination of the records.

15. requiring notice to be given to the chief buildingofficial, an inspector or a registered code agencyrespecting any matter in the course of construction,including notice of readiness for inspection at thestages of construction of a building, and specifyingthe person required to give the notices;

15.1 prescribing the type and manner of inspections forthe purposes of subsection 10.2(2) (readiness forinspection) and prescribing the period within whichthe inspections must be carried out;

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

15.2 prescribing the information that must be given tothe chief building official about a person who isrequired by subsection 15.12(3) to have certainqualifications or to meet certain requirements orboth;

15.3 prescribing the information that must be given tothe chief building official under subsection 15.13(5)about any person required to have insurancecoverage and about the coverage;

15.4 prescribing the manner in which a referral to thechief building official under subsection 14(5) mustbe made;

16. requiring notice to be given to the chief buildingofficial respecting the change in prescribed classesof use made of a building;

17. requiring the chief building official to transmit tothe director such returns or reports as areprescribed;

18. prescribing conditions under which a building orany part of a building may be occupied, includingrequiring notice to be given to a chief buildingofficial or registered code agency and requiringpermission to be received from the official oragency before the building or part may beoccupied;

19. exempting any building or person or class thereoffrom compliance with all or any part of this Actand the regulations and prescribing conditions forthe exemption;

20. prescribing the form of a warrant and the form inwhich the information upon oath will be takenunder section 21;

21. requiring the alteration of any part of an existingbuilding where construction in relation to thebuilding affects that part;

22. requiring the payment of fees in respect ofapplications to the Building Materials EvaluationCommission and prescribing the amounts thereof;

22.1 prescribing the manner in which the Minister’swritten interpretations under section 28.1 are to bemade available to the public;

23. designating materials evaluation bodies for thepurposes of section 29;

24. establishing criteria to be followed by the Ministerin respect of a ruling under section 29;

25. prescribing procedures of the Building CodeCommission and the Building Materials EvaluationCommission;

26. prescribing the persons to whom notice shall begiven of the issuance of a permit, the time forgiving the notice and the class of buildings forwhich notice is required;

27. defining, for the purposes of this Act and thebuilding code, any word or expression not definedin this Act, and in so doing may define a word orexpression differently for different provisions;

28. prescribing forms and providing for their use orrequiring that forms provided by the Minister orthe director be used, and prescribing theinformation that must be contained in the forms;

29. prescribing boards of health, planning boards andconservation authorities that are responsible for theenforcement of the provisions of this Act related tosewage systems and the municipalities and territorywithout municipal organization in which they willhave jurisdiction to carry out the enforcement;

30. permitting chief building officials or registeredcode agencies, subject to such conditions as are setout in the building code, to allow the use ofmaterials, systems and building designs other thanthose prescribed in the building code with respectto the construction of buildings;

31. governing the location of sewage systems;32. designating areas in which any class of sewage

system may not be established;33. prescribing qualifications for chief building

officials, inspectors, registered code agencies,designers and other persons referred to in section15.12 and related matters including,

i. requiring different qualifications fordifferent classes of officials, inspectors,agencies, designers and other persons,

ii. requiring assessments or examinations inconnection with obtaining or maintaining therequired qualifications,

iii. establishing one or more registersidentifying persons with qualifications andsuch other information as the regulation mayrequire, and

iv. requiring fees to be paid in connection withthe qualifications;

34. establishing certification, registration or licensingschemes for chief building officials, inspectors,registered code agencies, designers and otherpersons referred to in sections 15.11(qualifications) and 15.12 (qualifications re sewagesystems) which may include provision for,

i. the eligibility or ineligibility of classes ofpersons to obtain certification, registrationor a licence,

ii. categories or classes of certification,registration or licence,

iii. application for the issuance, amendment orrenewal of a certificate, registration or alicence,

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

iv. the issuance, amendment or renewal of acertificate, registration or a licence or therefusal to do so,

v. suspension, revocation or cancellation of acertificate, registration or a licence,

vi. the imposition of conditions relating to acertificate, registration or licence, includingconditions relating to the qualifications ofdirectors, officers, partners, employees andothers associated with the holder of thecertificate, registration or licence, conditionsrelating to the manner in which specifiedpersons carry out activities under this Actand the building code and conditions relatingto insurance coverage, including the kindsand amounts of insurance and thecircumstances in which a person will beconsidered to be covered by insurance,

vii. the establishment and maintenance of one ormore registers containing information aboutthe holders of certificates, registrations orlicences and containing such information asmay be given to the director under paragraph35.1, and

viii. fees payable in connection with certification,registration or licensing;

35. prescribing an appeal to a prescribed tribunal froma refusal to issue or renew a certificate, registrationor licence or a suspension, revocation orcancellation of a certificate, registration or licence,prescribing the circumstances in which the decisionappealed from takes effect immediately despite theappeal, and prescribing the circumstances in whichthe tribunal may stay the decision pending theoutcome of the appeal;

35.1 requiring the Ontario Association of Architects andthe Association of Professional Engineers ofOntario to give the prescribed information to thedirector;

35.2 prescribing fees payable to the Crown by theOntario Association of Architects and theAssociation of Professional Engineers of Ontario inconnection with the registers referred to inparagraphs 33 and 34 and in respect of thedevelopment of training materials for a purposedescribed in paragraph 33 or 34;

35.3 prescribing the persons who are required undersubsection 15.13(1) to have insurance coverage andprescribing the kinds and amounts of insurance thatare required and the circumstances in which theperson will be considered to be covered byinsurance;

35.4 prescribing additional functions that registered codeagencies may perform;

35.5 prescribing the manner in which registered codeagencies and persons authorized by them undersubsection 15.17(1) are required to perform any oftheir functions;

35.6 prescribing the manner in which a registered codeagency is authorized to collect, use and discloseinformation;

35.7 prescribing circumstances in which a registeredcode agency may be appointed in respect of abuilding even though an inspector or anotherregistered code agency has already carried out afunction described in section 15.15;

35.8 prescribing circumstances in which a registeredcode agency cannot be appointed, includingcircumstances that would constitute a conflict ofinterest for a registered code agency;

35.9 prescribing the information that a registered codeagency is required to give to the director or to thechief building official;

35.10 prescribing the classes of persons that may beauthorized by a registered code agency undersubsection 15.17(1), the conditions to which theauthorization may be subject and the informationthat must be included in a certificate ofauthorization;

35.11 prescribing certificates and the form of certificatesreferred to in subsection 15.18 (2), the informationthat the certificates are required to contain and thecircumstances and manner in which registered codeagencies are permitted to issue them;

35.12 prescribing the circumstances in which theappointment of a registered code agency may beterminated and the conditions that must be metbefore the termination of an appointment,including,

i. requiring the consent of the director andauthorizing the director to impose conditionsand restrictions in connection with theconsent, and

ii. authorizing an appeal to a person specifiedin the regulations from a decision of thedirector or conditions imposed by thedirector;

36. designating persons, specifying powers of a chiefbuilding official or inspector that those designatedpersons may exercise to enforce this Act and thebuilding code in relation to the qualifications ofpersons described in sections 15.11 and 15.12 andthe requirement in section 15.13 for insurancecoverage, and establishing conditions for theexercise of the specified powers;

37. prescribing transitional matters necessary for theregulation of sewage systems, including mattersrelating to,

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

i. licensing and certification and thequalification of inspectors and personsdescribed in subsection 15.12(1);

ii. certificates of approval and orders issuedunder the Environmental Protection Act,

iii. enforcement issues,iv. matters commenced under the Environmental

Protection Act, including appeals,v. records and documents to be kept or

transferred and the payment of associatedcosts,

vi. certification of records and their use incourts,

vii. the continuation of matters commencedunder the Environmental Protection Act, and

viii. the transfer of responsibilities involving anymunicipality or any board of health,conservation authority or planning boardprescribed under section 3.1.

38. permitting the Building Code Commission to sit inone or more divisions simultaneously upon suchconditions as may be prescribed in the regulation;

39. authorizing one member of the Building CodeCommission, with the approval of the chair or vice-chair, to hear and determine any matter anddeeming the member to constitute the commissionfor that purpose, under such conditions as may beprescribed in the regulation;

39.1 prescribing relationships for the purposes of clause23(3)(d) (eligibility to be a member of theCommission);

39.2 prescribing the period within which the BuildingCode Commission must hold a hearing in respect ofa dispute described in clause 24(1)(b) or (c);

39.3 providing for transitional provisions relating to theeffect of a repeal or re-enactment of any provisionof this Act;

40. prescribing any matter referred to in this Act asprescribed. 1992, c.23, s.34(1); 1997, c.30,Sched. B, s.17(1-4); 1999, c.12, Sched. M, s.11;2002, c.9, s.51(1, 2, 4-14); 2006, c.19, Sched. O,s.1(12-17); 2006, c.35, Sched. C, s.8(3)

(2) Standards for Existing Buildings. TheLieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations toestablish standards that existing buildings must meet eventhough no construction is proposed, including regulations,

(a) prescribing any or all of the matters set out insubsection (1) as applicable to existing buildings;

(b) establishing standards for maintenance, retrofit,operation, occupancy and repair;

(c) prescribing standards related to resourceconservation and environmental protection; and

(d) prescribing standards, methods and equipment forthe inspection, cleaning, disinfecting and emptyingof sewage systems. 1992, c.23, s.34(2); 1997,c.30, Sched. B, s.17(5); 2006, c.22, s.112(10)

(2.1) Discretionary MaintenanceInspection Programs. The Lieutenant Governor inCouncil may make regulations governing programsestablished under clause 7(1)(b.1), including regulations,

(a) governing the classes of buildings and area affectedby a program;

(b) governing the type and manner of inspections thatare conducted under a program and the frequencyof the inspections;

(c) authorizing the principal authority that establishes aprogram, as an alternative to conducting aninspection, to accept a certificate, in a formapproved by the Minister, that is signed by aperson who belongs to a class of persons specifiedby the regulations and that confirms that the personhas conducted an inspection and is of the opinionthat the building that was inspected complies withthe standards prescribed under clause (2)(b) thatare enforced by the program. 2006, c.22,s.112(11)

(2.2) Sewage System MaintenanceInspection Programs. The Lieutenant Governor inCouncil may make regulations establishing and governingprograms to enforce standards prescribed under clause(2)(b) in relation to sewage systems, including regulations,

(a) governing the classes of sewage systems affectedby the program;

(b) requiring a principal authority that has jurisdictionin the area affected by the program to administerthe program for that area and to conductinspections under the program;

(c) governing the type and manner of inspections thatare conducted under the program and the frequencyof the inspections;

(d) authorizing the principal authority that administersthe program, as an alternative to conducting aninspection, to accept a certificate, in a formapproved by the Minister, that is signed by aperson who belongs to a class of persons specifiedby the regulations and that confirms that the personhas conducted an inspection and is of the opinionthat the sewage system that was inspected complieswith the standards prescribed under clause (2)(b)that are enforced by the program. 2006, c 22,s.112(11).

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

(3) Application. A regulation made under thissection applies to buildings whether erected before or afterthe coming into force of this Act. 1992, c.23, s.34(3)

(4) Limited Application. Any regulation madeunder this section may be limited in its applicationterritorially or to any class of activity, matter, person orthing. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.17(6)

(4.1) Same. A class under this Act may be definedwith respect to any attribute, quality or characteristic andmay be defined to consist of, include or exclude anyspecified member whether or not with the same attributes,qualities or characteristics. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.17(6)

(4.2) Retroactive. A regulation made underparagraph 37 of subsection (1) may be retroactive. 1997,c.30, Sched. B, s.17(6).

(5) Purposes. The purposes of the regulationsmade under this section are,

(a) to establish standards for public health and safety,fire protection, structural sufficiency, conservationand environmental integrity, and to establishbarrier-free requirements, with respect to buildings;and

(b) to establish processes for the enforcement of thestandards and requirements. 2002, c.9, s.51(15)

35. (1) Municipal By-laws. This Act and thebuilding code supersede all municipal by-laws respecting theconstruction or demolition of buildings. 1992, c.23, s.35(1)

(2) Different Treatments. In the event that thisAct or the building code and a municipal by-law treat thesame subject-matter in different ways in respect to standardsfor the use of a building described in section 10 or standardsfor the maintenance or operation of a sewage system, thisAct or the building code prevails and the by-law isinoperative to the extent that it differs from this Act or thebuilding code. 1992, c.23, s.35(2); 1997, c.30, Sched. B,s.18(1)

(3) Interpretation. For the purposes of thissection, a municipal by-law includes a by-law of an upper-tier municipality and a local board as defined in theMunicipal Affairs Act. 2002, c.17, Sched. F, Table

35.1 Status of Conservation AuthorityRegulations. A regulation made by a conservationauthority under this Act is not a regulation within themeaning of Part III (Regulations) of the Legislation Act,2006. 2002, c.9, s.52; 2006, c.21, Sched. F, s.136(1)

36. (1) Offences. A person is guilty of an offence ifthe person,

(a) knowingly furnishes false information in anyapplication under this Act, in any certificaterequired to be issued or in any statement or returnrequired to be furnished under this Act or theregulations;

(b) fails to comply with an order, direction or otherrequirement made under this Act; or

(c) contravenes this Act, the regulations, a by-lawpassed under section 7 or a condition imposedunder section 9. 1992, c.23, s.36(1); 1997, c.24,s.224(17); 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.19; 2002, c.9,s.53(1)

(2) Idem. Every director or officer of a corporationwho knowingly concurs in the furnishing of falseinformation, the failure to comply or the contraventionunder subsection (1) is guilty of an offence. 1992, c.23,s.36(2)

(3) Penalties. A person who is convicted of anoffence is liable to a fine of not more than $50,000 for afirst offence and to a fine of not more than $100,000 for asubsequent offence. 2005, c.33, s.1

(4) Corporations. If a corporation is convicted ofan offence, the maximum penalty that may be imposed uponthe corporation is $100,000 for a first offence and $200,000for a subsequent offence and not as provided in subsection(3). 2005, c.33, s.1

(5) Subsequent Offence. For the purposes ofsubsections (3) and (4), an offence is a subsequent offence ifthere has been a previous conviction under this Act. 1992,c.23, s.36(5)

(6) Continuing Offence. Every person whofails to comply with an order made by a chief buildingofficial under subsection 14(1) or clause 15.9(6)(a) is guiltyof an offence and on conviction, in addition to the penaltiesmentioned in subsections (3) and (4), is liable to a fine ofnot more than $10,000 per day for every day the offencecontinues after the time given for complying with the orderhas expired. 1992, c.23, s.36(6); 2002, c.9, s.53(2)

(7) Power to Restrain. If this Act or theregulations are contravened and a conviction is entered, inaddition to any other remedy and to any penalty imposed bythis Act, the court in which the conviction is entered, andany court of competent jurisdiction thereafter, may make anorder prohibiting the continuation or repetition of theoffence by the person convicted. 1992, c.23, s.36(7)

Building Code Act


Building Code Act

(8) Limitation Period. No proceeding under thissection shall be commenced more than one year after thetime when the subject-matter of the proceeding arose. 1992,c.23, s.36(8)

(9) Proceeds of Fines. If an offence under thissection has been committed within a municipality, theproceeds of a fine imposed under this section shall be paid tothe treasurer of that municipality, and section 2 of theAdministration of Justice Act and section 4 of the Fines andForfeitures Act do not apply in respect of the fine. 1992,c.23, s.36(9)

(10) Same, Sewage System Offences. Despite subsection (9), if an offence under this sectionconcerns the provisions of this Act and the building coderelated to sewage systems and if it is committed in amunicipality or territory without municipal organization thatis prescribed under subsection 3.1(1), the proceeds of a fineimposed under this section shall be paid to the applicableboard of health, planning board or conservation authorityprescribed under subsection 3.1(1), and section 2 of theAdministration of Justice Act and section 4 of the Fines andForfeitures Act do not apply in respect of the fine. 2002,c.9, s.53(3)

37. (1) Proof of Directions, Orders, etc. Inany prosecution for an offence under this Act, a copy of adirection or order purporting to have been made under thisAct or the regulations and purporting to have been signed bythe person authorized by this Act to make the direction ororder is, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, proof ofthe direction or order without proof of the signature orauthority. 1992, c.23, s.37(1)

(2) Same. A statement as to any matter of record inan office of the chief building official or an officerpurporting to be certified by the chief building official or anofficer is, without proof of the office or signature of thechief building official or officer, receivable in evidence asproof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of thefacts stated therein in any civil proceeding or proceedingunder the Provincial Offences Act. 1997, c.24, s.224(18)

38. (1) Restraining Order. Where it appears to achief building official that a person does not comply withthis Act, the regulations or an order made under this Act,despite the imposition of any penalty in respect of the non-compliance and in addition to any other rights he or she mayhave, the chief building official may apply to the SuperiorCourt of Justice for an order directing that person to complywith the provision. 1992, c.23, s.38(1); 2002, c.9, s.54

(2) Idem. Upon the application under subsection (1),the judge may make the order or such other order as thejudge thinks fit. 1992, c.23, s.38(2)

(3) Appeal. An appeal lies to the Divisional Courtfrom an order made under subsection (1). 1992, c.23,s.38(3)

38.1 (1) Suspension of Licence. If a person isin default of payment of a fine imposed upon conviction foran offence under this Act or the regulations, on theapplication of a prescribed person, an order may be madeunder subsection 69(2) of the Provincial Offences Actdirecting that one or more of the licences of the person whois in default be suspended and no licence be issued to thatperson until the fine is paid. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.20

(2) Duty of Prescribed Person. A prescribedperson shall,

(a) on being informed of an order referred to insubsection (1), suspend the licence in accordancewith the order; and

(b) on being informed that the fine and any applicableprescribed administrative fee for the reinstatementof the licence are paid, reinstate the licence. 1997,c.30, Sched. B, s.20

(3) No Reinstatement. The prescribed personshall not reinstate a licence under clause (2)(b) if he or sheis informed that,

(a) there is another outstanding order referred to insubsection (1) directing that the licence besuspended; or

(b) the licence is suspended under any other order orunder another statute. 1997, c.30, Sched. B, s.20

(4) Definition. In this section,

"licence" means a licence, certification, or registration issued under the building code. 2002, c.9, s.55

2006 Building Code

Division A - Part 1 19

r2

1.4.1.2.

Live/work unit means a dwelling unit having an area of not more than 200 m2 that contains a subsidiary business and personalservices occupancy or a subsidiary low hazard industrial occupancy, and which is used and operated by one or more personsof a single household.

Loadbearing means, when applied to a building element, subjected to or designed to carry loads in addition to its own deadload, but does not include a wall element subject only to wind or earthquake loads in addition to its own dead load.

Loading rate means the volume in litres of effluent per square metre applied in a single day to soil, as defined in Part 8 ofDivision B, or leaching bed fill.

Low hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3) means an industrial occupancy in which the combustible content isnot more than 50 kg/m² or 1200 MJ/m² of floor area.

Low human occupancy means, when applied to a farm building, an occupancy in which the occupant load of not more thanone person per 40 m² of floor area during normal use.

Major occupancy means the principal occupancy for which a building or part of a building is used or intended to be used, andis deemed to include the subsidiary occupancies that are an integral part of the principal occupancy.

Make-up water means water added to a public pool from an external source.

Marquee means a canopy over an entrance to a building.

Masonry or concrete chimney means a chimney of brick, stone, concrete or masonry units constructed on site.

Means of egress includes exits and access to exits and means a continuous path of travel provided for the escape of personsfrom any point in a building or in a contained open space to,

(a) a separate building,(b) an open public thoroughfare, or (c) an exterior open space that is protected from fire exposure from the building and that has access to an open public

thoroughfare.

Medium hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 2) means an industrial occupancy in which the combustible contentis more than 50 kg/m² or 1200 MJ/m² of floor area and that is not classified as a high hazard industrial occupancy.

Mercantile occupancy means the occupancy or use of a building or part of a building for the displaying or selling of retailgoods, wares or merchandise.

Mezzanine means an intermediate floor assembly between the floor and ceiling of any room or storey and includes an interiorbalcony.

Modified pool means a public pool that has a basin-shaped floor sloping downward and inward toward the interior from therim.

Modified stack venting means a stack venting arrangement in which the stack vent above the connection of the highest stackvented fixture is reduced in diameter.

Municipal drinking-water system has the same meaning as in subsection 2 (1) of the Safe Drinking Water Act, 2002.

Nominally horizontal means at an angle of less than 45° with the horizontal.

Nominally vertical means at an angle of not more than 45° with the vertical.

Effective Date: April 1, 2010

2006 Building Code

Division A - Part 120

1.4.1.2.

Noncombustible means that a material meets the acceptance criteria of CAN4-S114, “Standard Method of Test forDetermination of Non-Combustibility in Building Materials”.

Noncombustible construction means a type of construction in which a degree of fire safety is attained by the use ofnoncombustible materials for structural members and other building assemblies.

Objective means an objective set out in Article 2.2.1.1.

Occupancy means the use or intended use of a building or part of a building for the shelter or support of persons, animals orproperty.

Occupant load means the number of persons for which a building or part of a building is designed.

Offset means the piping that connects the ends of two pipes that are parallel.

Offset relief vent means a relief vent that provides additional air circulation upstream and downstream of an offset in a soil orwaste stack.

Open air means the atmosphere outside a building.

Open-air storey means a storey in which at least 25 per cent of the total area of its perimeter walls is open to the outdoors ina manner that will provide cross ventilation to the entire storey.

Outdoor pool means a public pool that is not an indoor pool.

Pail privy means a latrine in which the receptacle for human waste consists of a removable container surmounted by asuperstructure.

Partition means an interior wall, one storey or part-storey in height, that is not loadbearing.

Party wall means a wall,(a) that is jointly owned and jointly used by two parties under an easement agreement or by a right in law, and (b) that is erected at or upon a line separating two parcels of land each of which is, or is capable of being a separate real

estate entity.

Perched groundwater means a free standing body of water in the ground extending to a limited depth.

Percolation time means the average time in minutes that is required for water to drop one centimetre during a percolation testor as determined by a soil evaluation or analysis.

Performance level means the level of performance under which all or part of an existing building functions with respect to itsbuilding systems.

Pharmacy means the premises in a building or the part of the premises in which prescriptions are compounded and dispensedfor the public or in which drugs are sold by retail.

Pile means a slender deep foundation unit,(a) that is made of materials such as wood, steel or concrete or a combination of them, and (b) that is either pre-manufactured and placed by driving, jacking, jetting or screwing, or cast-in-place in a hole formed

by driving, excavating or boring.


2006 Building Code

Division B - Part 3 1

Part 3

Fire Protection, Occupant Safety andAccessibility

3.1. General3.1.1. Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.1.2. Classification of Buildings or Parts of Buildings

by Major Occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.1.3. Multiple Occupancy Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . 53.1.4. Combustible Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63.1.5. Noncombustible Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83.1.6. Reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163.1.7. Fire-Resistance Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163.1.8. Fire Separations and Closures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173.1.9. Building Services in Fire Separations and Fire

Rated Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233.1.10. Firewalls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253.1.11. Fire Stops in Concealed Spaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273.1.12. Flame-Spread Rating and Smoke Developed

Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293.1.13. Interior Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293.1.14. Roof Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333.1.15. Roof Covering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333.1.16. Fabrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343.1.17. Occupant Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343.1.18. Drainage and Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363.1.19. Above Ground Electrical Conductors . . . . . . . . . . 36

3.2. Building Fire Safety3.2.1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373.2.2. Building Size and Construction Relative to

Occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393.2.3. Spatial Separation and Exposure Protection . . . . 673.2.4. Fire Alarm and Detection Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 773.2.5. Provisions for Fire Fighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 863.2.6. Additional Requirements for High Buildings . . . . 903.2.7. Lighting and Emergency Power Systems . . . . . . . 933.2.8. Mezzanines and Openings Through Floor

Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 983.2.9. Standpipe Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

3.3. Safety Within Floor Areas3.3.1. All Floor Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1053.3.2. Assembly Occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1163.3.3. Care or Detention Occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1233.3.4. Residential Occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1253.3.5. Industrial Occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

3.4. Exits3.4.1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1293.4.2. Number and Location of Exits from Floor Areas . 1313.4.3. Width and Height of Exits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1343.4.4. Fire Separation of Exits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1363.4.5. Exit Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1373.4.6. Types of Exit Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1383.4.7. Fire Escapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

3.5. Vertical Transportation3.5.1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1473.5.2. Elevator Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1473.5.3. Fire Separations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1473.5.4. Dimensions and Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

3.6. Service Facilities3.6.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1493.6.2. Service Rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1493.6.3. Vertical Service Spaces and Service Facilities . . . 1523.6.4. Horizontal Service Spaces and Service Facilities . 154

3.7. Health Requirements3.7.1. Height and Area of Rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1553.7.2. Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1563.7.3. Reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1573.7.4. Plumbing Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1573.7.5. Health Care Facility Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1663.7.6. Food Premises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167


2006 Building Code

Division B - Part 32

3.8. Barrier-Free Design3.8.1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1683.8.2. Occupancy Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

3.8.3. Design Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

3.9. Portable Classrooms3.9.1. Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1793.9.2. Interior Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1803.9.3. Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

3.10. Self-Service Storage Buildings3.10.1. Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1823.10.2. Requirements for All Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1823.10.3. Additional Requirements for Buildings Containing

More Than 1 Storey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1843.10.4. Additional Requirements for 1 Storey Buildings . 185

3.11. Public Pools3.11.1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1863.11.2. Designations of Public Pools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1863.11.3. Pool and Pool Deck Design and Construction

Requirements for All Class A and Class B Pools . 1863.11.4. Public Pools Equipped with Diving Boards or

Diving Platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1893.11.5. Ramps into Public Pools in Group B, Division 2 or

3, Major Occupancies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1903.11.6. Modified Pools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1913.11.7. Wave Action Pools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1923.11.8. Recirculation for Public Pools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1933.11.9. Dressing Rooms, Locker Facilities, and Plumbing

Facilities for All Public Pools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1943.11.10. Emergency Provisions for All Public Pools . . . . . 1953.11.11. Service Rooms and Storage for All Public Pools . 196

3.12. Public Spas3.12.1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1973.12.2. Public Spa and Deck Design and Construction

Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1973.12.3. Ramps into Public Spas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1983.12.4. Water Circulation for Public Spas . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1983.12.5. Emergency Provisions for All Public Spas . . . . . . 2003.12.6. Service Rooms and Storage for All Public Spas . . 200

3.13. Rapid Transit Stations3.13.1. Scope and Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2003.13.2. Construction Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013.13.3. Safety Requirements Within Stations . . . . . . . . . . 2023.13.4. Means of Egress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2053.13.5. Fire Safety Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2083.13.6. Required Sanitary Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2103.13.7. Emergency Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2103.13.8. Barrier-Free Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

3.14. Tents and Air-Supported Structures3.14.1. Tents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2123.14.2. Air-Supported Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

3.15. Signs3.15.1. Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2143.15.2. Alterations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2153.15.3. Structural Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2153.15.4. Plastic Sign Facing Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2153.15.5. Location Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

3.16. Shelf and Rack Storage Systems3.16.1. Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2163.16.2. Storage of Class I, II, III and IV Commodities . . . . 2203.16.3. Storage of Group A, B and C Plastics and Rubber

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

3.17. Additional Requirements ForChange of Use

3.17.1. Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2213.17.2. Additional Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221


2006 Building Code


3.1.10.1.

e1

(4) Combustible piping is permitted to penetrate a fire separation required to have a fire-resistance rating or amembrane that forms part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating, provided,(a) the piping is sealed at the penetration by a fire stop system that has an F rating not less than the fire-resistance

rating required for the fire separation when subjected to the fire test method in CAN4-S115-M, “Fire Tests ofFirestop Systems”, with a pressure differential of 50 Pa between the exposed and unexposed sides, with the higherpressure on the exposed side, and

(b) the piping is not located in a vertical shaft.

(5) Combustible drain piping is permitted to penetrate a horizontal fire separation provided it leads directly from anoncombustible water closet through a concrete floor slab.

(6) Combustible piping is permitted on one side of a vertical fire separation provided it is not located in a vertical shaft.

(7) Combustible piping is permitted to penetrate a vertical or horizontal fire separation provided the fire compartmentson each side of the fire separation are sprinklered.

(8) Combustible piping not more 25 mm in diameter containing chlorine gas is permitted to penetrate a fire separationbetween a chlorine gas service room built in conjunction with a public pool or public spa, and the remainder of thebuilding.

3.1.9.5. Openings through a Membrane Ceiling

(1) A membrane ceiling forming part of an assembly assigned a fire-resistance rating on the basis of SupplementaryStandard SB-2 is permitted to be penetrated by openings leading into ducts within the ceiling space provided,(a) the ducts are sheet steel, and(b) the amount of openings and their protection conform to the requirements of Supplementary Standard SB-2.

(2) Fire stop flaps in ceiling membranes required in Sentence (1) shall conform to CAN4-S112.2-M, “Fire Test ofCeiling Firestop Flap Assemblies”.

3.1.9.6. Plenums

(1) A ceiling assembly used as a plenum shall conform to Article 3.6.4.3.

3.1.10. Firewalls

3.1.10.1. Prevention of Firewall Collapse

(1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), the connections and supports for structural framing members that areconnected to or supported on a firewall and have a fire-resistance rating less than that required for the firewall, shall bedesigned so that the failure of the framing systems during a fire will not affect the integrity of the firewall during the fire.

(2) Sentence (1) does not apply to a firewall consisting of two separate wall assemblies each tied to its respectivebuilding frame but not to each other, provided each wall assembly is,(a) a fire separation having one half of the fire-resistance rating required for the firewall by Sentences 3.1.10.2.(1) and

(2), and(b) designed so that the collapse of one wall assembly will not cause collapse of the other.

(3) A firewall is permitted to be supported on the structural frame of a building of noncombustible constructionprovided the supporting frame has a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the firewall.

(4) Piping, ducts and totally enclosed noncombustible raceways shall be installed so that their collapse will not causecollapse of the firewall.


2006 Building Code


3.1.10.2.

r2

3.1.10.2. Rating of Firewalls

(1) A firewall that separates a building or buildings with floor areas containing a Group E or a Group F, Division 1 or2 major occupancy shall be constructed as a fire separation of noncombustible construction having a fire-resistance ratingnot less than 4 h, except that where the upper portion of a firewall separates floor areas containing other than Group E orGroup F, Division 1 or 2 major occupancies, the fire-resistance rating of the upper portion of the firewall is permitted tobe not less than 2 h.

(2) A firewall that separates a building or buildings with floor areas containing major occupancies other than Group Eor Group F, Division 1 or 2 shall be constructed as a fire separation of noncombustible construction having afire-resistance rating not less than 2 h.

(3) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), the required fire-resistance rating of a firewall, except for closures, shall beprovided by masonry or concrete.

(4) A firewall permitted to have a fire-resistance rating not more than 2 h need not be constructed of masonry orconcrete provided,(a) the assembly providing the fire-resistance rating is protected against damage that would compromise the integrity of

the assembly,(b) the design conforms to Article 4.1.5.18.,(c) the level of performance of the firewall is not less than of masonry or concrete in the areas of,

(i) performance during fire conditions,(ii) mechanical damage during the normal use of the building, and(iii) resistance to damage from moisture,

(d) the firewall separates building or buildings with floor areas that do not contain,(i) a Group B, Division 1 major occupancy, or(ii) a Group B, Division 2 major occupancy, and

(e) the firewall separates a sprinklered building regulated by the provisions of Subsection 3.2.6. from anothersprinklered building. (See Appendix A.)

3.1.10.3. Continuity of Firewalls

(1) A firewall shall extend from the ground continuously through, or adjacent to, all storeys of a building or buildingsso separated, except that a firewall located above a basement storage garage conforming to Article 3.2.1.2. is permittedto commence at the floor assembly immediately above the storage garage.

(2) A firewall is permitted to terminate on the underside of a reinforced concrete roof slab provided,(a) the roof slab on both sides of the firewall has a fire-resistance rating not less than,

(i) 1 h if the firewall is required to have a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h, or(ii) 2 h if the firewall is required to have a fire-resistance rating not less than 4 h, and

(b) there are no concealed spaces within the roof slab in that portion immediately above the firewall.

3.1.10.4. Parapets

(1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and 3.1.10.3.(2), a firewall shall extend above the roof surface to form aparapet not less than,(a) 150 mm high for a firewall required to have a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h, and(b) 900 mm high for a firewall required to have a fire-resistance rating not less than 4 h.

(2) A firewall that separates 2 buildings with roofs at different elevations need not extend above the upper roof surfaceto form a parapet, provided the difference in elevation between the roofs is more than 3 m.


2006 Building Code


3.2.1.1.

Section 3.2. Building Fire Safety

3.2.1. General

3.2.1.1. Exceptions in Determining Building Height

(1) A roof-top enclosure provided for elevator machinery, a stairway or a service room used for no purpose other thanfor service to the building, shall not be considered as a storey in calculating the building height.

(2) Space under tiers of seats in a building of the arena type shall not be considered as adding to the building heightprovided the space is used only for dressing rooms, concession stands and similar purposes incidental to the majoroccupancy of the building.

(3) Except as required by Sentence (5), the space above a mezzanine need not be considered as a storey in calculatingbuilding height provided, (a) the aggregate area of mezzanines that are not superimposed does not exceed 40% of the open area of the room in

which they are located, and (b) except as permitted in Sentence (8) and Sentence 3.3.2.11.(3) the space above the mezzanine is used as an open area

without partitions or subdividing walls higher than 1070 mm above the mezzanine floor. (See Appendix A.)

(4) Except as required by Sentence (5), the space above a mezzanine need not be considered as a storey in caclulatingthe building height provided,(a) the aggregate area of mezzanines that are not superimposed and do not meet the conditions of Sentence (3) does not

exceed 10% of the floor area in which they are located and (b) the area of mezzanine in a suite does not exceed 10% of the area of that suite.

(5) Except as permitted by Sentences (6) and (7), each level of mezzanine that is partly or wholly superimposed abovethe first level of mezzanine shall be considered as a storey in calculating the building height.

(6) Platforms intended solely for periodic inspection and elevated catwalks need not be considered as floor assemblies ormezzanines for the purpose of determining building height provided,(a) they are not used for storage, (b) they are constructed with noncombustible materials unless the building is permitted to be of combustible

construction, and(c) where they are intended to be occupied, they have an occupant load of not more that 4 persons.

(7) Mezzanines, elevated walkways and platforms that are intended to be occupied in Group F, Division 2 or 3 majoroccupancies need not be considered as storeys in calculating building height provided,(a) the building is of noncombustible construction, and(b) the occupant load is not more than 4 persons.

(8) The space above a mezzanine conforming to Sentence (3) is permitted to include an enclosed space whose area doesnot exceed 10% of the open area of the room in which the mezzanine is located, provided the enclosed space does notobstruct visual communication between the open space above the mezzanine and the room in which it is located.

(9) A service space in which facilities are included to permit a person to enter and to undertake maintenance and otheroperations pertaining to building services from within the service space need not be considered a storey if it conforms toArticles 3.2.5.15. and 3.3.1.23., and Sentences 3.2.4.19.(12), 3.2.7.3.(2), 3.3.1.3.(7), 3.4.2.4.(3) and 3.4.4.4.(9). (SeeAppendix A.)


2006 Building Code


3.2.1.2.

r2

3.2.1.2. Storage Garage Considered as a Separate Building

(1) A basement used primarily as a storage garage is permitted to be considered as a separate building for the purposesof Subsection 3.2.2., provided the floor and roof assemblies above the basement and the exterior walls of the basementabove the adjoining ground level are constructed as fire separations of masonry or concrete having a fire-resistance ratingnot less than 2 h, except as permitted by Sentence (2).

(2) The exterior wall of a basement that is required to be a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating in accordancewith Sentence (1) is permitted to be penetrated by openings that are not protected by closures provided,(a) the storage garage is sprinklered,(b) every opening in the exterior wall is separated from storeys above the opening by a projection of the floor or roof

assembly above the basement, extending not less than,(i) 1 000 mm beyond the exterior face of the storage garage if the upper storeys are required to be of

noncombustible construction, or(ii) 2 000 mm beyond the exterior face of the storage garage if the upper storeys are permitted to be of

combustible construction, or(c) the exterior walls of any storeys located above the floor or roof assembly referred to in Sentence (1) are recessed

behind the outer edge of the assembly by not less than,(i) 1 000 mm if the upper storeys are required to be of noncombustible construction, or(ii) 2 000 mm if the upper storeys are permitted to be of combustible construction.

(3) The floor or roof assembly projection referred to in Clause (2)(b) shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 hand shall have no openings within the projection.

3.2.1.3. Roof Considered as a Wall

(1) For the purposes of this Section any part of a roof that is pitched at an angle of 60° or more to the horizontal and isadjacent to a space intended for occupancy within a building shall be considered as part of an exterior wall of thebuilding.

3.2.1.4. Floor Assembly over Basement

(1) Except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.42.(3), 3.2.2.43.(3), 3.2.2.44.(3), 3.2.2.45.(3), 3.2.2.46.(3), 3.2.2.47.(3)or 3.2.2.48.(3), a floor assembly immediately above a basement shall be constructed as a fire separation having afire-resistance rating conforming to the requirements of Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.83. for a floor assembly, but not lessthan 45 min.

(2) All loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting a floor assembly immediately above a basement shall have afire-resistance rating not less than that required by Sentence (1) for the floor assembly.

3.2.1.5. Fire Containment in Basements

(1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and 3.2.2.15.(3), in a building in which an automatic sprinkler system is notrequired to be installed by Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.83., every basement shall,(a) be sprinklered, or(b) be subdivided into fire compartments not more than 600 m2 in area by a fire separation having a fire-resistance

rating not less than that required for the floor assembly immediately above the basement.

(2) An open-air storey need not conform to Sentence (1).


2006 Building Code


3.2.2.42.

r2

3.2.2.39. Group B, Division 2 or Division 3, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered

(1) A building classified as Group B, Division 2 or Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided,(a) except as permitted by Sentence 3.2.2.7.(1), the building is sprinklered,(b) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and(c) it has a building area,

(i) that is not limited if the building is not more than 1 storey in building height,(ii) not more than 12 000 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or(iii) not more than 8 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.

(2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustibleconstruction, and,(a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,(b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and(c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the

supported assembly.

3.2.2.40. Group B, Division 2 or Division 3, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered

(1) A building classified as Group B, Division 2 or Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided,(a) except as permitted by Sentence 3.2.2.7.(1), the building is sprinklered,(b) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and(c) it has a building area not more than,

(i) 2 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or(ii) 1 600 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.

(2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustibleconstruction used singly or in combination, and,(a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,(b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and(c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the

supported assembly.

3.2.2.41. Group B, Division 2 or Division 3, One Storey, Sprinklered

(1) A building classified as Group B, Division 2 or Division 3 is permitted to be of combustible construction ornoncombustible construction used singly or in combination, provided,(a) except as permitted by Sentence 3.2.2.7.(1), the building is sprinklered,(b) it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and(c) it has a building area not more than 500 m2.

3.2.2.42. Group C, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered

(1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.43. to 3.2.2.48., a building classified as Group C shall conform to Sentence(2).

(2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustibleconstruction, and,(a) except as permitted by Sentence 3.2.2.7.(1), the building shall be sprinklered,(b) except as permitted by Sentence (3), floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less

than 2 h,(c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and


2006 Building Code


3.2.2.42.

r2

r2

(d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for thesupported assembly.

(3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than 1 storey, subject to the requirements of Sentence3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors over basements, which are entirely contained within these dwellingunits, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h but need not be constructed as fire separations.

3.2.2.43. Group C, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered

(1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided,(a) except as permitted by Sentence 3.2.2.7.(1), the building is sprinklered,(b) it is not more than 6 storeys in building height, and(c) it has a building area,

(i) that is not limited if the building is not more than 2 storeys in building height,(ii) not more than 12 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height,(iii) not more than 9 000 m2 if 4 storeys in building height,(iv) not more than 7 200 m2 if 5 storeys in building height, or(v) not more than 6 000 m2 if 6 storeys in building height.

(2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustibleconstruction, and,(a) except as permitted by Sentence (3), floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less

than 1 h,(b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and(c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the

supported assembly.


3.2.2.44. Group C, up to 4 Storeys, Noncombustible Construction

(1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided,(a) it is not more than,

(i) 3 storeys in building height, or(ii) 4 storeys in building height provided there is not more than one dwelling unit above another dwelling unit,

and vertical fire separations of adjacent dwelling units conform to Sentence (4), and(b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.44.

Table 3.2.2.44. Maximum Building Area, Group C, up to 4 Storeys

Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.44.(1)

No. of StoreysMaximum Area, m2

Facing 1 Street Facing 2 Streets Facing 3 Streets

1234

not limited6 0004 0003 000

not limitednot limited

5 0003 750

not limitednot limited

6 0004 500

Column 1 2 3 4


2006 Building Code


3.2.2.46.

(2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and,(a) except as permitted by Sentence (3), floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less

than 1 h,(b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,(c) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and(d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the

supported assembly.


(4) The dwelling units described in Subclause (1)(a)(ii) shall be separated by continuous vertical fire separations thatextend through all storeys and service spaces of the separated portions.


(1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided,(a) except as permitted by Sentence 3.2.2.7.(1), the building is sprinklered,(b) it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and(c) it has a building area not more than,

(i) 7 200 m2 if 1 storey in building height,(ii) 3 600 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,(iii) 2 400 m2 if 3 storeys in building height, or(iv) 1 800 m2 if 4 storeys in building height.

(2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustibleconstruction used singly or in combination, and,(a) except as permitted by Sentences (3) and (4), floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating

not less than 1 h,(b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and(c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the

supported assembly.


(4) In a building in which there is no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit, the fire-resistance rating for floorassemblies entirely within the dwelling unit is waived.

3.2.2.46. Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Increased Area

(1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided,(a) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and(b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.46.


2006 Building Code


3.2.2.46.

Table 3.2.2.46.Maximum Building Area, Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Increased Area


No. of Storeys

Maximum Area, m2


123

2 4001 200800

3 0001 5001 000

3 6001 8001 200

Column 1 2 3 4


not less than 1 h,(b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,(c) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and(d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the

supported assembly.



3.2.2.47. Group C, up to 3 Storeys

(1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided,(a) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and(b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.47.

Table 3.2.2.47.Maximum Building Area, Group C, up to 3 Storeys


No. of StoreysMaximum Area, m2


123

1 800900600

2 2501 125750

2 7001 350900

Column 1 2 3 4


2006 Building Code

Division B - Part 3 52a

3.2.2.47.


not less than 45 min,(b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and(c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the

supported assembly.

(3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than 1 storey, subject to the requirements of Sentence3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors over basements, which are entirely contained within these dwellingunits, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min but need not be constructed as fire separations.



(1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided,(a) except as permitted by Sentence 3.2.2.7.(1), the building is sprinklered,(b) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and(c) it has a building area not more than,

(i) 5 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height,(ii) 2 700 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or(iii) 1 800 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.


2006 Building Code

Division B - Part 352b

This page intentionally left blank


2006 Building Code


3.2.4.8.

(b) 20 min for any other building.

(2) Except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.4.19.(9), and 3.2.4.22.(2) and (3), a fire alarm system shall not incorporatemanual silencing switches other than those installed inside the fire alarm control unit. (See Appendix A.)

(3) Except as provided in Clause 3.2.4.22.(3)(a), in a care and treatment occupancy an alert signal is permitted to besilenced automatically after 1 min.

3.2.4.7. Signals to Fire Department

(1) If a fire alarm system is required to be installed and a single stage system is provided, the system shall be designedto notify the fire department in conformance with Sentence (4) that an alarm signal has been initiated in,(a) a Group A occupancy having an occupant load more than 300,(b) a Group B occupancy,(c) a Group F, Division 1 occupancy,(d) a building regulated by the provisions of Subsection 3.2.6., or(e) a building containing interconnected floor space required to conform to Articles 3.2.8.3. to 3.2.8.11.

(2) A fire alarm system that includes waterflow indicating devices shall be designed to notify the fire department, inconformance with Sentence (4), that an alarm has been initiated.

(3) If a fire alarm system is required to be installed and a 2 stage system is provided, the system shall be designed tonotify the fire department, in conformance with Sentence (4), that an alert signal has been initiated.

(4) Notification of the fire department required by Sentences (1) to (3) shall be by way of,(a) signals to a central station conforming to CAN/ULC-S561, “Installation and Services for Fire Signal Receiving

Centres and Systems”, or(b) the municipal fire alarm system. (See Appendix A.)

(5) Where a single stage fire alarm system is installed in a building that is not sprinklered, and Sentence (1) does notapply, a legible notice, that is not easily removed, shall be affixed to the wall near each manual pull station stating,(a) that the fire department is to be notified in the event of a fire emergency, and (b) the emergency telephone number for the municipality or the telephone number of the fire department. (See

Appendix A.)

3.2.4.8. Annunciator and Zone Indication

(1) Except as permitted in Sentences (3) to (5), an annunciator shall be installed in close proximity to a buildingentrance that faces a street or an access route for fire department vehicles that complies with Sentence 3.2.5.5.(1).

(2) Except as permitted by Sentence (6), the annunciator required by Sentence (1) shall have separate zone indication ofthe actuation of the alarm initiating devices in each,(a) floor area so that in a building that is not sprinklered, the area of coverage for each zone is neither more than,

(i) one storey, nor(ii) 2 000 m2,

(b) floor area so that in a building that is sprinklered, the area of coverage for each zone is neither more than,(i) one storey, nor(ii) the system area limits as specified in NFPA 13, “Installation of Sprinkler Systems”,

(c) shaft required to be equipped with smoke detectors,(d) air handling system required to be equipped with smoke detectors,(e) contained use area,(f) impeded egress zone,(g) fire compartment required in Sentence 3.3.3.5.(2), and


2006 Building Code


3.2.4.8.

r2

(h) fire compartment required to be separated by vertical fire separations having a fire-resistance rating not less than 2h, other than dwelling units described in Subsection 3.3.4. (See Appendix A.)

(3) An annunciator need not be provided for a fire alarm system if not more than one zone indicator is required inSentence (2).

(4) If an annunciator is not installed as part of a fire alarm system in conformance with Sentence (1), a visual andaudible trouble signal device shall be provided inside the main entrance of the building.

(5) The requirements in Sentence (1) are waived in a building,(a) reserved,(b) that has an aggregate area for all storeys of not more than 2 000 m2, and(c) that is not more than 3 storeys in building height.

(6) The area limits of Clause (2)(a) are waived for an interior undivided open space used as an arena, a rink or aswimming pool provided that other spaces in the building that are separated from the open space are individually zoned inaccordance with the requirements of Sentence (2).

(7) A fire alarm control unit installed in close proximity to a building entrance that faces a street or an access route forfire department vehicles that complies with Sentence 3.2.5.5.(1), is deemed to satisfy the requirement for an annunciatorprovided all indicators required for an annunciator or trouble signal device are included on the control unit. (SeeAppendix A.)

(8) In a building containing a hotel in which a trouble signal sounding device has a silencing switch, a trouble light shallbe installed in,(a) the main reception area serving the hotel, or(b) another continually-supervised location.

(9) In a nursing home, a remote audiovisual fire alarm trouble signal shall be located at the main nursing station.

3.2.4.9. Electrical Supervision

(1) Electrical supervision shall be provided for a fire alarm system.

(2) If a fire alarm system is installed in a building, an automatic sprinkler system shall be electrically supervised toindicate a supervisory signal on the building fire alarm system annunciator for each of the following:(a) movement of a valve handle that controls the supply of water to sprinklers,(b) loss of excess water pressure required to prevent false alarms in a wet pipe system,(c) loss of air pressure in a dry pipe system,(d) loss of air pressure in a pressure tank,(e) a significant change in water level in any water storage container used for fire fighting purposes,(f) loss of power to any automatically starting fire pump, and(g) a temperature approaching the freezing point in any dry pipe valve enclosure or water storage container used for fire

fighting purposes. (See Appendix A.)

(3) In a building regulated by the provisions of Subsection 3.2.6., the indication of a supervisory signal in accordancewith Sentence (2) shall be transmitted to a proprietary control centre or to an independent central station.

3.2.4.10. Fire Detectors

(1) Fire detectors required by this Article shall be connected to the fire alarm system.

(2) Except as provided in Article 3.2.4.15., if a fire alarm system is required, fire detectors shall be installed in,(a) storage rooms not within dwelling units,(b) service rooms not within dwelling units,(c) janitors’ rooms,


2006 Building Code


3.2.5.16.

(4) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), combustible sprinkler piping may be located above a ceiling, provided that thedistance between the edge of any ceiling opening that is not protected in conformance with Sentence (3) and the nearestsprinkler is not more than 300 mm.

(5) The protection required by Sentences (3) and (4) is permitted to be waived where combustible sprinkler piping hasbeen tested in conformance with ULC/ORD-C199P-M, “Combustible Piping for Sprinkler Systems”, and has beenshown to meet the requirements in that document without additional protection.

3.2.5.15. Sprinklered Service Space

(1) An automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in a service space referred to in Sentence 3.2.1.1.(9) if flooring foraccess within the service space is other than catwalks.

(2) The sprinkler system required by Sentence (1) shall be equipped with waterflow detecting devices, with each deviceserving not more than one storey.

(3) The waterflow detecting devices required by Sentence (2) shall be connected to the fire alarm system, to(a) initiate an alert signal in a 2 stage system or an alarm signal in a single stage system, and(b) indicate separately on the fire alarm system annunciator the actuation of each device.

(4) If a building is sprinklered, sprinkler protection need not be provided in the space below a raised floor in a computerroom,(a) if the optical fibre cables and electrical wires and cables in this space conform to the test requirements in Article

3.1.5.21.,(b) if the building is of noncombustible construction and other combustible components are limited to those permitted in

Subsection 3.1.5.,(c) if this space is used to circulate conditioned air and the air handling system is designed to prevent the circulation of

smoke upon a signal from a smoke detector, (d) if all of this space is easily accessible by providing access sections or panels in the raised floor, and(e) if the computer room is more than 2 000 m2 and the annunciator has separate zone indicators of the actuation of

smoke detectors located in this space so that the coverage for each zone is not more than 2 000 m2.

(5) Where a room, chute or bin is required to be sprinklered as indicated in Sentence 3.3.4.3.(1), Article 3.6.2.5. andSentence 3.6.3.3.(6), the sprinklers may be supplied with water from the fire standpipe system provided that,(a) except for a chute, not more than 8 sprinkler heads are required to protect any room or bin based on a maximum

coverage of 12 m2 per sprinkler head,(b) the standpipe riser is,

(i) not less than 6 in. in diameter, or(ii) hydraulically designed to meet combined water supply as specified in Clause (c),

(c) the water supply for a standpipe system, pumping capability and water storage facility, if required, is increased tosupply 95 L/min for each sprinkler head over and above the requirements for the standpipe system up to maximum760 L/min for sprinklers,

(d) a waterflow detecting device shall be installed in the sprinkler main adjacent to the point of connection to thestandpipe riser, and

(e) the activation of each waterflow detecting device in Clause (d) shall be indicated separately on the fire alarm systemannunciator.

3.2.5.16. Fire Department Connections

(1) The fire department connection for a standpipe system shall be located so that the distance from the fire departmentconnection to a hydrant is not more than 45 m and is unobstructed.

(2) The fire department connection for an automatic sprinkler system shall be located so that the distance from the firedepartment connection to a hydrant is not more than 45 m and is unobstructed.


2006 Building Code


3.2.5.16.

r2

(3) The fire department connections required in Sentences (1) and (2) shall be,(a) located on the outside of a building adjacent to a street or an access route, not less than 300 mm and not more than

900 mm above ground level, and(b) provided with two 65 mm hose connections with female swivel hose couplings.

3.2.5.17. Portable Fire Extinguishers

(1) Portable fire extinguishers shall be installed in all buildings, except within dwelling units, in conformance with theprovisions of Part 6 of the Fire Code made under the Fire Protection and Prevention Act, 1997.

(2) In a Group B, Division 1 major occupancy, portable fire extinguishers are permitted to be located in secure areas,or in lockable cabinets provided,(a) identical keys for all cabinets are located at all supervisory or security stations, or(b) electrical remote release devices are provided and are connected to an emergency power supply.

3.2.5.18. Protection from Freezing

(1) Equipment forming part of a fire protection system shall be protected from freezing if,(a) it could be adversely affected by freezing temperatures, and(b) it is located in an unheated area.

3.2.5.19. Fire Pumps

(1) A fire pump having a rated net head pressure greater than 280 kPa shall be installed in accordance with therequirements of NFPA 20, “Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection”. (See Appendix A.)

3.2.6. Additional Requirements for High Buildings (See Appendix A.)

3.2.6.1. Application

(1) This Subsection applies to a building,

(a) of Group A, D, E or F major occupancy classification that is more than,(i) 36 m high, measured between grade and the floor level of the top storey, or(ii) 18 m high, measured between grade and the floor level of the top storey, and in which the cumulative or

total occupant load on or above any storey above grade, other than the first storey, divided by 1.8 times thewidth in metres of all exit stairs at that storey, exceeds 300,

(b) containing a Group B major occupancy in which the floor level of the highest storey of that major occupancy ismore than 18 m above grade,

(c) containing a floor area or part of a floor area located above the third storey designed or intended as a Group B,Division 2 or 3 occupancy, and

(d) containing a Group C major occupancy whose floor level is more than 18 m above grade.

3.2.6.2. Limits to Smoke Movement

(1) A sprinklered building shall be designed in accordance with Sentences (2) to (5) and Supplementary Standard SB-4to limit the danger to occupants and fire fighters from exposure to smoke in a building fire.


2006 Building Code


3.2.6.4.

(2) A building referred to in Sentence (1), shall be designed so that, during a period of 2 h after the start of a fire, eachexit stair serving storeys below the lowest exit level will not contain more than 1% by volume of contaminated air fromthe fire floor, assuming an outdoor temperature equal to the January design temperature on a 2.5% basis determined inconformance with Supplementary Standard SB-1.

(3) Each stairway that serves storeys above the lowest exit level shall have a vent to the outdoors, at or near the bottomof the stair shaft, that,(a) has an openable area of 0.05 m2 for every door between the stair shaft and a floor area, but not less than 1.8 m2,(b) opens directly to the outdoors or into a vestibule that has a similar opening to the outdoors, and(c) has a door or closure that,

(i) is openable manually, and(ii) can remain in the open position during a fire emergency.

(4) Measures shall be taken to limit movement of smoke from a fire in a floor area below the lowest exit storey intoupper storeys.

(5) Except for exhaust fans in kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, and except for fans used for smokeventing as required by Article 3.2.6.6., air moving fans in a system that serves more than 2 storeys shall be designed andinstalled so that in the event of a fire these fans can be stopped by means of a manually operated switch at the centralalarm and control facility.

(6) A building that is not sprinklered shall be designed in accordance with Supplementary Standard SB-4 to limit thedanger to occupants and fire fighters from exposure to smoke in a building fire.

3.2.6.3. Connected Buildings

(1) If a building described in Article 3.2.6.1. is connected to any other building, measures shall be taken to limitmovement of contaminated air from one building into another during a fire.

3.2.6.4. Emergency Operation of Elevators

(1) Manual emergency recall shall be provided for all elevators serving storeys above the first storey.

(2) Key-operated switches for emergency recall described by Sentence (1) shall be provided in a conspicuous locationat,(a) each elevator lobby on the recall level, and(b) the central alarm and control facility required in Article 3.2.6.7.

(3) In-car emergency service switches shall be provided in all elevator cars.

(4) Keys to operate the switches required by Sentences (2) and (3) shall be,(a) provided in a suitably identified box conspicuously located on the outside of an elevator hoistway near the central

alarm and control facility required by Article 3.2.6.7., and(b) kept at the central alarm and control facility.

(5) In a building that is not sprinklered, automatic emergency recall operation shall be provided for all elevators servingstoreys above the first storey.

(6) The automatic emergency recall feature in Sentence (5) shall be actuated by,(a) smoke detectors installed in each elevator lobby on each storey, or(b) the building fire alarm system.

(7) Smoke detectors in Sentence (6) shall be designed as part of the building fire alarm system.


2006 Building Code


3.2.6.5.

3.2.6.5. Elevator for Use by Fire Fighters

(1) At least one elevator shall be provided for use by fire fighters in conformance with Sentences (2) to (6).

(2) The elevator referred to in Sentence (1) shall have a usable platform area not less than 2.2 m2 and shall be capableof carrying a load of 900 kg to the top floor that it serves from a landing on the storey containing the entrance for firefighter access referred to in Articles 3.2.5.4. and 3.2.5.5. within 1 min.

(3) Except when Measure K of Supplementary Standard SB-4 is used, each elevator for use by fire fighters shall,(a) be provided with a closure at each shaft opening so that the interlock mechanism remains mechanically engaged and

electrical continuity is maintained in the interlock circuits and associated wiring for a period of not less than 1 hwhen the assembly is subjected to the standard fire exposure described in CAN4-S104-M, “Fire Tests of DoorAssemblies”,

(b) be protected with a vestibule containing no occupancy and separated from the remainder of the floor area by a fireseparation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or

(c) be protected with a corridor containing no occupancy and separated from the remainder of the building by a fireseparation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.

(4) Except as permitted in Sentence (5), an elevator referred to in Sentence (1) shall be capable of providingtransportation from the storey containing the entrance for fire fighter access referred to in Articles 3.2.5.4. and 3.2.5.5.to every floor that is above grade in the building and that is normally served by the elevator system.

(5) If it is necessary to change elevators to reach any floor referred to in Sentence (4), the system shall be designed sothat not more than one change of elevator is required when travelling to any floor in the building from the storeycontaining the entrance for fire fighter access referred to in Articles 3.2.5.4. and 3.2.5.5.

(6) Electrical conductors for the operation of the elevator referred to in Sentence (1) shall be,(a) installed in service spaces conforming to Section 3.6. that do not contain other combustible material, or(b) protected against exposure to fire from the service entrance of the emergency power supply, or the normal service

entrance of the normal power supply, to the equipment served, to ensure operation for a period of 1 h whensubjected to the standard fire exposure described in CAN/ULC-S101-M, “Fire Endurance Tests of BuildingConstruction and Materials”.

3.2.6.6. Venting to Aid Fire Fighting

(1) Means of venting each floor area to the outdoors shall be provided by windows, wall panels, smoke shafts or,except as provided by Sentence (5), the building exhaust system.

(2) Fixed glass windows shall not be used for the venting required by Sentence (1) if the breaking of the windows couldendanger pedestrians below.

(3) Openable windows used for the venting required by Sentence (1) shall be permanently marked so that they are easilyidentifiable.

(4) Elevator hoistways shall not be designed for the venting required by Sentence (1).

(5) In a building that is not sprinklered, venting of floor areas required in Sentence (1) shall not be provided by thebuilding exhaust system.


2006 Building Code


3.2.7.1.

3.2.6.7. Central Alarm and Control Facility

(1) A central alarm and control facility shall be provided on the storey containing the entrance for fire fighter accessreferred to in Articles 3.2.5.4. and 3.2.5.5. in a location that, (a) is readily accessible to fire fighters entering the building, and(b) takes into account the effect of background noise likely to occur under fire emergency conditions, so that the facility

can properly perform its required function under such conditions.

(2) The central alarm and control facility required in Sentence (1) shall include,(a) means to control the voice communication system required by Article 3.2.6.8., so that messages can be sent to,

(i) all loudspeakers simultaneously,(ii) individual floor areas, and(iii) exit stairwells,

(b) means to indicate audibly and visually alert signals and alarm signals and a switch to,(i) silence the audible portion of these signals, and(ii) indicate visually that the audible portion has been silenced,

(c) means to indicate visually that elevators are on emergency recall,(d) an annunciator conforming to Article 3.2.4.8.,(e) means to transmit alert signals and alarm signals to the fire department in conformance with Article 3.2.4.7.,(f) means to release hold-open devices on doors to vestibules,(g) means to manually actuate alarm signals in the building selectively to any zone or zones,(h) means to silence the alarm signals referred to in Clause (g) in conformance with Sentences 3.2.4.22.(2) and (3),(i) means, as appropriate to the measure for fire safety provided in the building, to,

(i) actuate auxiliary equipment, or(ii) communicate with a continually staffed auxiliary equipment control centre,

(j) means to communicate with every elevator car, (k) means to indicate visually, individual sprinkler system waterflow signals,(l) means to indicate audibly and visually, sprinkler system supervisory signals and trouble signals,(m) a switch to silence the audible portion of a supervisory signal or a trouble signal, and(n) visual indication that the audible portion of a supervisory signal or a trouble signal has been silenced.

3.2.6.8. Voice Communication System

(1) A voice communication system or systems conforming to Article 3.2.4.22. shall be provided in a building if,(a) the floor of the top storey is more than 36 m above grade, or(b) a floor area or part of a floor area located above the third storey is designed or intended for use as a Group B,

Division 2 or 3 occupancy.

3.2.6.9. Testing

(1) The systems for control of smoke movement and mechanical venting required by Articles 3.2.6.2. and 3.2.6.6. shallbe tested to ensure satisfactory operation in accordance with the procedures described in Supplementary Standard SB-4.

3.2.7. Lighting and Emergency Power Systems

3.2.7.1. Minimum Lighting Requirements

(1) An exit, a public corridor, a corridor providing access to exit for the public, a corridor serving patients or residentsin a Group B, Division 2 or Division 3 occupancy, a corridor serving classrooms, an electrical equipment room, atransformer vault and a hoistway pit shall be equipped to provide illumination to an average level not less than 50 lx atfloor or tread level and at angles and intersections at changes of level where there are stairs or ramps.


2006 Building Code




2006 Building Code


3.3.1.1.

3.2.9.6. Water Supply for 38 mm Hose Connections

(1) If a standpipe and hose system is required, the water supply shall be sufficient to provide a flow, measured at eachof the two hydraulically most remote 38 mm diam hose connections,(a) of not less than 380 L/min,(b) for not less than 30 min,(c) at a pressure of not less than 450 kPa, and(d) of not less than 190 L/min from each of the two outlets simultaneously.

3.2.9.7. Water Supply for 65 mm Hose Connections

(1) If 65 mm diam hose connections are required, the water supply shall be sufficient to provide a flow, measured ateach of the two hydraulically most remote 65 mm diam hose connections,(a) of not less than 1 890 L/min,(b) for not less than 30 min,(c) at a pressure of not less than 450 kPa, and(d) of not less than 945 L/min from each of the two outlets simultaneously.

(2) If the building is less than 84 m high, measured between grade and the ceiling level of the top storey, the watersupply required in Sentence (1) is permitted to be supplied through the fire department connection.

(3) If the building is 84 m or more high, measured between grade and the ceiling level of the top storey, the watersupply required in Sentence (1) shall be provided by sufficient pumping capacity.

(4) If the building is 84 m or more high, measured between grade and the ceiling level of the top storey, the buildingshall be served by no fewer than two sources of water supply from a public water system.

Section 3.3. Safety within Floor Areas (See Appendix A.)

3.3.1. All Floor Areas

3.3.1.1. Separation of Suites

(1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), each suite in other than business and personal services occupanciesshall be separated from adjoining suites by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.

(2) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (1) is permitted to be less than 1 h but not lessthan 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to be less than 1 h for,(a) the floor assembly above the floor area, or(b) the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.

(3) Occupancies that are served by public corridors conforming to Clause 3.3.1.4.(4)(b) in a building that issprinklered, are not required to be separated from one another by fire separations provided the occupancies are,(a) suites of business and personal services occupancy,(b) fast food vending operations that do not provide seating for customers,(c) suites of mercantile occupancy, or(d) any combination of these occupancies.


2006 Building Code


3.3.1.2.

r1

r2

3.3.1.2. Hazardous Substances, Equipment and Processes

(1) Except as provided in Subsection 3.3.5., the storage, handling and use of the hazardous substances shall be inconformance with,(a) the Fire Code made under the Fire Protection and Prevention Act, 1997, or(b) the CCBFC, “National Fire Code of Canada”, in the absence of regulations referred to in Clause (a). (See

Appendix A.)

(2) Cooking equipment, not within a dwelling unit, used in processes producing grease-laden vapours shall be designedand installed in conformance with Part 6. (See Appendix A.)

(3) A fuel-fired appliance shall not be installed in a corridor serving as an access to exit.

3.3.1.3. Means of Egress

(1) Access to exit within floor areas shall conform to Subsections 3.3.2. to 3.3.5., in addition to the requirements of thisSubsection.

(2) If a podium, terrace, platform or contained open space is provided, egress requirements shall conform to theappropriate requirements of Sentence 3.3.1.5.(1) for rooms and suites.

(3) Means of egress shall be provided from every roof that is intended for occupancy, and from every podium, terrace,platform or contained open space.

(4) At least two separate means of egress shall be provided from a roof, used or intended for an occupant load morethan 60, to stairs designed in conformance with the exit stair requirements of Section 3.4.

(5) A rooftop enclosure shall be provided with an access to exit that leads to an exit,(a) at the roof level, or(b) on the storey immediately below the roof.

(6) A rooftop enclosure that is more than 200 m2 in area shall be provided with at least 2 means of egress.

(7) Two points of egress shall be provided for a service space referred to in Sentence 3.2.1.1.(9) if,(a) the area is more than 200 m2, or(b) the travel distance measured from any point in the service space to a point of egress is more than 25 m.

(8) Except as required by Sentence 3.3.4.4.(9) and permitted by Sentences 3.3.4.4.(6) and (7), each suite in a floorarea that contains more than one suite shall have,(a) an exterior exit doorway, or(b) a doorway,

(i) into a public corridor, or(ii) to an exterior passageway.

(9) Except as permitted by this Section and by Sentence 3.4.2.1.(2), at the point where a doorway referred to inSentence (8) opens onto a public corridor or exterior passageway, it shall be possible to go in opposite directions to eachof 2 separate exits.

(10) Means of egress from a roof for personnel servicing roof top equipment or for a below ground service room that isnot normally occupied, is permitted to be provided by stairways or fixed ladders.


2006 Building Code


3.3.4.2.

(b) provided with a mechanical air supply so that during a period of 2 h after the start of a fire in another space, thecompartments will not contain more than 1% by volume of contaminated air from the fire area.

3.3.3.7. Contained Use Areas

(1) A contained use area shall conform to Sentences (2) to (5).

(2) A contained use area shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having afire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.

(3) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), a building that includes a contained use area shall be sprinklered.

(4) A contained use area, in a building for which Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.83. do not require the installation of anautomatic sprinkler system, is not required to be sprinklered as required by Sentence (3) provided,(a) the building is designed so that during a period of 2 h after the start of a fire in the contained use area, other fire

compartments will not contain more than 1% by volume of contaminated air from the contained use area,(b) the building is designed so that during a period of 2 h after the start of a fire in another part of the building, the

contained use area will not contain more than 1% by volume of contaminated air from the other part of thebuilding,

(c) all doors are designed to be remotely released in conformance with Sentence 3.3.1.12.(6), and(d) the contained use area does not contain any rooms lined with combustible padding.

(5) A corridor serving a contained use area shall have no dead-end portion unless the area served by the dead-endportion has a second and separate means of egress.

3.3.3.8. Handrails

(1) Corridors and ramps used by residents in a nursing home shall be equipped with handrails on each side conformingto Sentences 3.4.6.4.(3), (4), (6), (7) and (8).

3.3.4. Residential Occupancy

3.3.4.1. Scope

(1) This Subsection applies to residential occupancies.

3.3.4.2. Fire Separations

(1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and 3.2.2.9.(2), suites of residential occupancy shall be separated from eachother and the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.


(3) Floor assemblies within a dwelling unit need not be constructed as fire separations provided,(a) the distance between the lowest floor level and the uppermost floor level within the dwelling unit is not more than

6 m, and(b) the dwelling unit is separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating

not less than,(i) 45 min if the building is sprinklered and is not more than 3 storeys in building height,(ii) 1 h if the building is sprinklered and is more than 3 storeys in building height,(iii) 1 h if the building is not sprinklered and is not more than 6 storeys in building height, or(iv) 2 h if the building is not sprinklered and is more than 6 storeys in building height.


2006 Building Code


3.3.4.2.

r2

r2

(4) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation located between a dwelling unit and an attached storage garage neednot conform to that required by Sentence 3.3.5.6.(1) provided,(a) the storage garage contains not more than 5 vehicles,(b) the dwelling unit and the attached storage garage are sprinklered,(c) the dwelling unit is separated from the remainder of the building in conformance with Sentences (1) to (3),(d) there are no air duct systems connecting the storage garage and the dwelling unit,(e) the construction between the storage garage and the dwelling unit provides an effective barrier to gas and exhaust

fumes, and(f) every door between the storage garage and the dwelling unit is,

(i) tight fitting and weather-stripped to provide an effective barrier against the passage of gas and exhaustfumes,

(ii) fitted with a self-closing device, and(iii) not located in a room intended for sleeping.

(5) The fire separation required by Sentence 3.3.5.6.(1) is not required between a dwelling unit and an attached storagegarage, serving that dwelling unit only, provided,(a) the dwelling unit and its attached storage garage are separated from the remainder of the building in conformance

with Sentences (1) to (3),(b) there are no air duct systems connecting the storage garage and the dwelling unit,(c) the construction between the storage garage and the dwelling unit provides an effective barrier to gas and exhaust

fumes, and(d) every door between the storage garage and the dwelling unit is,

(i) tight fitting and weather-stripped to provide an effective barrier against the passage of gas and exhaustfumes,

(ii) fitted with a self-closing device, and(iii) not located in a room intended for sleeping.

3.3.4.3. Storage Rooms

(1) Sprinklers shall be installed in a storage room provided for the use of tenants in a residential occupancy within afloor area but not contained within a suite.

(2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), a storage room referred to in Sentence (1) shall be separated from theremainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.


3.3.4.4. Egress from Dwelling Units

(1) Except as required by Sentence (9), single storey dwelling units in an apartment building need not lead to a publiccorridor or exterior passageway on the same storey provided the dwelling units are served by private stairways leadingdirectly to a public access to exit on the storey,(a) immediately above, and(b) immediately below.(See Appendix A.)

(2) Except as required by Sentence (9) and as permitted by Sentences (3) to (5), a dwelling unit containing more thanone storey shall have an exit door or an egress door opening directly into a public access to exit from the uppermoststorey and from the lowest storey of the dwelling unit so that each storey is served by an exit or egress door located notmore than 1 500 mm above or below its floor level.

Effective Date April 1, 2010Effective Date: April 1, 2010

2006 Building Code


3.3.4.6.

r2

r2

(3) A single exit is permitted from a dwelling unit provided the exit is an exterior doorway not more than 1 500 mmabove adjacent ground level and,(a) it is not necessary to travel up or down more than one storey to reach the exit door, or(b) the uppermost floor level opens to a balcony not more than 6 m above adjacent ground level.

(4) An egress door from either the uppermost storey or the lowest storey in a dwelling unit, as required in Sentence (2),need not be provided,(a) except as required by Sentence (9) if that storey is served by a stairway that,

(i) leads to a public access to exit,(ii) has no direct access to any other storey in the dwelling unit, and(iii) is separated from the other storeys in the dwelling unit by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of

not less than 45 min,(b) if the dwelling unit has not more than 2 storeys above the first storey of the building, or(c) if it is not necessary to travel either more than 18 m, or more than 1 storey up or down to reach the egress door.

(5) An egress door from either the uppermost storey or the lowest storey in a dwelling unit, as required in Sentence (2),need not be provided,(a) on the uppermost storey of a dwelling unit having not more than 2 storeys above the first storey of the building,(b) on each storey from which it is not necessary to travel either more than 18 m or more than 1 storey up or down

within the dwelling unit to reach an egress door, or(c) where that storey is,

(i) provided with a balcony conforming to Sentence (8),(ii) not more than 2 storeys above or below the dwelling unit egress door, and(iii) in a building that is not more than 6 storeys in building height.

(6) In a building of residential occupancy not more than 3 storeys in building height, a doorway from a dwelling unit ispermitted to open directly into an exit stairway provided the dwelling unit has a second and separate means of egress.

(7) If a dwelling unit has a second and separate means of egress, one means of egress from a dwelling unit is permittedto pass through,(a) an interior corridor served by a single exit,(b) an exterior balcony served by a single exit stairway, or(c) an exterior passageway served by a single exit stairway.

(8) Where a balcony is provided to meet the requirements of Sentence (3) or (5), the balcony shall have,(a) a solid floor having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for a floor assembly between suites, and(b) an area providing not less than 1.5 m2 per suite occupant, based on occupant load, and a minimum dimension of

1 200 mm.

(9) Each dwelling unit in a building conforming to Subclause 3.2.2.44.(1)(a)(ii) shall be served by, (a) a direct exit that is an exterior doorway located not more than 1 500 mm of adjacent ground level, or(b) a stairway that,

(i) leads to an exterior doorway not more than 1 500 mm above adjacent ground level,(ii) has no access to another dwelling unit, and (iii) is separated from the remainder of the building with a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not

less than 1 h.

3.3.4.5. Automatic Locking Prohibition

(1) Except for hotels, a door opening onto a public corridor that provides access to exit from a suite shall be designednot to lock automatically. (See Appendix A.)

3.3.4.6. Sound Transmission

(1) Sound transmission class ratings of building assemblies shall conform to Section 5.9.


2006 Building Code


3.3.4.7.

r1.1

3.3.4.7. Stairs, Handrails and Guards for Dwelling Units

(1) Stairs, handrails and guards within a dwelling unit shall conform to the appropriate requirements in Section 9.8.

3.3.4.8. Stud Wall Reinforcement

(1) If wood wall studs or sheet steel wall studs enclose the main bathroom in a dwelling unit, reinforcement shall beinstalled to permit the future installation of a grab bar on a wall adjacent to,(a) a water closet in the location required by Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(d), and(b) a shower or bathtub in the location required by Clause 3.8.3.13.(1)(f).

3.3.5. Industrial Occupancy

3.3.5.1. Scope

(1) This Subsection applies to industrial occupancies.

3.3.5.2. Fire Extinguishing Systems

(1) In addition to other requirements in this Division for the installation of automatic fire extinguishing systems, anappropriate fire extinguishing system shall be installed in every industrial occupancy floor area to provide protection ifrequired by,(a) the Fire Code made under the Fire Protection and Prevention Act, 1997, or(b) the CCBFC, “National Fire Code of Canada”, in the absence of provisions referred to in Clause (a).

3.3.5.3. Basements

(1) A basement shall not be used for the storage, manufacture or handling of volatile solids, liquids or gases thatgenerate explosive air-vapour mixtures or for processes that involve explosive dusts.

(2) Entrances and exits to a basement and to rooms containing building services shall be separate from the remainder ofthe building in a building in which,(a) the storage, manufacture or handling of volatile materials can generate explosive air-vapour mixtures, or(b) processes occur that produce explosive dusts.

(3) Basements and rooms referred to in Sentence (2) shall be separated from the remainder of the building with avapour-tight separation.

3.3.5.4. Repair and Storage Garages

(1) If access is provided from a storage garage to a stair tower or elevator serving occupancies above the level of thestorage garage, the access shall be through a vestibule conforming to Sentence 3.3.5.7.(3).

(2) Treads and landings in interior stairs that extend to the roof of a storage garage shall be designed to be free ofaccumulations of ice and snow.

(3) A mechanical storage garage not more than 4 storeys in building height, in which no persons other than parkingattendants are permitted above the street floor level, need not have a fire separation between the exits and the remainderof the building.

(4) A garage shall be provided with natural or mechanical ventilation in conformance with the requirements ofSubsection 6.2.2. to prevent excessive accumulation of carbon monoxide, exhaust fumes or flammable and toxic vapours.

(5) Except as required by Sentence 3.8.2.2.(2), the clear height in a storage garage shall be not less than 2000 mm.


2006 Building Code


3.4.2.1.

r2

3.4.1.8. Transparent Doors and Panels

(1) Glass and transparent panels in an exit shall conform to the appropriate requirements of Article 3.3.1.18. for glassand transparent panels in an access to exit.

3.4.1.9. Mirrors near Exits

(1) No mirror shall be placed in or adjacent to any exit in a manner that would confuse the direction of exit.

3.4.1.10. Combustible Glazing in Exits

(1) Combustible glazing is not permitted in wall or ceiling assemblies or in closures used to construct an exit enclosure.

3.4.1.11. Exterior Stairway for Nursing Home

(1) No open exterior stairway shall serve as a means of egress for residents above the second floor of a nursing home.

3.4.2. Number and Location of Exits from Floor Areas

3.4.2.1. Minimum Number of Exits

(1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (4) and (6), every floor area intended for occupancy shall be served by atleast 2 exits.

(2) A floor area in a building not more than 2 storeys in building height, is permitted to be served by one exit providedthe total occupant load served by the exit is not more than 60, and,(a) in a floor area that is not sprinklered, the floor area and the travel distance are not more than the values in Table

3.4.2.1.A., or(b) in a floor area that is sprinklered,

(i) the travel distance is not more than 25 m, and(ii) the floor area is not more than the value in Table 3.4.2.1.B.

Table 3.4.2.1.A.Criteria for One Exit, Floor Area not Sprinklered


Occupancy of Floor Area Maximum Floor Area, m2 Maximum Travel Distance, m

Group A 150 15

Group C 100 15

Group D 200 25

Group E 150 15

Group F, Division 2 150 10

Group F, Division 3 200 15

Column 1 2 3

(3) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), if Sentence (2) permits a single exit from a floor area classified as Group B orGroup C occupancy, the exit shall be an exterior doorway not more than 1 500 mm above adjacent ground level.

(4) The requirements of Sentences (1) and (2) are permitted to be waived for dwelling units having access to exitconforming to Sentences 3.3.4.4.(1) to (4) and (9).


2006 Building Code


3.4.2.1.

e1

e1

(5) Exits are not required directly from rooftop enclosures that are provided with access to exits in conformance withSentences 3.3.1.3.(5) and (6).

Table 3.4.2.1.B.Criteria for One Exit, Floor Area Sprinklered


Occupancy of Floor Area Maximum Floor Area, m2

Group A 200

Group B 100

Group C 150

Group D 300

Group E 200

Group F, Division 2 200

Group F, Division 3 300

Column 1 2

(6) Every room containing an assembly occupancy serving a hotel, and located in the building containing the hotel, shallbe provided with no fewer than,(a) 3 separate egress doorways from the room where the occupant load is more than 600 persons, and(b) 4 separate egress doorways from the room where the occupant load is more than 1000 persons.

(7) Each egress doorway in Sentence (6) shall be considered as contributing not more than,(a) one third of the required width where 3 egress doorways are required, and(b) one fourth of the required width where 4 egress doorways are required.

3.4.2.2. Mezzanine Exiting

(1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (4), a mezzanine shall be provided with exits on the same basis as requiredfor floor areas by this Section.

(2) A mezzanine need not conform to Sentence (1) provided Article 3.2.8.1. does not require it to terminate at a verticalfire separation.

(3) In a floor area that is not sprinklered, a mezzanine need not conform to Sentence (1) where Article 3.2.8.1. doesrequire it to terminate at a vertical fire separation provided the total occupant load of the mezzanine is not more than 60and,(a) the area of the mezzanine does not exceed the area limits for rooms and suites in Table 3.3.1.5.A., and(b) the distance limits in Table 3.3.1.5.A. are not exceeded from any point on the mezzanine to,

(i) the egress doorway from the room in which the mezzanine is located if that room has a single egressdoorway, or

(ii) an egress facility leading from the mezzanine if the room in which the mezzanine is located has 2 egressdoorways provided in conformance with Subsection 3.3.1.

(4) In a floor area that is sprinklered, a mezzanine need not conform to Sentence (1) where Article 3.2.8.1. does requireit to terminate at a vertical fire separation provided the total occupant load of the mezzanine is not more than 60 and,(a) the area of the mezzanine does not exceed the area limits for rooms and suites in Table 3.3.1.5.B., and(b) the distance of travel is not more than 25 m when measured from any point on the mezzanine to,

(i) the egress doorway from the room in which the mezzanine is located if that room has a single egressdoorway, or

(ii) an egress facility leading from the mezzanine if the room in which the mezzanine is located has 2 egressdoorways provided in conformance with Subsection 3.3.1.


2006 Building Code


Part 11

Renovation

11.1. General11.1.1. Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311.1.2. Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

11.2. Classification of Existing Buildings11.2.1. Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

11.3. Proposed Construction11.3.1. New and Existing Building Systems . . . . . . . . . . . 411.3.2. Extension of Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411.3.3. Renovation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511.3.4. Plumbing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511.3.5. Sewage Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

11.4. Performance Level Evaluation andCompensating Construction

11.4.1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611.4.2. Reduction in Performance Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611.4.3. Compensating Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

11.5. Compliance Alternatives11.5.1. Compliance Alternatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9


2006 Building Code


Effective Date April 1, 2010Effective Date: April 1, 2010

2006 Building Code


11.3.4.1.

r2

r2

r2

11.3.3. Renovation

11.3.3.1. Basic Renovation (See Appendix A.)

(1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Article 11.3.3.2., construction may be carried out to maintain the existingperformance level of all or part of an existing building, by the reuse, relocation or extension of the same or similarmaterials or components, to retain the existing character, structural uniqueness, heritage value, or aesthetic appearance ofall or part of the building if, the construction will not adversely affect the early warning and evacuation systems, fireseparations, the structural adequacy or create an unhealthy environment in the building.

(2) Construction in respect of a hotel may only be carried out in accordance with Sentence (1) provided that theconstruction will be in conformance with Part 9 of Division B of the Fire Code made under the Fire Protection andPrevention Act, 1997.

11.3.3.2. Extensive Renovation (See Appendix A.)

(1) Where existing interior walls or ceilings or floor assemblies or roof assemblies are substantially removed in anexisting building and new interior walls, ceilings, floor assemblies or roof assemblies are installed in the building,structural and fire-resistance elements shall be constructed in compliance with the requirements of the other Parts.

(2) Except as provided in Section 11.5., the proposed construction within an existing suite shall comply with therequirements of Section 3.8. where,(a) the existing interior walls or floor assemblies within the suite are substantially removed in an existing building,(b) new interior walls or floor assemblies are installed,(c) the suite has an area greater than 300 m2, and(d) the suite is located on,

(i) a floor area where the existing difference in elevation between the adjacent ground level and the floor levelis not more than 200 mm, or

(ii) a normally occupied floor area which is accessible by a passenger type elevator or other platform equippedpassenger elevating device from an entrance storey where the existing difference in elevation between theadjacent ground level and the entrance storey level is not more than 200 mm.

(3) Except as described in Sentence (4), where existing interior walls or ceilings or floor assemblies or roof assembliesare substantially removed on any storey in an existing building and new interior walls, ceilings, floor assemblies or roofassemblies are installed, the storey shall be sprinklered if,(a) the storey will contain a Group C major occupancy, and(b) the building is over 3 storeys in building height.

(4) Sentence (3) does not apply where the building, (a) conforms to Subclause 3.2.2.44.(1)(a)(ii), and(b) contains dwelling units having means of egress conforming to Sentence 3.3.4.4.(9).

11.3.4. Plumbing

11.3.4.1. Extension, Material Alteration or Repair

(1) Notwithstanding Subsections 11.3.1. to 11.3.3., when an existing building is extended or subject to materialalteration or repair, Part 7 applies,(a) to the design and construction of plumbing in the extensions and those parts of the building subject to material

alteration and repair, and (b) to plumbing which is adversely affected by the extension, alteration or repair.


2006 Building Code


11.3.5.1.

11.3.5. Sewage Systems

11.3.5.1. Existing Septic Tanks

(1) Notwithstanding Subsections 11.3.1. to 11.3.3., where an existing septic tank is subject to material alteration, repairor replacement, the construction of the septic tank shall comply with Part 8.

Section 11.4. Performance Level Evaluation andCompensating Construction

11.4.1. General

11.4.1.1. Performance Level

(1) The performance level of a building after construction shall not be less than the performance level of the buildingprior to construction.

(2) For the purposes of Sentence (1), reduction of performance level shall be determined in accordance with Subsection11.4.2.

(3) Where the proposed construction would reduce the performance level of an existing building, compensatingconstruction shall be required in conformance with Subsection 11.4.3.

11.4.2. Reduction in Performance Level

11.4.2.1. Structural

(1) The performance level of an existing building is reduced where after proposed construction in all or part of anexisting building,(a) the major occupancy will change to a different major occupancy,(b) the occupant load will increase by more than 15%, or (c) the live load will increase due to change in use within the same major occupancy, and the existing structural floor

and roof framing systems and their supporting members after the construction are not adequate to support theproposed dead loads and live loads.

11.4.2.2. Increase in Occupant Load

(1) Except as required in Sentences 11.4.2.5.(2) and (3), the performance level of an existing building is reduced whereproposed construction will increase the occupant load of an existing building by more than 15%.

(2) The performance level of an existing building is reduced where proposed construction will increase the occupantload by 15% or less and the new occupant load will be more than 15% above the occupant load for which a fire alarmsystem is required under Sentence 3.2.4.1.(2).

(3) The performance level of an existing building is reduced where proposed construction will increase the occupantload by 15% or less and the new occupant load will be more than 15% above the existing exit capacity as required underArticle 3.4.3.4.


2006 Building Code


r2

11.4.2.5.

r2

11.4.2.3. Change of Major Occupancy

(1) Except as required in Sentence 11.4.2.5.(4), the performance level of an existing building is reduced whereproposed construction will result in,(a) except as provided in Sentence (6) the change of the major occupancy of all or part of an existing building to

another major occupancy of a greater hazard index,(b) the conversion of a suite of a Group C major occupancy into more than one suite of Group C major occupancy,(c) a suite or part of a suite of a Group A, Division 2 or a Group A, Division 4 major occupancy is converted to a

gaming premises,(d) the change of a farm building or part of a farm building to a major occupancy,(e) the change of a building or part of a building is to a post-disaster building, or(f) the change in use of a building or part of a building where the previous major occupancy of the building or part of

the building cannot be determined.

(2) For the purpose of this Article and Sentences 11.4.2.1.(1) and 11.4.2.5.(4), the change of use set out in Clauses(1)(b) to (e) shall also be deemed to constitute a change in major occupancy.

(3) The performance level of an existing building is reduced where the early warning and evacuation systemsrequirements of other Parts for the proposed major occupancy exceed those of the existing building.

(4) The performance level of an existing building is reduced where the proposed major occupancy in the building is notseparated from the adjoining major occupancies by fire separations having fire-resistance ratings conforming to Tables3.1.3.1. and 11.4.3.4.B.

(5) The performance level of an existing building is reduced where the occupancy of all or part of an existing buildingof combustible construction is changed to a new major occupancy that would require the building, if it were a newbuilding, to be constructed of noncombustible construction.

(6) The performance level of an existing building is reduced where proposed construction will result in the change ofthe major occupancy of all or part of an existing building to a Group C major occupancy in a building over three storeysin building height except in a building conforming to Subclause 3.2.2.44.(1)(a)(ii) and having an egress facilityconforming to Sentence 3.3.4.4.(5).

11.4.2.4. Plumbing

(1) The performance level of an existing building is reduced where the existing building is extended or subject tomaterial alteration or repair, and plumbing in the existing building is adversely affected by the extension, alteration orrepair.

11.4.2.5. Sewage Systems

(1) The performance level of an existing building is reduced where the existing building is extended or subject tomaterial alteration or repair and a sewage system serving the existing building is adversely affected by the extension,alteration or repair of the existing building.

(2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), the performance level of an existing building is reduced where proposedconstruction will increase the occupant load of an existing building, and the new occupant load will result in the totaldaily design sanitary sewage flow of the building, calculated in accordance with Article 8.2.1.3., exceeding the capacityof any component of a sewage system serving the building.


2006 Building Code


11.4.2.5.

(3) The performance level of an existing dwelling unit is reduced where proposed construction that,(a) increases the number of bedrooms in the dwelling unit,(b) exceeds 15% of the finished area of the dwelling unit, or(c) adds new plumbing fixtures to the dwelling unit, will result in the total daily design sanitary sewage flow of the

dwelling unit, calculated in accordance with Article 8.2.1.3., exceeding the capacity of any component of a sewagesystem serving the dwelling unit.

(4) The performance level of an existing building is reduced where proposed construction will result in the change of amajor occupancy of all or part of the existing building to another major occupancy and,(a) the total daily design sanitary sewage flow of the proposed major occupancy, calculated in accordance with Article

8.2.1.3., exceeds the capacity of any component of a sewage system serving the building, or(b) the type or amount of sanitary sewage which will, under the proposed major occupancy, be discharged to a sewage

system serving the building, is prohibited by Article 8.1.3.1.

11.4.3. Compensating Construction

11.4.3.1. General (See Appendix A.)

(1) Where the performance level of an existing building is reduced under Subsection 11.4.2., compensating constructionshall be carried out in accordance with this Subsection.

(2) Except as provided in Sentence (3) compensating construction required under this Subsection applies to the part ofthe building being altered and shall include,(a) fire separations, with the required fire-resistance ratings, separating the part being altered from the floor areas

immediately above and below and from the immediate adjacent areas, and(b) access to exits and exits from the building, where the alteration adversely affects the exit system of the building.

(3) Compensating construction required under this Subsection applies to the existing building systems that are adverselyaffected by the proposed construction.

11.4.3.2. Structural (See Appendix A.)

(1) Where the performance level of an existing building is reduced under Sentence 11.4.2.1.(1),(a) remedial measures shall be taken to support the proposed loads, or(b) the portion of the floor affected by the proposed loads shall be restricted to the loading it will support and signs

stating the restrictions shall be posted.

11.4.3.3. Increase in Occupant Load (See Appendix A.)

(1) Where the performance level of an existing building is reduced under Sentences 11.4.2.2.(1), (2) or (3) the buildingshall be evaluated, and the early warning and evacuation systems shall be upgraded, in conformance with the applicablerequirements of Table 11.4.3.3.

(2) Sentence (1) does not apply in a Group C occupancy where the new total occupant load is,(a) 14 persons or fewer in a boarding, lodging or rooming house, except that where the occupant load is between 10

and 15 persons, an interconnected system of smoke alarms in corridors near stairways is required, or(b) 16 persons or fewer in a building containing residential suites which are dwelling units, except that where the

occupant load is between 10 and 17 persons, an interconnected system of smoke alarms in corridors near stairwaysis required.


2006 Building Code


11.5.1.1.

r2

(3) Where the performance level of an existing building is reduced under Sentence 11.4.2.2.(1), additional constructionshall be required in order that the building or part of the building subject to the increase in occupant load conforms to therequirements of Sentence 6.2.2.1.(2), Subsection 3.7.4. and Article 9.31.1.1.

11.4.3.4. Change in Major Occupancy (See Appendix A.)

(1) Where the performance level of an existing building is reduced under Sentence 11.4.2.3.(1), additional upgradingshall be required in conformance with Table 11.4.3.4.A. and so that the construction index of the building is increased toat least equal the hazard index of the new major occupancy that the building is to support.

(2) A building or part of the building subject to change of major occupancy shall conform to the requirements ofSubsection 3.2.6., Sections 3.7., 3.11., 3.12., Sentences 6.2.2.1.(2), 6.2.3.9.(1) and 6.2.4.7.(10), Articles 9.5.1.1. to9.5.1.5, Articles 9.5.3.1. to 9.5.10.1., Section 9.7., Subsection 9.10.17., Sections 9.31. and 9.32., and Subsections9.34.1. to 9.34.3. as they apply to the new major occupancy that the building or part of the building is to support.

(3) Where the performance level of an existing building is reduced under Sentence 11.4.2.3.(3), the building shall beevaluated, and the early warning and evacuation systems shall be upgraded, in conformance with the applicablerequirements of Table 11.4.3.3.

(4) Where the performance level of an existing building is reduced under Sentence 11.4.2.3.(4), upgrading of thosesystems shall be required in conformance with the applicable requirements of Article 3.1.3.1. and Table 11.4.3.4.B.

(5) Where the performance level is reduced under Sentence 11.4.2.3.(5) the requirement for noncombustibleconstruction is satisfied if the building is sprinklered.

(6) Where the performance level is reduced under Sentence 11.4.2.3.(6), the storey subject to the change shall besprinklered.

11.4.3.5. Plumbing

(1) Where the performance level of an existing building is reduced under Sentence 11.4.2.4.(1), upgrading of plumbingin the existing building which is adversely affected by the extension, alteration or repair shall be required in conformancewith Part 7.

11.4.3.6. Sewage Systems

(1) Where the performance level of an existing building is reduced under Article 11.4.2.5., upgrading of a sewagesystem which is adversely affected by the construction, increase in occupant load, increase in the total daily designsanitary sewage flow or change in amount or type of sanitary sewage shall be required in conformance with Part 8.

Section 11.5. Compliance Alternatives

11.5.1. Compliance Alternatives (See Appendix A.)

11.5.1.1. Compliance Alternatives

(1) A compliance alternative shown in Tables 11.5.1.1.A., 11.5.1.1.B., 11.5.1.1.C., 11.5.1.1.D/E. or 11.5.1.1.F.may be substituted for a requirement contained in Part 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 where the chief building official is satisfied thatcompliance with the requirement is impracticable because,(a) of structural or construction difficulties, or(b) it is detrimental to the preservation of a heritage building.


2006 Building Code


11.5.1.1.

(2) A compliance alternative shown in Tables 11.5.1.1.A., 11.5.1.1.B., 11.5.1.1.C., 11.5.1.1.D/E. or 11.5.1.1.F.may be substituted for a requirement contained in Part 9 without satisfying the chief building official that compliance withthe requirement is impracticable.


2006 Building Code

Division C - Part 4 1

Part 4

Transition, Revocation andCommencement

4.1. Transition Rule4.1.1. Transition, December 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.1.2. Transition, July 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

4.2. Revocation4.2.1. Revocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

4.3. Commencement4.3.1. Commencement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4


2006 Building Code

Division C - Part 42


2006 Building Code

Division C - Part 4 3

4.1.3.1.

r1

r2

Part 4

Transition, Revocation andCommencement

Section 4.1. Transition Rule

4.1.1. Transition, December 2006

4.1.1.1. Transition Rule

(1) Subject to Sentences (2) and (3), Ontario Regulation 403/97 (Building Code), as it read on December 30, 2006, isdeemed to continue in force with respect to construction,(a) for which a permit has been issued before December 31, 2006, or(b) for which the working drawings, plans and specifications are substantially completed before December 31, 2006,

and for which an application for a permit is made before March 31, 2007 under that Regulation, as it read onDecember 30, 2006.

(2) Sentence (1) does not apply unless the construction is commenced within six months after the permit is issued.

(3) Division C, except for Section 2.1. of that Division, applies to construction described in Sentence (1) and prevailsover all provisions of Ontario Regulation 403/97 (Building Code), as it read on December 30, 2006.

4.1.2. Transition, July 2007


(1) Subject to Sentence (2), this Regulation as it read on June 30, 2007 is deemed to continue in force with respect toconstruction,(a) for which a permit has been issued before July 1, 2007, or(b) for which the working drawings, plans and specifications are substantially completed before July 1, 2007 and for

which an application for a permit is made before October 1, 2007 under this Code as it read on June 30, 2007.


4.1.3. Transition, April 2010


(1) Subject to Sentence (2), this Regulation as it read on March 31, 2010 is deemed to continue in force with respect toconstruction for which a permit has been applied for or issued before April 1, 2010.



2006 Building Code

Division C - Part 44

4.2.1.1.

Section 4.2. Revocation

4.2.1. Revocation

4.2.1.1. Revocation

(1) Ontario Regulation 403/97 is revoked.

Section 4.3. Commencement

4.3.1. Commencement

4.3.1.1. Effective Date

(1) This Regulation comes into force on December 31, 2006.



2006 Building Code Compendium

2006Building Code Compendium

Volume 2

June 18, 2008 update

Volume 2 2006 Building Code Compendium

a1

e1

e2

COMMENCEMENT

Supplementary Standards SA-1, SB-1 to SB-11 and SC-1 come into force on the 31st day of December, 2006.

See “Code Amendment History” page in the Preface of Volume 1 for information concerning amendments to SupplementaryStandards issued through Minister’s Rulings.

Amendment made to Appendix A or B issued April 2nd, 2007.

ERRATA

Issued April 2nd, 2007.Issued June 18th, 2008.

© Copyright Queen's Printer for Ontario 2008ISBN 978-1-4249-7213-5 (set)ISBN 978-1-4249-7215-9 (vol. 2)

All rights reserved.Questions regarding copyright, including reproduction and distribution, may be directed to the Director, Building and Development Branchof the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing.


Appendix A - Volume 2 A-11

Explanatory Material for Division B

A-1.1.2.1.(1) Climatic and Seismic Values.Climatic information for municipalities not listed in Supplementary Standard SB-1 may be obtained by writing to:

Meteorological Service of Canada, Environment Canada4905 Dufferin Street, Toronto, Ontario M3H 5T4.

Seismic information for municipalities not listed in Supplementary Standard SB-1 may be obtained from:• the Natural Resources Canada Web site at: www.EarthquakesCanada.ca• the Geological Survey of Canada at: 7 Observatory Crescent, Ottawa, Ontario KIA OY3, or

P.O. Box 6000, Sidney, B.C. VSL 4B2.

A-1.1.2.1.(2) Winter Design Temperatures.The 2½ per cent values referenced in Sentence 1.1.2.1.(2) are the least restrictive temperatures that can be used. If adesigner chooses to use the 1 per cent values shown in Supplementary Standard SB-1, they would be in excess of the Codeminimums and would be considered acceptable.

A-1.3.2.1. Abbreviations of Proper Names

The following table provides contact information for organizations referenced in this Code:

Name Address Contact

ACGIH American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists1330 Kemper Meadow DriveCincinnati, Ohio 45240, USA

ph: 513-742-2020fax: 513-742-3355e-mail: [email protected] web site: www.acgih.org

ANSI American National Standards Institute25 West 43rd Street, 4th Fl.New York, New York, 10036, USA

ph: 212-642-4900fax: 212-398-0023e-mail: [email protected] site: www.ansi.org

APHA American Public Health Association800 I Street, NWWashington, DC 20001, USA

ph: 202-777-2742fax: 202-777-2534 TTY 202-777-2500e-mail: [email protected] site: www.apha.org

ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-ConditioningEngineers1791 Tullie Circle, N.E.Atlanta, GA 30329, USA

ph: 404-636-8400800-527-4723

fax: 404-321-5478e-mail: [email protected] web site: www.ashrae.org

ASME The American Society of Mechanical EngineersP.O. Box 2300Fairfield, NJ 07007-2300, USA

ph: 800-843-2763fax: 973-882-1717e-mail: [email protected] site: www.asme.org

ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering901 Canterbury Suite AWestlake, OH 44145, USA

ph: 440-835-3040fax: 440-835-3488e-mail: [email protected] site: www.asse-plumbing.org

Div. B - A-1.1.2.1.(1)


Appendix A - Volume 2


A-12

e2

ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials100 Barr Harbor DrivePO Box C700West Conshohocken, PA, 19428-2959, USA

ph: 610-832-9585fax: 610-832-9555e-mail: [email protected] site: www.astm.org

AWPA American Wood-Preservers' AssociationP.O. Box 361784Birmingham, AL 35236-1784, USA

ph: 205-733-4077fax: 205-733-4075e-mail: [email protected] site: www.awpa.com

AWWA American Water Works Association6666 W. Quincy Ave.Denver, CO 80235, USA

ph: 303-794-7711800-926-7337

fax: 303-347-0804e-mail: [email protected] site: www.awwa.org

BNQ Bureau de Normalisation du Québec333, rue Franquet Québec, Québec G1P 4C7

ph: 418-652-2238800-386-5114

fax: 418-652-2292 e-mail: [email protected] site: www.bnq.qc.ca

CCBFC Canadian Commission on Building and Fire CodesNational Research Council CanadaBuilding M-23A1200 Montreal RoadOttawa, Ontario K1A 0R6

ph: 613-993-9960fax: 613-952-4040e-mail: [email protected] site: www.nationalcodes.ca

CGSB Canadian General Standards Board11 Laurier StreetGatineau, Quebec K1A 1G6

ph: 819-956-0425800-665-2472

fax: 819-956-5740e-mail: [email protected] site: www.pwgsc.gc.ca/cgsb

CSA Canadian Standards Association5060 Spectrum Way, Suite 100Mississauga, Ontario L4W 5N6

ph: 416-747-4044800-463-6727

fax: 416-747-2510e-mail: [email protected] site: www.csa.ca

CWC Canadian Wood Council99 Bank Street, Suite 400Ottawa, Ontario K1P 6B9

ph: 613-747-5544800-463-5091

fax: 613-747-6264 e-mail: [email protected] site: www.cwc.ca

FINA Fédération Internationale de Natation AmateurAvenue de l'Avant-Poste No41005 Lausanne, Switzerland

ph: (+4121) 310-47-10fax: (+4121) 312-66-10e-mail: [email protected] web site: www.fina.org

HI Hydronics Institute Division of GAMA35 Russo PlaceP.O. Box 218Berkeley Heights, NJ 07922-0218, USAThe Hydronics Institute was formally merged into GAMA in 2004.

ph: 866-408-3831908-464-8200

fax: 908-464-7818e-mail: [email protected] site: www.gamanet.org

A-1.3.2.1. - Div. B




A-13

e2

HRAI Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Institute of Canada2800 Skymark Avenue, Building 1, Suite 201 Mississauga, Ontario L4W 5A6

ph: 905-602-4700800-267-2231

fax: 905-602-1197 e-mail: [email protected] web site: www.hrai.ca

HVI Home Ventilating Institute1000 N. Rand Rd., Suite 214Wauconda, IL 60084, USA

ph: 847-526-2010fax: 847-526-3993 e-mail: [email protected] site: www.hvi.org

IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America120 Wall Street, Floor 17New York, NY 10005, USA

ph: 212-248-5000 e-mail: [email protected] site: www.iesna.org

IRC Institute for Research in ConstructionNational Research Council CanadaBuilding M-23A1200 Montreal RoadOttawa, Ontario K1A 0R6

ph: 613-993-9960fax: 613-952-4040e-mail: [email protected] site: www.nationalcodes.ca

ISO International Organization for StandardizationOrders for ISO Standards and ISO publications should be addressed to:Standards Council of Canada270 Albert Street, Suite 200 Ottawa, Ontario K1P 6N7

ph: 613-238-3222fax: 613-569-7808e-mail: [email protected] site: www.scc.ca

HUD U.S. Department of Housing and Urban DevelopmentHUD established HUD USER as the primary source of US governmenttechnical housing publications.HUD USERP.O. Box 23268, Washington, DC 20026-3268, USA

ph: 202-708-3178800-245-2691

fax: 202-708-9981 TTY: 800-927-7589E-mail: [email protected] site: www.huduser.org

MAH Ontario Ministry of Municipal Affairs and HousingOrders for the 2006 Building Code Compendium should be addressed to:ServiceOntario - Publications777 Bay Street, Market Level (lower level)Toronto, Ontario M5G 2C8

ph: 416-326-5300800-668-9938

fax: 416-325-3407 TTY: 416-325-3408web site: www.publications.serviceontario.ca

MOE Ontario Ministry of the Environment135 St Clair Avenue WestToronto, Ontario M4V 1P5

ph: 416-323-4321fax: 416-323-4564web site: www.ene.gov.on.ca

NFPA National Fire Protection AssociationOrders for NFPA publications should be addressed to:11 Tracy DriveAvon, MA 02322, USA

ph: 617-770-3000fax: 508-895-8301e-mail: [email protected] web site: www.nfpa.org

NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority#302 -960 Quayside Drive,New Westminster, BC V3M 6G2

ph: 604-524-2393fax: 604-524-2893e-mail: [email protected] site: www.nlga.org

Div. B - A-1.3.2.1.




A-14

NRCan Natural Resources CanadaOffice of Energy Efficiency580 Booth St. 18th floorOttawa, Ontario K1A 0E4

ph: 613-995-2943800-387-2000

TTY: 613-996-4397 e-mail: [email protected] web site: www.nrcan-rncan.gc.ca

NSF NSF InternationalOrders for NSF publications should be addressed to:NSF Bookstore777 East Eisenhower Parkway Ann Arbor, MI 48108, USA

ph: 800-699-9277fax: 734-913-3946 e-mail: [email protected] site: www.nsf.org

SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association Inc.4201 Lafayette Center Drive ChantillyVirginia 20151-1209, USA

ph: 703-803-2980fax: 703-803-3732e-mail: [email protected] site: www.smacna.org

TC Transport Canada330 Sparks StreetOttawa, Ontario K1A 0N5

ph: 613-990-2309 fax: 613-954-4731TTY: 888-675-6863web site: www.tc.gc.ca

TPIC Truss Plate Institute of CanadaThe TPIC, "Truss Design Procedures and Specifications for Light MetalPlate Connected Wood Trusses" is available on-line at: the TPIC web siteat: www.tpic.ca.

UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc.Orders for UL standards should be addressed to:COMM 20001414 Brook DriveDowners Grove, IL 60515

ph: 888-853-3503fax: 888-853-3512e-mail: [email protected] site: www.ul.com

ULC Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada7 Underwriters RoadToronto, Ontario M1R 3B4ULC publications are available from the ULC Online Store and fromOrderline (web site: www.orderline.com).

ph: 866-937-3852fax: 613-231-5977e-mail: [email protected] site: www.ulc.ca

A-3 Application of Part 3.

In applying the requirements of this Part, it is intended that they be applied with discretion to buildings of unusualconfiguration that do not clearly conform to the specific requirements, or to buildings in which processes are carried outwhich make compliance with particular requirements in this Part impracticable. The definition of “building” as it applies tothis Code is general and encompasses most structures, including those which would not normally be considered as buildingsin the layman’s sense. This occurs more often in industrial uses, particularly those involving manufacturing facilities andequipment that require specialized design that may make it impracticable to follow the specific requirements of this Part. Steel mills, aluminum plants, refining, power generation and liquid storage facilities are examples. A water tank or an oilrefinery, for example, has no floor area, so it is obvious that requirements for exits from floor areas would not apply. Requirements for structural fire protection in large steel mills and pulp and paper mills, particularly in certain portions, maynot be practicable to achieve in terms of the construction normally used and the operations for which the space is to be used. In other portions of the same building, however, it may be quite reasonable to require that the provisions of this Part beapplied (e.g., the office portions). Similarly, areas of industrial occupancy which may be occupied only periodically byservice staff, such as equipment penthouses, normally would not need to have the same type of exit facility as floor areasoccupied on a continuing basis.

A-3 - Div. B



e2

Fire Fighting Assumptions.

The requirements of this Part are based on the assumption that fire fighting capabilities are available in the event of a fireemergency. These fire fighting capabilities may take the form of a paid or volunteer public fire department or, in somecases, a private fire brigade. If these fire fighting capabilities are not available, additional fire safety measures may berequired.

Fire fighting capability can vary from municipality to municipality. Generally, larger municipalities have greater firefighting capability than smaller ones. Similarly, older, well established municipalities may have better fire fightingfacilities than newly formed or rapidly growing ones. The level of municipal fire protection considered to be adequatewill normally depend on both the size of the municipality (i.e., the number of buildings to be protected) and the size ofbuildings within that municipality. Since larger buildings tend to be located in larger municipalities, they are generally,but not always, favoured with a higher level of municipal protection.

Although it is reasonable to consider that some level of municipal fire fighting capability was assumed in developing thefire safety provisions in Part 3, this was not done on a consistent or defined basis. The requirements in the Code, whiledeveloped in the light of commonly prevailing municipal fire protection levels, do not attempt to relate the size of buildingto the level of municipal protection. The responsibility for controlling the maximum size of building to be permitted in amunicipality in relation to local fire fighting capability rests with the municipality. If a proposed building is too large,either in terms of floor area or building height, to receive reasonable protection from the municipal fire department, fireprotection requirements in addition to those prescribed in this Code, may be necessary to compensate for this deficiency. Automatic sprinkler protection may be one option to be considered.

The municipality may, in light of its fire fighting capability, elect to introduce zoning restrictions to ensure that themaximum building size is related to available municipal fire protection facilities. This is, by necessity, a somewhatarbitrary decision and should be made in consultation with the local fire fighting service, who should have an appreciationof their capability to fight fires.

The requirements of Subsection 3.2.3. are intended to prevent fire spread from thermal radiation assuming there isadequate fire fighting available. It has been found that periods of from 10 to 30 minutes usually elapse between theoutbreak of fire in a building that is not protected with an automatic sprinkler system and the attainment of high radiationlevels. During this period, the specified spatial separations should prove adequate to inhibit ignition of an exposedbuilding face or the interior of an adjacent building by radiation. Subsequently, however, reduction of the fire intensityby fire fighting and the protective wetting of the exposed building face will often be necessary as supplementary measuresto inhibit fire spread.

In the case of a building that is sprinklered, the automatic sprinkler system should control the fire to an extent thatradiation to neighbouring buildings should be minimal. Although there will be some radiation effect on a sprinkleredbuilding from a fire in a neighbouring building, the internal sprinkler system should control any fires that might be ignitedin the building and thereby minimize the possibility of the fire spreading into the exposed building. NFPA 80A,“Recommended Practice for Protection of Buildings from Exterior Fire Exposures”, provides additional information onthe possibility of fire spread at building exteriors.

The water supply requirements for fire protection installations depend on the requirements of any automatic sprinklerinstallations and also on the number of fire streams that may be needed at any fire, having regard to the length of time thestreams will have to be used. Both these factors are largely influenced by the conditions at the building to be equipped,and the quantity and pressure of water needed for the protection of both the interior and exterior of the building must beascertained before the water supply is decided upon. Acceptable water supplies may be a public waterworks system thathas adequate pressure and discharge capacity, automatic fire pumps, pressure tanks, manually controlled fire pumps incombination with pressure tanks, gravity tanks, and manually controlled fire pumps operated by remote control devices ateach hose station. (See also A-3.2.5.7. Water Supply for Fire-Fighting)

Div. B - A-3


Appendix A - Volume 2A-16

A-3.1.2. Use Classification.

The purpose of classification is to determine which requirements apply. This Code requires classification in accordance withevery major occupancy for which the building is used or intended to be used. Where necessary, an application clause hasbeen inserted in this Part to explain how to choose between the alternative requirements that multiple occupancy classificationmay present.

A-3.1.2.1.(1) Major Occupancy Classification.

The following are only examples of the major occupancy classifications described in Table 3.1.2.1. To ensure the correctclassification, refer to the definitions for each occupancy in Part 1 of Division A.

Group A, Division 1Motion picture theatresOpera housesTelevision studios admitting a viewing audienceTheatres, including experimental theatres

Group A, Division 2Art galleriesAuditoriaBowling alleysChild care facilityChurches and similar places of worshipClubs, nonresidentialCommunity hallsCourtroomsDance hallsExhibition halls (other than classified in Group E)GymnasiaLecture hallsLibrariesLicensed beverage establishmentsMuseumsPassenger stations and depotsRecreational piersRestaurantsSchools and colleges, nonresidentialUndertaking premises

Group A, Division 3ArenasIndoor swimming poolsRinks

Group A, Division 4Amusement park structures (not elsewhere classified)BleachersGrandstandsReviewing standsStadia

Group B, Division 1JailsPenitentiariesPolice stations with detention quartersPrisonsPsychiatric hospitals with detention quartersReformatories with detention quarters

Group B, Division 2Facilities for developmentally handicapped residentsHomes for the agedHospitalsInfirmariesLong term careNursing homesPsychiatric hospitals without detention quartersReformatories without detention quartersSanatoria without detention quarters

Group B, Division 3 (See also Sentence 3.1.2.5.(1).)Children’s custodial homesConvalescent homesGroup homes for developmentally handicapped residentsResidential care facilitiesSanatoria without detention quarters

Group CApartmentsBoarding housesCamps for housing workersClubs, residentialColleges, residentialConventsDormitoriesGroup homesHalfway houses, drug and alcohol treatmentHostelsHotelsHousesLodging housesMonasteries

A-3.1.2. - Div. B



A-3.2.4.7.(4) Fire Department Notification.In some jurisdictions, the fire department may utilize, or have available, a municipal fire alarm system intended for receivingnotification by means of a direct connection. It is also intended that a proprietary central station used by a universitycampuses or similar sites comply with Sentence (4).

A-3.2.4.7.(5)(b) Emergency Telephone Number.In many municipalities an emergency telephone number, for example 911, is used for all emergency services and it ispreferable to post that number.

A-3.2.4.8.(2) Fire Alarm Zones.Alarm initiating devices referred to in this Sentence include fire detectors, waterflow switches and manual pull stations. If aroom or space in a building extends through more than one storey of the building, as in the case of multi-level dwelling unitsand machinery rooms, judgment must be exercised in the zoning and annunciation of the fire detectors in that room or space. In general, the lowest storey on which access is provided into the room or space should be indicated on the annunciator toavoid unnecessary delays for the responding fire fighters. Consideration should also be given to the use of numbers or letterson the annunciator that correspond to those used in the building elevators.

A-3.2.4.8.(7) Indicator Devices.It is permissible to install the fire alarm control unit in close proximity to the building entrance to meet the requirement for anannunciator. All signals required for the annunciator must be present at the control unit. In systems that include both controlunit and annunciator, the signals must be routed to the annunciator through the control unit and the same functionality mustbe available at the control unit for operation and maintenance functions.

A-3.2.4.9.(2)(f) Supervision for Fire Pumps.Specific electrical supervision for fire pumps is stated in NFPA 20, “Standard for the Installation of Centrifugal FirePumps”, which is referenced in NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems”.

A-3.2.4.11.(1) Smoke Detector Location.In the design and installation of the smoke detection system, consideration must be given to all features which could have abearing on the location and sensitivity of the detectors, including ceiling height, sloped ceilings, diffusion from airconditioning and ventilating currents, obstructions, baffles, and other pertinent physical configurations that might interferewith the proper operation of the system.

A-3.2.4.11.(3) Visible Signals.If staff located in each zone or compartment can see each sleeping room door, visible signals may be located above eachdoor. If staff cannot see every door, it is intended that the visible signals be provided at the location where the staff arenormally in attendance. The audible signal is intended to alert staff of the need to check the visible signals.

A-3.2.4.17.(1) Manual Pull Station.Only one manual pull station need be provided near a group of doors serving as a principal entrance or as a single exitfacility.

A-3.2.4.19. Acoustic Measurement and Terminology.The following notes on acoustic measurement and terminology are intended to assist in the application of the requirements foraudibility of fire alarm system sounding devices.

The background or ambient measurement should be a spatial averaged A-weighted equivalent sound level measured for 60 s. This can be obtained using an integrating sound level meter with the integration time set to 60 s. During the measurementperiod the meter should be slowly moved about so as to sample the space uniformly but coming no closer than 0.5 m fromany solid wall, floor or ceiling. Alternatively, measurements can be made at 3 or more positions throughout the space and anenergy average calculated.

Div. B - A-3.2.4.7.(4)



e2

The measurement of the alarm level depends on the type of alarm signal. If the signal is a continuous signal from a bell orsiren, the spatial averaged A-weighted equivalent sound level should be obtained. The integration time should be longenough to obtain a reasonable spatial average of the space, but not less than 10 s.

If the alarm has a temporal pattern, then the A-weighted sound level should be measured using the ‘fast’ time constant duringthe ‘on’ part of the cycle. In this situation it is not appropriate to use an integrating sound level meter. Since the duty cycleof the alarm is only 37.5% at best, that type of meter would give a reading that is 4 or more decibels lower than the levelwhile the alarm is ‘on’. A number of measurements should be made about the space in question and the average value usedto obtain a good spatial representation. Strictly speaking, the energy average of the measurements should be used; however,the frequency spectrum associated with most alarms is of a type that should give little variation about the space. If themeasured levels don’t vary by more than 2 to 3 dB, then an arithmetic average rather than an energy average can be used.

Glossary of Acoustical Terms

Audible: A signal is usually considered to be clearly audible if the A-weighted sound level exceeds the level of ambientnoise by 15 dB or more.

Awakening threshold: The level of sound that will awaken a sleeping subject 50% of the time.

A-weighted: A frequency weighting network which emphasizes the middle frequency components similar to the responseof the human ear. The A-weighted sound level correlates well with subjective assessment of the disturbing effects ofsounds. The quantity is expressed in dBA.

Masked threshold: The level of sound at which a signal is just audible in ambient noise.

Sound level: A sound pressure level obtained using a signal to which a standard frequency-weighting has been applied.

Sound pressure: A fluctuating pressure superimposed on the static pressure by the presence of sound. The unqualifiedterm means the root-mean-square sound pressure. In air, the static pressure is barometric pressure.

Sound pressure level: Ten times the common logarithm of the ratio of the square of the sound pressure underconsideration to the square of the standard reference pressure of 20 mPa. The quantity obtained is expressed in decibels.

A-3.2.4.19.(1) Alert and Alarm Signals.Alert signals are part of a 2 stage fire alarm system. The intent of the first, alert, stage is to notify persons in authority of apotential threat to building occupants. If a continuously staffed location is available, the alert signal can be restricted to thatlocation.

A-3.2.4.19.(2) Alarm Signal Temporal Pattern.The temporal pattern of an alarm signal relates to the time during which the signal is produced and the intervals between theindividual signal pulses. The international standard ISO 8201, “Acoustics - Audible emergency evacuation signal”, includesa pattern that is becoming widely used in different countries and it is appropriate for this pattern to be adopted in Canada. The temporal pattern can be produced on most signalling devices. Most existing alarm systems can be modified, and thispattern could be phased in when the systems require modification. The characteristic of the pattern is a 3-pulse phasefollowed by an off phase. The 3 pulses each consist of an on phase lasting for 0.5 ± 0.05 s followed by an off phase lastingfor 0.5 ± 0.05 s sounded for 3 successive on periods and then followed by an off phase lasting for 1.5 ± 0.15 s. FigureA-3.2.4.19.(2). A. indicates the pattern that is intended.

Although the diagram shows a square wave form, the wave can have other shapes that produce a similar effect.

If single stroke bells are to be used, the temporal pattern can be produced by having the bell struck three times at a rate ofone stroke per second followed by an interval of 2 s of silence. Figure A-3.2.4.19.(2).B. shows the pattern that results.

A-3.2.4.19.(1) - Div. B



A-3.8.3.8.(1)(b)(iii) Water Closet Stalls. Doors to water closet stalls for persons with disabilities should swing outward and preferably against a side wall.

Figure A-3.8.3.8.(1)Water Closet Stalls

A-3.8.3.8.(1)(b)(iv) Door Pulls.The door pull should consist of a D-shaped handle mounted either horizontally or vertically. The centrelines are the linesdrawn through the long axis and the short axis of the handle. If the handle is installed in the horizontal position, the short ortransverse axis is the centerline which must be located at between 200 and 300 mm from the hinged side of the door, and thelong or longitudinal axis is the one which is located between 900 and 1 000 mm from the floor. If the handle is installed inthe vertical position, the distance is measured from the longitudinal axis to the hinged side of the door, while the distancefrom the floor is measured to the transverse axis.

Figure A-3.8.3.8.(1)(b)(iv).ADoor Pull Location

Figure A-3.8.3.8.(1)(b)(iv).BDoor Pull Details

A-3.8.3.8.(1)(d)(I) Additional Grab Bars.It is the designer's prerogative to exceed the minimum requirements found in the Building Code and specify the installation ofadditional grab bars in other locations. These additional grab bars may be of different configurations and can be installed inother orientations.

Div. B - A-3.8.3.8.(1)(b)(iii)



e2

A-3.8.3.9.(1) - Div. B

A-3.8.3.9.(1) Water Closets.Wall-mounted water closets or floor models with receding bases are preferable because they provide the least amount ofobstruction.

A-3.8.3.11.(1)(c) Clearances Beneath a Lavatory.

Figure A-3.8.3.11.Clearances Beneath a Lavatory

A-3.8.3.11.(1)(d) Pipe Protection.The pipes referred to in Clause 3.8.3.11.(1)(d) include both supply and waste pipes. The hazard can be prevented byinsulating the pipes, by locating the pipes in enclosures, or avoided by limiting the temperature of the hot water to amaximum of 45°C.

A-3.8.3.12. Universal Toilet Rooms.Unobstructed areas in front of the lavatory, in front of the water closet and on one side of the water closet are necessary formanoeuverability of a wheelchair.

Figure A-3.8.3.12.AUniversal Toilet Room with Inward Swinging Door

Figure A-3.8.3.12.BUniversal Toilet Room with Outward Swinging Door



e2

A-Table 4.1.5.10. Loads Due to Concentrations.Special study is required to determine concentrated loads for the design of floors and areas used by vehicles exceeding 9 000 kg gross weight, and of driveways and sidewalks over areaways and basements. Where appropriate, the designershould refer to CAN/CSA-S6, "Canadian Highway Bridge Design Code".

A-4.1.5.12. Crane-Supporting Structures.Guidance on crane-supporting structures can be found in CAN/CSA-S16, "Limit States Design of Steel Structures".

A.4.1.5.15. and 4.1.5.16.(1) Design of Guards.In the design of guards, due consideration should be given to the durability of the members and their connections.

A.4.1.5.18. Loads on Firewalls.Information on loads on firewalls can be found in the Commentary entitled “Structural Integrity of Firewalls” in the User'sGuide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B).

A-4.1.6.2. Coefficients for Snow Loads on Roofs.Information on coefficients for snow loads on roofs can be found in the Commentary entitled “Snow Loads” in the User'sGuide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B).

A-4.1.6.2.(4)(b) Unit Weight of Snow.Information on the unit weight of snow can be found in the Commentary entitled “Snow Loads” in the User's Guide - NBC2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B).

A-4.1.6.3.(2) Full and Partial Loading under Snow Loads.Information on full and partial snow loading on roofs can be found in the Commentary entitled “Snow Loads” in the User'sGuide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B).

A-4.1.6.4.(1) Rain Loads.Information on rain loads can be found in the Commentary entitled “Rain Loads” in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, StructuralCommentaries (Part 4 of Division B).

A-4.1.6.4.(3) Flow Control Drains.Part 7 contains requirements regarding the use of flow control roof drains. The designer must ensure that the buildingcomplies with both Part 4 and Part 7.

A.4.1.7.1.(1) to (3) Pressure Coefficients for Wind Loads.Information on pressure coefficients can be found in the Commentary entitled “Wind Load and Effects” in the User's Guide -NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B).

4-4.1.7.1.(5)(a) to (c) Simple Procedure for Calculating Ce.Information on the simple procedure for calculating Ce can be found in the Commentary entitled “Wind Load and Effects” inthe User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B).

A-4.1.7.1.(5)(d) Dynamic Approach for Wind Loads.Information on a dynamic approach can be found in the Commentary entitled “Wind Load and Effects” in the User's Guide -NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B).

Div. B - A-Table 4.1.5.10.



A-4.1.7.1.(6)(a) Gust Effect Factor for the Building as a Whole and Main StructuralMembers.

Information on the gust effect factor for the building as a whole and for the main structural members can be found in theCommentary entitled “Wind Load and Effects” in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B).

A-4.1.7.1.(6)(c) Gust Factors for Calculation of Internal Pressures.Information on gust factors for the calculation of internal pressures can be found in the Commentary entitled “Wind Load andEffects” in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B).

A-4.1.7.1.(6)(d) and 4.1.7.2.(1)(b) Dynamic Approach to the Action of Wind Gusts.Information on a dynamic approach to the action of wind gusts can be found in the Commentary entitled “Wind Load andEffects” in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B).

A-4.1.7.3.(1) Full and Partial Loading under Wind Loads.Information on full and partial loading under wind loads can be found in the Commentary entitled “Wind Load and Effects”in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B).

A-4.1.8.2.(1) Notation.

Definition of ex

Information on the calculation of torsional moments can be found in the Commentary entitled “Design for SeismicEffects” in the User's Guide - NBC 2003, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B).

Definition of W

Information on the definition of dead load, W, can be found in the Commentary entitled “Design for Seismic Effects” inthe User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B).

A-4.1.8.3.(4) General Design of the SFRS.Information on the general design requirements for the SFRS can be found in the Commentary entitled “Design for SeismicEffects” in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B).

A-4.1.8.3.(6) General Design of Stiff Elements.Information on the general design requirements for stiff elements can be found in the Commentary entitled “Design forSeismic Effects” in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B).

A-4.1.8.3.(7)(b) and (c) Stiffness Imparted to the Structure from Elements Not Partof the SFRS.

Information on stiffness imparted to the structure from elements not part of the SFRS can be found in the Commentaryentitled “Design for Seismic Effects” in the User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B).

A-4.1.8.3.(8) Structural Modelling.Information on structural modelling can be found in the Commentary entitled “Design for Seismic Effects” in the User'sGuide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B).

A-4.1.8.4.(3) and Table 4.1.8.4.A. Site Class.Information on Site Class can be found in the Commentary entitled “Design for Seismic Effects” in the User's Guide - NBC2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B).

A-4.1.7.1.(6)(a) - Div. B



A-Table 7.4.10.5. Conversion of Fixture Units.The following table expands Table 7.4.10.5.:

Maximum Probable Drainage Rate, gal/min

Fixture Unitsin Service

Fixture UnitsCol. 1

Fixture UnitsCol. 1 x 10


10 21 53 174

11 23 55 183

12 24 57 192

13 24 59 201

14 25 61 210

15 25 63 219

16 26 65 228

17 26 67 237

18 27 69 246

19 27 71 254

20 27 72 262

21 28 74 271

22 29 75 280

23 29 77 289

24 30 78 298

25 30 80 307

26 31 82 316

27 31 83 325

28 32 85 334

29 32 86 342

30 33 88 350

31 33 90 359

32 34 91 368

33 34 92 377

34 35 94 386

35 35 95 395

36 36 96 403

37 36 98 411

38 37 99 419

39 37 100 427

Column 1 2 3 4


Fixture UnitsCol. 1



40 38 102 435

41 38 103 444

42 39 104 453

43 39 106 462

44 39 107 471

45 40 108 480

46 40 110 488

47 40 111 496

48 41 112 504

49 41 114 512

50 41 115 520

51 42 116 528

52 42 118 536

53 42 119 544

54 43 120 552

55 43 122 560

56 43 123 568

57 44 124 576

58 44 126 584

59 44 127 592

60 44 128 600

61 45 129 608

62 45 130 616

63 45 131 624

64 45 133 632

65 46 134 640

66 46 135 648

67 46 136 656

68 46 138 664

69 47 139 672

Column 1 2 3 4


Fixture UnitsCol. 1



70 47 140 680

71 47 141 687

72 47 143 694

73 48 144 701

74 48 145 708

75 48 147 715

76 48 148 722

77 49 149 729

78 49 151 736

79 49 152 743

80 49 153 750

81 50 154 759

82 50 155 768

83 50 156 777

84 50 157 786

85 50 159 795

86 51 160 803

87 51 161 811

88 51 162 819

89 51 163 827

90 51 164 835

91 52 165 842

92 52 166 849

93 52 167 856

94 52 168 863

95 52 169 870

96 53 170 876

97 53 171 882

98 53 172 888

99 53 173 894

100 53 174 900

Column 1 2 3 4

A-7.4.10.4.(1) Rainfall Intensities.Climate information on rainfall intensities for various localities is found in Supplementary Standard SB-1.

A-7.5.6.2. Vent Pipe Connections.Except for wet venting, fittings used to connect vent pipes to nominally horizontal soil-or-waste pipes are specified inSubsection 7.2.4.

Div. B - A-Table 7.4.10.5.



a1

e2

A-7.6.1.1.(1) Design of Potable Water Systems.The design procedures contained in the following documents are considered good engineering practice in the field of potablewater systems:

(a) 2003 ASHRAE Handbook of HVAC Applications, Chapter 45, “Control of Gaseous Indoor Air Contaminants”,(b) 1999 ASPE Data Book - Volume 2, Chapter, 5,”Cold Water Systems”, and(c) 1999 ASPE Data Book - Volume 2, Chapter, 6,”Domestic Water Heating Systems Fundamentals”,

Alternative procedures shown below are also acceptable.

Table A-7.6.1.1.Pipe Size Based on the Number of Fixtures Units Served (1)

WaterService,inches

WaterDistribution

System,inches

Maximum Allowable Length, metres

12 18 24 30 46 61 76 91 122 152 183 213 244 274 305

Pressure Range Number of Fixture Units Served

200 to 310 kPa (30 to 45 psi)

¾” ½” 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

¾” ¾” 18 16 14 12 9 6 5 5 4 4 3 2 2 2 1

¾” 1" 29 25 23 21 17 15 13 12 10 9 7 6 6 6 6

1" 1" 36 31 27 25 20 17 15 13 12 10 8 6 6 6 6

1" 1¼” 54 47 42 38 32 28 25 23 19 17 14 12 12 11 11

1½" 1¼” 90 68 57 48 38 32 28 25 21 18 15 12 12 11 11

1½" 1½" 151 124 105 91 70 57 49 45 36 31 26 23 21 20 20

2" 1½" 210 162 132 110 80 64 53 46 38 32 27 23 21 20 20

1½" 2" 220 205 190 176 155 138 127 120 104 85 70 61 57 54 51

2" 2" 372 329 292 265 217 185 164 147 124 96 70 61 57 54 51

2" 2½” 445 418 390 370 330 300 280 265 240 220 198 175 158 143 133

311 to 413 kPa (46 to 60 psi)

¾” ½” 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 2 1 1 1 0 0 0 0

¾” ¾” 27 23 19 17 14 11 9 8 6 5 4 4 3 3 3

¾” 1" 44 40 36 33 28 23 21 19 17 14 12 10 9 8 8

1" 1" 60 47 41 36 30 25 23 20 18 15 12 10 9 8 8

1" 1¼” 102 87 76 67 52 44 39 36 30 27 22 20 19 17 16

1½" 1¼” 156 130 106 89 66 52 44 39 33 29 24 20 19 17 16

1½" 1½" 270 225 193 167 128 105 90 78 62 52 42 38 35 32 30

2" 1½" 286 286 242 204 150 117 98 84 67 55 42 38 35 32 30

1½" 2" 360 360 340 318 272 240 220 198 170 150 135 123 110 102 94

2" 2" 570 510 470 430 368 318 280 250 205 165 142 123 110 102 94

2" 2½” 680 640 610 580 535 500 470 440 400 365 335 315 285 267 250

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

A-7.6.1.1.(1) - Div. B


Appendix A - Volume 2 A-82a

e2

a1

Table A-7.6.1.1. (Cont’d)Pipe Size Based on the Number of Fixtures Units Served (1)

WaterService,inches

WaterDistributionSystem, inches

Maximum Allowable Length, metres

12 18 24 30 46 61 76 91 122 152 183 213 244 274 305

Pressure Range Number of Fixture Units Served

Over 413 kPa (60 psi)

¾” ½” 11 9 7 6 5 4 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 0

¾” ¾” 31 28 24 22 17 13 11 10 8 7 6 6 5 4 4

¾” 1" 63 53 47 42 35 30 27 24 21 17 14 13 12 12 11

1" 1" 72 66 55 48 38 32 29 26 22 18 14 13 12 12 11

1" 1¼” 140 126 108 96 74 62 53 47 39 31 26 25 23 22 21

1½" 1¼” 156 156 150 127 93 74 62 54 43 34 26 25 23 22 21

1½" 1½" 286 286 273 240 186 154 130 113 88 73 51 51 46 43 40

2" 1½" 286 286 286 275 220 170 142 122 98 82 64 51 46 43 40

1½" 2" 360 360 360 360 360 335 305 282 244 212 187 172 153 141 129

2" 2" 611 611 610 560 478 420 375 340 288 245 204 172 153 141 129

2" 2½” 690 690 690 690 690 650 610 570 510 460 430 404 380 356 329

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

Notes to Table A-7.6.1.1.:(1) Branch pipes up to 7 m developed length (from main to outlet or fixture) may supply a maximum of 4 fixture units if they are half-inch nominal size and a

maximum of 16 fixture units if they are three-quarter-inch nominal size.

A-7.6.1.3.(6) Identification of Underground Non-metallic Pipe.Metallic piping may be used to extend underground non-metallic water supply piping above the floor. In these cases, themetallic pipe extension should not be used for electrical grounding purposes. Therefore, it is advisable to post a permanentsign indicating “plastic piping underground - do not use for electrical grounding purposes” in a conspicuous location.

A-7.6.1.6.(1) Residential Suites.Where multiple risers convey the water supply to dwelling units, each dwelling unit’s water distribution system shall beprovided with a shut-off valve located immediately where the water piping enters the suite so as to isolate the fixtures as wellas the water distribution piping serving the dwelling unit’s fixtures. Fixture stopcocks or shut-off valves located immediatelyadjacent to a fixture may not be adequate to protect the water distribution piping. Where a residential suite is served by asingle shut-off valve on the water supply, additional shut-off valves may be required to achieve compliance with Sentences7.6.1.5.(1) and 7.6.1.8.(1).

A-7.6.1.10. Check Valves.When a check valve is required by Sentence 7.6.1.10.(1), or a backflow preventer by Article 7.6.2.2., or a pressure reducingvalve by Article 7.6.3.3., protection against thermal expansion may be required.

A-7.6.1.12.(6) Relief Valves.A relief valve shall not be routed through or discharge to an area where freezing temperatures may occur.

If the discharge piping is longer than 2 m or more than two 900 elbows are used, the valve manufacturer’s installationinstructions should be followed to ensure that the piping does not affect the relief valve’s discharge capacity.

Div. B - Table A-7.6.1.1.


Appendix A - Volume 2A-82b

A-7.6.1.14.(1) Water Hammer Prevention.Water hammer is a build-up of pressure in a length of horizontal or vertical pipe which occurs when a valve or faucet isclosed suddenly. The longer the pipe and the greater the water velocity the greater is the pressure exerted on the pipe, whichcan be many times the normal static water pressure and be sufficient to burst the pipe. Ordinary kitchen and bathroomfaucets can be closed quickly enough to cause water hammer even with relatively low water pressure in the pipe.

Means of preventing water hammer should be installed wherever there are valves or faucets, particularly where they are atthe end of long lengths of pipes. This may be done by installing either water hammer arresters which are manufactured forthe purpose or air chambers installed vertically that are fabricated from pieces of piping with a closed upper end andconnected to the end of the horizontal or vertical run of pipe.

The air chamber should be 300 to 450 mm long if made from the same size pipe as the water pipe it serves. If the chamber ismade from a pipe with larger diameter than the water pipe, its length can be reduced accordingly

Air chambers should be accessible if they are the manufactured type with top air valve and a stop-and-waste valve or are ofthe diaphragm type.

A-7.6.1.16.(1) Thermal Expansion.To accommodate the increase in pressure caused by thermal expansion within a closed water system, one of the followingshould be installed:

(a) a suitably sized diaphragm expansion tank designed for use within a potable water system,(b) an auxiliary thermal expansion relief valve (T.E.R. valve) conforming to CAN/CSA-B125, “Plumbing Fittings”, set

to a pressure of 550 kPa or less and designed for repeated use, or(c) other means acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.

A-7.6.1.14.(1) - Div. B



a1

The opening does not necessarily have to be in the form of a doorway; it may be an opening at eye level. However, if thedependent area is a bedroom, provision must be made for the escape window required by Article 9.7.1.3. to fulfill its safetyfunction. This is why a direct passage is required between the bedroom and the other area; the equivalent of at least adoorway is therefore required for direct passage between the two areas.

A-9.5.2.3.(1) Stud Wall Reinforcement.This provision for future attachment of grab bars in the main bathroom of a residential occupancy including houses requiresthe installation of suitable blocking in the stud wall. Sentence 9.31.2.3.(1) specifies the required load resistance.

A-Table 9.6.6.1. Glass in Doors.Maximum areas in Table 9.6.6.1. for other than fully tempered glazing are cut off at 1.50 m2, as this would be the practicallimit after which safety glass would be required by Sentence 9.6.6.2.(3).

A-9.6.6.3.(1) Mirrored Glass Doors.Standard CAN/CGSB-82.6 covers mirrored glass doors for use on reach-in closets. It specifies that such doors are not to beused for walk-in closets.

A-9.6.8.1. Forced Entry Via Glazing in Doors and Sidelights.There is no mandatory requirement that special glass be used in doors or sidelights, primarily because of cost. It is,however, a common method of forced entry to break glass in doors and sidelights to gain access to door hardware and unlockthe door from the inside. Although insulated glass provides increased resistance over single glazing, the highest resistance isprovided by laminated glass. Tempered glass, while stronger against static loads, is prone to shattering under high,concentrated impact loads.

Laminated glass is more expensive than annealed glass and must be used in greater thicknesses. Figure A-9.6.8.1. shows aninsulated sidelight made of one pane of laminated glass and one pane of annealed glass. This method reduces the costpremium that would result if both panes were laminated.

Consideration should be given to using laminated glazing in doors and accompanying sidelights regulated by Article 9.6.6.1.,in windows located within 900 mm of locks in such doors, and in basement windows.

Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada have produced a document ULC Subject C972-1974, "Guide for the Investigation ofBurglary Resisting Glazing Material", which provides a test procedure to evaluate the resistance of glazing to attacks bythieves. While it is principally intended for plate glass show windows, it may be of value for residential purposes.

Figure A-9.6.8.1.Combined laminated/annealed glazing

A-9.6.8.5.(1) Door Fasteners.The purpose of the requirement for 30 mm screw penetration into solid wood is to prevent the door from being dislodgedfrom the jamb due to impact forces. It is not the intent to prohibit other types of hinges or strikeplates that are speciallydesigned to provide equal or greater protection.

Div. B - A-9.5.2.3.(1)



e2

A-9.6.8.7.(1) Hinged Doors.Methods of satisfying this Sentence include either using non-removable pin hinges or modifying standard hinges by screwfastening a metal pin in a screw hole in one half of the top and bottom hinges. When the door is closed, the projectingportion of the pin engages in the corresponding screw hole in the other half of the hinge and then, even if the hinge pin istaken out, the door cannot be removed.

A-9.6.8.10.(1) Resistance of Doors to Forced Entry.This Sentence designates standard ASTM F 476, "Test Methods for Security of Swinging Door Assemblies" as an alternate tocompliance with the prescriptive requirements for doors and hardware. The annex to the standard provides four securityclassifications, with acceptance criteria, depending on the type of building and the crime rate of the area in which it islocated. The Building Code has only specified Grade 10, the minimum level. The annex suggests the following guidelinesbe followed when selecting security levels for door assemblies:

Grade 10: This is the minimum security level and is quite adequate for single-family residential buildings located instable, low-crime areas.

Grade 20: This is the low-medium security level and is designed to provide security for residential buildings located inaverage crime-rate areas and for apartments in both low and average crime-rate areas.

Grade 30: This is the medium-high security level and is designed to provide security for residential buildings located inhigher than average crime-rate areas or for small commercial buildings in average or low crime-rate areas.

Grade 40: This is the high security level and is designed for small commercial buildings located in high crime-rate areas.This level could also be used for residential buildings having an exceptionally high incidence of semi-skilledburglary attacks.

All these grades satisfy the Code and can be considered for use where a higher level of security is desired or warranted.

A-9.7.1.3.(1) Bedroom Window Opening Areas and Dimensions.Although the minimum opening dimensions required for height and width are 380 mm, a window opening that is 380 mm by380 mm would not comply with the minimum area requirements. (See Figure A-9.7.1.3.A.)

Figure A-9.7.1.3.A.Window Opening Areas and Dimensions

A-9.6.8.7.(1) - Div. B



e2 A-9.7.1.3.(2) Bedroom Window Height.Sentence 9.7.1.3.(1) requires every floor level which contains a bedroom to have at least one window or door to the exterior that is large enough and easy enough to open that it can be used as an exit in case of a fire. However, Article 9.7.1.3. doesnot set a maximum sill height for such a window in a basement area. It is recommended that the sills of windows intendedfor use as emergency exits from basement bedroom areas be not higher than 1.5 m above the floor. Sometimes it is difficultto avoid having the sill higher than this; e.g., skylights, windows in basement bedrooms. In these cases, it is recommendedthat access to the window be improved by some means such as built-in furniture installed below the window. (See FigureA-9.7.1.3.B.)

Figure A-9.7.1.3.B.Built-in Furniture to Improve Access to a Window

A-9.7.1.6. Height of Window Sills above Floors or Ground.The primary intent of the requirement is to minimize the likelihood of small children falling significant heights from openwindows. Reflecting reported cases, the requirement applies only to dwelling units and generally those located on the secondfloor or higher of residential or mixed use buildings where the windows are essentially free-swinging or free-sliding.

Free-swinging or free-sliding means that a window that has been cracked open can be opened further by simply pushing onthe openable part of the window. Care must be taken in selecting windows, as some with special operating hardware can stillbe opened further by simply pushing on the window.

Casement windows with crank operators would be considered to conform to Clause (1)(b). To provide additional safety,where slightly older children are involved, occupants can easily remove the crank handles from these windows. Awningwindows with scissor hardware, however, may not keep the window from swinging open once it is unlatched. Hopperwindows would be affected only if an opening is created at the bottom as well as at the top of the window. The requirementwill impact primarily on the use of sliding windows which do not incorporate devices in their construction that can be used tolimit the openable area of the window.

The 100 mm opening limit is consistent with widths of openings that small children can fall through. It is only invoked,however, where the other dimension of the opening is more than 380 mm. Again, care must be taken in selecting a window.At some position, scissor hardware on an awning window may break up the open area such that there is no unobstructedopening with dimensions greater than 380 mm and 100 mm. At another position, however, though the window is not openmuch more, the hardware may not adequately break up the opening. The 480 mm height off the floor recognizes thatfurniture is often placed under windows and small children are often good climbers.

A-9.7.2.1.(1) Window Standard.CSA Standard CAN/CSA-A440-M, "Windows", includes a window classification system that rates the assembly according toairtightness, watertightness and wind load resistance. The ratings achieved by each window are marked on the window andindicate the level of performance that can be expected. Sentence 9.7.2.1.(1) references this standard and its companiondocument entitled CAN/CSA-A440.1, "User Selection Guide to CSA Standard CAN/CSA-A440-00, Windows", to assistspecifiers, manufacturers and general users in identifying the window ratings appropriate for a particular building, based onits geographic location and height.

Div. B - A-9.7.1.3.(2)



A-9.7.3.2.(1) Maximum Glass Area.Tables A-9.7.3.2.A., A-9.7.3.2.B. and A-9.7.3.2.C. may be used to select glass thickness for windows subject to thefollowing restrictions:

• The building has essentially uniform distribution of openings, i.e., no large opening, such as a loading door.• The building height is 12 m (39 ft 4 in) or less from grade to the uppermost roof.• The building is not in an exposed location such as a hilltop or the shore of a large body of water. These tables are

based on Standard CAN/CGSB-12.20-M. In many cases, glass design based on these tables will be conservative dueto conservative assumptions on which the tables are based. More exact design using the Standard directly could resultin reduced glass thickness.

Table A-9.7.3.2.A.Maximum Glass Area for Windows in Areas for which the 1-in-10 Wind Pressure (Q10) is less than 0.40 kPa(1)

Type of Glass

Maximum Glass Area, m2

Glass Thickness, mm

2.5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12

AnnealedFactory-sealed IG unitsHeat strengthened or temperedWired

0.671.201.470.31

1.091.982.080.49

1.652.972.730.76

2.254.053.341.04

3.095.564.131.44

4.918.045.692.26

6.7810.067.123.13

9.8713.969.875.00

Notes to Table A-9.7.3.2.A.:(1) The maximum hourly wind pressure with one chance in ten of being exceeded in any one year.

Table A-9.7.3.2.B.Maximum Glass Area for Windows in Areas for which the 1-in-10 Wind Pressure (Q10) is less than 0.60 kPa(1)

Type of Glass

Maximum Glass Area, m2

Glass Thickness, mm

2.5 3 4 5 6 8 10 12

AnnealedFactory-sealed IG unitsHeat strengthenedTemperedWired

0.420.750.861.200.20

0.661.221.401.70 0.32

1.021.862.132.240.50

1.402.522.732.730.68

1.933.493.373.370.95

3.055.524.654.651.50

4.207.615.815.812.06

6.6511.408.069.063.32

Notes to Table A-9.7.3.2.B.:(1) The maximum hourly wind pressure with one chance in ten of being exceeded in any one year.

A-9.7.3.2.(1) - Div. B



5. Design Standards: C CSA S304.1-94, "Masonry Design for Buildings (Limit States Design)" C CSA S16.1-94, 'Limit States Design of Steel Structures"

6. Design Assumptions: C Mid-span deflection limited to span/600 as per Clause 6.3.5.1 of CSA S304.1 for brick weight plus live load. The

self-weight of structure is typically on the beam prior to the application of the brick so the deflection check need onlyinclude live and brick loads.

C For siding walls the mid-span deflection is limited to span/360 on live load.

A-Table 9.23.4.3. Spans for Steel Beams.The spans are based on the following assumptions:

• Simply supported beam spans• Laterally supported top flange• Yield strength 350 MPa• Deflection limit L/360• Live load = 1.9 kPa/1st floor, 1.4 kPa/2nd floor• Dead load 1.5 kPa.

A-9.23.4.4. Concrete Topping.Vibration- controlled spans given in Table A-2 for concrete topping are based on a partial composite action between theconcrete, subflooring and joists. Normal weight concrete having a compressive strength of not less than 20 MPa, placeddirectly on the subflooring, provides extra stiffness and results in increased capacity. The use of a bond breaker between thetopping and the subflooring, or the use of lightwight concrete topping limits the composite effects.

Where either a bond breaker or lightweight topping is used, Table A-1 may be used but the additional dead load imposed bythe concrete must be considered. The addition of 51 mm of concrete topping can impose an added load of 0.8 to 1.2 kPa,depending on the density of the concrete.

Example:

Assumptions: - basic dead load = 0.5 kPa- topping dead load = 0.8 kPa- total dead load = 1.3 kPa- live load = 1.9 kPa- vibration limit: per A-9.23.4.2.(2)- deflection limit = 1/360- ceiling attached directly to joists, no bridging

The spacing of joists in the span tables can be conservatively adjusted to allow for the increased load by using the spans inTable A-1 for 600 mm spacing, but spacing the joists 400 mm apart. Similarly, floor beam span tables can be adjusted byusing 4.8 m supported length spans for cases where the supported length equals 3.6 m.

Div. B - A-9.23.4.3.



a1

e2

A-9.23.8.3. Joint Location in Built-Up Beams.

Figure A-9.23.8.3.Joint Location in Built-up Beams

A-9.23.10.1.(2) Tall Stud Walls.Design Assumptions for Tables A-30 to A-33.

1. Roof dead load is 0.5 kPa (asphalt shingle roof) as per rafter and lintel tables in the Building Code.

2. Specified roof snow load is the factored load incorporating rain load as per the rafter, header and lintel spans in theBuilding Code.

3. Wind loads are based on wind loads in the 2006 Building Code and the 2005 edition of the NBC as adopted in theEngineering Guide for Wood Frame Construction published by the Canadian Wood Councila. Basic wind pressure is the 1 in 50 year pressure found in Table 1.2 of Supplementary Standard SB-1b. Ce = 0.7 as per Sentence 4.1.7.1.(5)(b) in the Building Codec. CpCg = !2.1 for ultimate limit state for wind acting alone d. CpCg = !1.75 for the serviceability limit statee. CpCg = 1.5 for wind acting in combination with gravity loadsf. Cpi varied from –0.45 to 0.3 as per User's Guide - NBC 2005, Structural Commentaries (Part 4 of Division B).

Where external wind was a pressure (wind acting in combination with axial loads) the internal wind suction coefficientof –0.45 was used. Where external wind was suction (wind acting alone) the internal wind pressure coefficient of 0.3was used.

g. Cgi = 2.0 as per Sentence 4.1.7.1.(6)(c) in the Building Code.h. The importance factors used to calculate wind loads were 1.0 at the ultimate limit state and 0.75 at the serviceability

limit state as per Table 4.1.7.1. in the Building Code.

4. Ultimate Limit State loads cases were in accordance with Table 4.1.3.2. in the Building Code.a. 1.4 axial dead loadb. 1.25 axial dead load + 1.5 axial snow loadc. 1.25 axial dead load + 1.5 axial snow load + 0.4 lateral wind loadd. 1.25 axial dead load + 0.5 axial snow load + 1.4 lateral wind loade. 1.4 lateral wind load

5. Serviceability Limits States, based on the Engineering Guide for Wood Frame Construction, were calculated usingspecified lateral wind loads, and included:a. Deflection limit of stud length/180 for walls with siding, andb. Deflection limit of stud length/360 for walls with brick cladding.

A-9.23.8.3 - Div. B


Appendix A - Volume 2 A-120a

6. Stud resistance was calculated as per CSA O86 and adopted for the Engineering Guide for Wood Frame Constructiona. The system factors used were Case 2 load-sharing for bending moment resistance and Case 1 for compression

resistance parallel to grain.b. A load duration factor of 1.25 was used where lateral wind acted alone or in combination with axial loads.

7. Fastening requirements are based on the short-term nail resistance values given in CSA O86-01.

A-9.23.10.2. Bracing.Traditionally, diagonal bracing has been provided at the corners of wood framed walls to provide resistance against windracking forces. Laboratory tests have indicated, however, that the bracing that had been traditionally used contributedrelatively little to the overall strength of the wall. Most of the racking resistance was in effect provided by the interior finish.Because of this, the requirements for bracing were deleted in the late 1950's. (See "Shear Resistance of Wood Frame Walls",by A.T. Hansen, Building Practice Note 61, Institute for Research in Construction, National Research Council, Ottawa.)

Where the interior is not finished, however, bracing is necessary if the siding itself or the sheathing does not provide therequired racking strength. If panel type siding is used, or if the sheathing consists of plywood, OSB, waferboard, gypsumboard, diagonal lumber, or fibreboard sheathing, additional bracing is not considered necessary because of the wind bracingprovided by these materials. Where bracing is provided, it must be installed at roughly a 45° angle on each wall and in eachstorey, extending the full height of the storey. This type of bracing provides considerably greater resistance to wind forcesthan the traditional bracing, which was found to be relatively ineffective. The permission to omit bracing assumes typicalhouse designs. Some buildings may have reduced resistance to racking forces as a result of their configuration. Theseinclude tall narrow buildings in exposed locations with large door or window openings located in the short sides. In suchcases, racking resistance can be improved by ensuring that paneled sections are placed adjacent to the openings. The Codedoes not address the issue of bracing of the structure during construction. It is often necessary to provide temporary bracinguntil the interior finish or sheathing is installed; however, this is not a Code requirement.

A-9.23.10.4.(1) Fingerjoined Lumber.The NLGA "Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber", referenced in 9.3.2.1. refers to two special product standards,SPS-1,"Fingerjoined Structural Lumber," and SPS-3, " Fingerjoined Stud Lumber - Vertical Use Only", produced byNLGA. Material identified as conforming to these standards is considered to meet the requirements in this Sentence forjoining with a structural adhesive. Lumber fingerjoined in accordance with SPS-3 should be used as a vertical end-loadedmember in compression only, where sustained bending or tension-loading conditions are not present, and where the moisturecontent of the wood will not exceed 19%. Fingerjoined lumber may not be visually regraded or remanufactured into a higherstress grade even if the quality of the lumber containing fingerjoints would otherwise warrant such regrading.

A-9.23.10.6.(2) Single Studs at Sides of Openings.

Figure A-9.23.10.6.A.Single Studs at Openings in Non-loadbearing Interior Walls

Figure A-9.23.10.6.B.Single Studs at Openings in All Other Walls

Div. B - A-9.23.10.2.


Appendix A - Volume 2A-120b

a1 A-9.23.10.7.(2) Stud Posts Supporting Girder Trusses and Beams Design Assumptions

1. Roof Load = 0.62 kPa (Asphalt shingle roof)

2. Design Standards: CSA 086-01, "Engineering Design in Wood”

3. Design Assumptions: C The studs are braced from buckling about their weak axis by the attachment of the wall sheathing. C The post is designed for axial loading applied at the centre of the stud cross-section (concentric loading).C Stud grade material has been assumed. C The stud resistance is based on the compressive resistance parallel to grain (Pr) and the bearing resistance of the wall

plate (Qr). C In the calculation of Pr, a system factor (KH) of 1.0 was used. C In the calculation of Qr, a size factor (Kzcp) of 1.15 was used since the wall plate width is greater than two times the

thickness. A length of bearing factor (KB) of 1.0 was used since the stud post can occur at a splice in the wall plate. C The post size has been limited to 5 plies.C The post size is maintained through all storeys directly below the girder truss or beam until the load is transferred to

the foundation wall.

A-9.23.13.11.(2) Wood Roof Truss Connections.Sentence 9.23.13.11.(2) requires that the connections used in wood roof trusses be designed in conformance with Subsection4.3.1. The designer of wood trusses should be skilled in the work concerned, since wood roof trusses are complex structureswhich depend on a number of components (chord members, web members, cross-bracing, connectors) working together tofunction safely. This complexity precludes the standardization of truss design into tables comprehensive enough to satisfy thevariety of roof designs required by the housing industry.

A-9.23.14.2.(4) Water Absorption Test.A method for determining water absorption is described in ASTM D 1037, "Evaluating the Properties of Wood-Base Fiberand Particle Panel Materials". The treatment to reduce water absorption may be considered to be acceptable if a 300 mm x300 mm sample when treated on all sides and edges does not increase in weight by more than 6% when tested in thehorizontal position.

A-9.23.14.4.(2) OSB.CSA 0437.0, "OSB and Waferboard", requires that Type O (aligned or oriented) panels be marked to show the grade and thedirection of face alignment.

A-9.23.10.7.(2) - Div. B


2006 Building Code - Supplementary Standards

Supplementary Standard SA-1

Objectives and Functional StatementsAttributed to the Acceptable Solutions


Important Notice

These revised pages to Supplementary Standard SA-1are effective April 1, 2010.

Pages with shaded bars at the bottom are to replacethe existing corresponding pages on April 1, 2010.


2006 Supplementary Standard SA-1

m3

e1

COMMENCEMENT

Supplementary Standard SA-1 comes into force on the 31st day of December, 2006.

Ruling of the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing (Minister’s Ruling) MR-08-S-04 takes effect on the 1st day ofApril, 2010.

ERRATA

Issued April 2nd, 2007.

© Copyright © Copyright Queen's Printer for Ontario 2008

All rights reserved.

Questions regarding copyright, including reproduction and distribution, may be directed to the Director, Building and Development Branch of the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing.



Acceptable Solutions Objectives and Functional Statements

SA-1 Page 19

m3

m3

m3

3.2.2.41. Group B, Division 2 or Division 3, One Storey, Sprinklered(1) [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “a) ... the building is sprinklered,”

[F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “a) ... the building is sprinklered,”3.2.2.42. Group C, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered(1)(2) [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “...the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of

noncombustible construction,”[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “...the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be ofnoncombustible construction,”[F02,F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “...a) ...the building shall be sprinklered...”[F02,F04-OS1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “...a) ...the building shall be sprinklered...”(b), (d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2, OP1.3](b), (d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2, OS1.3](c), (d) [F04-OP1.3](c) ,(d) [F04-OS1.3]

(3)3.2.2.43. Group C, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered(1) [F02,F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “...a) ...the building shall be sprinklered...”

[F02,F04-OS1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “...a) ...the building shall be sprinklered...”(2) [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “...the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of

noncombustible construction,”[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “...the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be ofnoncombustible construction,”(a), (c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2, OP1.3](a), (c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2, OS1.3](b), (c) [F04-OP1.3](b,) (c) [F04-OS1.3]

(3)3.2.2.44. Group C, up to 4 Storeys, Noncombustible Construction(1)(2) [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “...the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of

noncombustible construction,”[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “...the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be ofnoncombustible construction,”[F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire separationswith a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,” and to Clause (d). [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire separationswith a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,” and to Clause (d). (b), (d) [F04-OP1.3](b), (d) [F04-OS1.3](c), (d) [F04-OP1.3](c), (d) [F04-OS1.3]

(3)(4)3.2.2.45. Group C, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered(1) [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ a)... the building is sprinklered,”

[F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ a)... the building is sprinklered,”(2) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire separations

with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,” and to Clause (c). [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire separationswith a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,” and to Clause (c). (b), (c) [F04-OP1.3]




SA-1 Page 20

(b), (c) [F04-OS1.3](3)(4)3.2.2.46. Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Increased Area(1)(2) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire separations

with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,” and to Clause (d). [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire separationswith a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,” and to Clause (d). (b), (c), (d) [F04-OP1.3](b), (c), (d) [F04-OS1.3]

(3)(4)3.2.2.47. Group C, up to 3 Storeys(1)(2) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “a)... floor assemblies shall be fire separations

with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,” and to Clause (c). [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire separationswith a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,” and to Clause (c). (b), (c) [F04-OP1.3](b), (c) [F04-OS1.3]

(3)(4)3.2.2.48. Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered(1) [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ a)... the building is sprinklered,”

[F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ a)... the building is sprinklered,”(2) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire separations

with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,” and to Clause (c). [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire separationswith a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,” and to Clause (c). (b), (c) [F04-OP1.3](b), (c) [F04–OS1.3]

(3)(4)3.2.2.49. Group D, Any Height, Any Area(1)(2) [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of

noncombustible construction,”[F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ a)... the building shall be sprinklered ...”[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction,”[F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ a)... the building shall be sprinklered ...”(b), (d) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3](b), (d) [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3](c) [F04-OP1.3](c) [F04-OS1.3]

3.2.2.50. Group D, up to 6 Storeys(1)(2) [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of

noncombustible construction,”[F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “c) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not lessthan 1 h,” and to Clause (d).




SA-1 Page 21

e1

[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be ofnoncombustible construction,”[F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “c) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not lessthan 1 h,” and to Clause (d).(a), (d) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3](a), (d) [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3](b) [F04-OP1.3](b) [F04-OS1.3]

3.2.2.51. Group D, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered(1)

[F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ a) ...the building is sprinklered,”

[F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ a)... the building is sprinklered,”(2) [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of

noncombustible construction,”[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be ofnoncombustible construction,”(a), (c) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3](a), (c) [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3](b) [F04-OP1.3](b) [F04-OS1.3]

3.2.2.52. Group D, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered(1) [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ a)...the building is sprinklered,”

[F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ a)...the building is sprinklered,”(2) (a), (c) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]

(a), (c) [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3](b) [F04-OP1.3](b) [F04-OS1.3]

3.2.2.53. Group D, up to 3 Storeys(1)(2) [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a

fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,...” and to Clause (d).[F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, afire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,...” and to Clause (d).(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.(a), (d) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3](a), (d) [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3](b) [F04-OP1.3](b) [F04-OS1.3]

3.2.2.54. Group D, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered(1) [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ a)...the building is sprinklered,”

[F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ a)...the building is sprinklered,”(2) (a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.

(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.(a), (c) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3](a), (c) [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3](b) [F04-OP1.3](b) [F04-OS1.3]

3.2.2.55. Group D, up to 2 Storeys(1)(2) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]

[F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3]




SA-1 Page 22

(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.

3.2.2.56. Group D, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered(1) [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “a) ...the building is sprinklered,”

[F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “a) ...the building is sprinklered,”(2) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]

[F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3](a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.

3.2.2.57. Group E, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered(1)(2) [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of

noncombustible construction,”[F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ a) ... the building shall be sprinklered,”[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: “... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be ofnoncombustible construction,”[F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ a) ... the building shall be sprinklered,”(b), (d) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3](b), (d) [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3](c) [F04-OP1.3](c) [F04-OS1.3]

3.2.2.58. Group E, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered(1) [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ a) ... the building shall be sprinklered,”

[F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ a) ... the building shall be sprinklered,”(2) (a), (c) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]

(a), (c) [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3](b) [F04-OP1.3](b) [F04-OS1.3]

3.2.2.59. Group E, up to 3 Storeys(1)(2) (a), (e) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]

(a), (e) [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3](b), (c), (d) [F04-OP1.3](b), (c), (d) [F04-OS1.3]

3.2.2.60. Group E, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered(1) [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ a) ... the building is sprinklered,”

[F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ a) ... the building is sprinklered,”(2) (a), (d) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]

(a), (d) [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3](b), (c) [F04-OP1.3](b), (c) [F04-OS1.3]

3.2.2.61. Group E, up to 2 Storeys(1)(2) [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3]

(a), (b) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]3.2.2.62. Group E, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered(1) [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ a) ... the building is sprinklered,”

[F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: “ a) ... the building is sprinklered,”(2) [F03, F04-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3]

(a), (b) [F03, F04-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]3.2.2.63. Group F, Division 1, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered(1)




SA-1 Page 29

m3

3.2.4.4. Description of Fire Alarm Systems(1) [F11-OS1.5](2) (a), (d) [F11-OS1.4] [F13-OS1.5]

(b), (c) [F11-OS1.5](3) [F13-OS1.5](4) [F13-OS1.5]3.2.4.5. Installation and Verification of Fire Alarm Systems(1) [F12, F13, F81-OS1.2] [F11, F12, F13, F81-OS1.5]

[F11, F12-OS3.7] Applies to voice communication systems.(2) [F82-OS1.5]3.2.4.6. Silencing of Alarm Signals(1) [F11-OS1.5](2) [F34, F81-OS1.5](3)3.2.4.7. Signals to Fire Department(1) [F13-OP1.2]

[F13-OS1.2, OS1.5](2) [F13-OP1.2]

[F13-OS1.2, OS1.5](3) [F13-OP1.2]

[F13-OS1.2, OS1.5](4) [F13, F81-OP1.2]

[F13, F81-OS1.2, OS1.5](5) [F13-OP1.2]

[F13-OS1.2, OS1.5]3.2.4.8. Annunciator and Zone Indication(1) [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5](2) [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5](3)(4) [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5](5)(6)(7) [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5](8) [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5](9) [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5]3.2.4.9. Electrical Supervision(1) [F82-OS1.2, OS1.5](2) (a), (d), (e), (f), (g) [F82-OP1.2]

(a), (d), (e), (f), (g) [F82-OS1.2](b), (c) [F82-OS1.5]

(3) [F82-OP1.2][F82-OS1.2]

3.2.4.10. Fire Detectors(1) [F11-OS1.5](2) [F11-OS1.5]3.2.4.11. Smoke and Heat Detectors(1) [F11-OS1.5](2) [F11-OS1.5](3) [F12-OS1.5]3.2.4.12. Prevention of Smoke Circulation(1) [F03-OS1.2]




SA-1 Page 30

3.2.4.13. Vacuum Cleaning System Shutdown(1) [F03-OS1.2]3.2.4.14. Elevator Emergency Return(1) [F10-OS1.5](2) [F11-OS1.5](3) [F02-OS1.2]3.2.4.15. Sprinklers in Lieu of Fire Detectors(1) [F02-OS1.2] [F11-OS1.5]3.2.4.16. System Monitoring(1) [F12-OS1.2] [F11, F12-OS1.5]

[F12-OP1.2](2) [F13-OS1.2] [F11, F13-OS1.5]

[F13-OP1.2]3.2.4.17. Manual Pull Stations(1) [F11-OS1.5](2) [F02, F12-OS1.2] [F10, F12-OS1.5](3) [F02, F12-OS1.2] [F10, F12-OS1.5](4) [F11-OS1.5](5) [F11-OS1.5](6) [F81-OS1.2] [F11, F81-OS1.5](7) [F11-OS1.5](8)3.2.4.18. Alert and Alarm Signals(1)(2) [F11-OS1.5](3) [F11-OS1.5](4) [F11-OS1.5](5)(6)3.2.4.19. Audibility of Alarm Systems(1) [F11-OS1.5](2) [F11-OS1.5](3) [F11-OS1.5](4) [F33-OS3.5](5) [F11-OS1.5](6) [F11-OS1.5](7) [F11-OS1.5](8)(9) [F11, F81-OS1.5](10) [F11, F81-OS1.5](11) [F11, F81-OS1.5](12) [F11-OS1.5](13)(14) [F11-OS1.5]3.2.4.20. Visual Signals(1) [F11-OS1.5](2) [F11-OS1.5]3.2.4.21. Smoke Alarms(1) [F11, F81-OS1.5](2) [F11-OS1.5](3) [F11-OS1.5](4) [F11-OS1.5](5) [F11, F81-OS1.5]




SA-1 Page 33

m3

m3

m3

m3

3.2.5.19. Fire Pumps(1) [F02, F81-OP1.2]

[F02, F81-OS1.2]3.2.6.1. Application(1)3.2.6.2. Limits to Smoke Movement(1) [F02-OP1.2]

[F02-OS1.2, OS1.5](2) [F06-OP1.2]

[F06-OS1.2] [F05, F06-OS1.5](3) [F06-OP1.2]

[F06-OS1.2] [F05, F06-OS1.5](4) [F03-OP1.2]

[F03-OS1.2, OS1.5](5) [F03-OP1.2]

[F03-OS1.2, OS1.5](6) [F02-OP1.2]

[F02-OS1.2, OS1.5]3.2.6.3. Connected Buildings(1) [F03-OP1.2]

[F03-OP3.1][F03-OS1.2,OS1.5]

3.2.6.4. Emergency Operation of Elevators(1) [F12-OP1.2]

[F12-OS1.2, OS1.5](2) [F12-OP1.2]

[F12-OS1.2, OS1.5](3) [F12-OP1.2]

[F12-OS1.2, OS1.5](4) [F12-OP1.2]

[F12-OS1.2, OS1.5](5) [F12-OP1.2]

[F12-OS1.2, OS1.5](6) [F12-OP1.2]

[F12-OS1.2, OS1.5](7) [F11-OS1.5]3.2.6.5. Elevator for Use by Fire Fighters(1) [F12,F06-OP1.2]

[F12,F06-OS1.2, OS1.5](2) [F12-OP1.2]

[F12-OS1.2, OS1.5](3) [F06-OP1.2]

[F06-OS1.2, OS1.5](4) [F12-OP1.2]

[F12-OS1.2, OS1.5](5) [F12-OP1.2]

[F12-OS1.2, OS1.5](6) [F06-OP1.2]

[F06-OS1.2, OS1.5]




SA-1 Page 34

m3

m3

m3

m3

3.2.6.6. Venting to Aid Fire Fighting(1) [F06-OP1.2]

[F06-OS1.2, OS1.5](2) [F30-OS3.1](3) [F12-OP1.2]

[F12-OS1.2, OS1.5](4) [F03-OS1.2] [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5](5)3.2.6.7. Central Alarm and Control Facility(1) [F12-OP1.2]

[F12-OS1.2, OS1.5](2) [F12-OP1.2]

[F12-OS1.2, OS1.5] [F11-OS1.5]3.2.6.8. Voice Communication System(1) [F12,F11-OS3.7]3.2.6.9. Testing(1) [F82-OP1.2]

[F82-OS1.2, OS1.5]3.2.7.1. Minimum Lighting Requirements(1) [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7](2)(3)(4) [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7](5) [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7](6) [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]

[F40-OH2.4](7) [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]

[F40-OH2.4]3.2.7.2. Recessed Lighting Fixtures(1) [F01-OP1.1, OP1.2]

[F01-OS1.1, OS1.2]3.2.7.3. Emergency Lighting(1) [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7](2) [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7](3) [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7](4) [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]




SA-1 Page 45

m3

(2) [F03-OP1.2][F03-OS1.2]

(3)3.3.4.4. Egress from Dwelling Units(1)(2) [F05, F10-OS3.7](3) [F10-OS3.7](4) [F05-OS1.2, OS1.5](5) [F05-OS1.5](6) [F05, F10-OS3.7](7) [F05, F10-OS3.7](8) [F05-OS1.2]

[F10-OS3.7](9) [F05, F10-OS3.7]3.3.4.5. Automatic Locking Prohibition(1) [F10-OS3.7]3.3.4.6. Sound Transmission(1)3.3.4.7. Stairs, Handrails and Guards for Dwelling Units(1)3.3.5.1. Scope(1)3.3.5.2. Fire Extinguishing Systems(1) [F03-OP1.2]

[F03-OS1.2]3.3.5.3. Basements(1) [F12-OP1.2]

[F01-OS1.1] [F12-OS1.2, OS1.5](2) [F06-OS1.2] [F05, F06-OS1.5,] Applies to the separation of exits from the remainder of the building.

[F06-OS1.2, OS1.5] Applies to the separation of entrances to basements and to rooms containing building.services from the remainder of the building.[F06-OP1.2] Applies to the separation of exits from the remainder of the building.[F06-OP1.2] Applies to the separation of entrances from the remainder of the building.

(3) [F44-OS1.1]3.3.5.4. Repair and Storage Garages(1)(2) [F30-OS3.1] [F10, F12-OS3.7](3)(4)(5) [F30-OS3.1](6) [F30-OS3.1](7) [F02-OP1.2]

[F02-OS1.2]3.3.5.5. Repair Garage Separation(1) [F03-OP1.2]

[F03-OS1.2]3.3.5.6. Storage Garage Separation(1) [F03-OP1.2]

[F03-OS1.2]3.3.5.7. Vestibules(1)(2)




SA-1 Page 46

(3) [F44-OS1.1][F44-OS3.4]

3.3.5.8. Toe-Boards Required (1) [F30-OS3.1]3.4.1.1. Scope(1)3.4.1.2. Separation of Exits(1) [F05, F06, F10, F12-OS3.7]

[F06, F12-OP1.2][F06, F12-OS1.2, OS1.5]

(2) [F10-OS3.7]3.4.1.3. Access to Exits(1)3.4.1.4. Types of Exit(1)3.4.1.5. Exterior Exit Passageways(1) [F10-OS3.7](2)3.4.1.6. Restricted Use of Horizontal Exits(1) [F10-OS3.7](2) [F05, F10-OS3.7](3)3.4.1.7. Slide Escapes(1) [F10-OS3.7]3.4.1.8. Transparent Doors and Panels(1)3.4.1.9. Mirrors near Exits(1) [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]3.4.1.10. Combustible Glazing in Exits(1) [F03, F06-OP1.2]

[F05, F06-OS1.2] [F06-OS1.5]3.4.1.11. Exterior Stairway for Nursing Home(1) [F10-OS3.1, OS3.7]3.4.2.1. Minimum Number of Exits(1) [F05, F06, F10, F12-OS3.7]

[F06, F12-OP1.2][F06, F12-OS1.2]

(2)(3) [F10-OS3.7](4)(5)(6) [F10-OS3.7](7)3.4.2.2. Mezzanine Exiting(1) [F05-OS1.5](2)(3)(4)3.4.2.3. Distance between Exits(1) [F05, F10-OS1.5](2)



SA-1 Page 295

m3

m3

Table 11Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the Acceptable Solutions in Part 11 of Division B

Acceptable Solution Objectives and Functional Statements

11.1.1.1. Scope(1)11.1.1.2. Definitions (1)11.1.2.1. Extension, Material Alteration or Repair(1)11.2.1.1. Construction Index and Hazard Index(1)(2)(3)11.2.1.2. Multiple Occupancies(1)11.2.1.3. Prohibition of Occupancy Combinations(1) [F41-OH2.1]

[F02, F03-OS1.2] [F10-OS1.5]11.3.1.1. Material Alteration or Repair of a Building System(1) [F140-OC]11.3.1.2. New Building Systems and Extension of Existing Building Systems(1)11.3.2.1. Portion of Extended Buildings(1)11.3.3.1. Basic Renovation(1)(2)11.3.3.2.(1)(2)(3) [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3](4) [F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3]11.3.4.1. Extension, Material Alteration or Repair(1)11.3.5.1. Existing Septic Tanks(1)11.4.1.1. Performance Level(1) [F140-OC](2)(3)11.4.2.1. Structural(1)11.4.2.2. Increase in Occupant Load(1)(2)(3)11.4.2.3. Change of Major Occupancy(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)




SA-1 Page 296

11.4.2.4. Plumbing(1)11.4.2.5. Sewage Systems(1)(2)(3)(4)11.4.3.1. General(1)(2)(3)11.4.3.2. Structural(1) [F110-OE] Applies to manure storage tanks.

[F21, F22, F61, F80, F81-OH4][F04-OP1.2][F20-OP2.1, OP2.2, OP2.3, OP2.4, OP2.6][F21-OP2.1, OP2.2, OP2.4, OP2.5, OP2.6][F22-OP2.1, OP2.3, OP2.4, OP2.5][F81-OP2.1, OP2.4][F82-OP2.3][F61-OP2.3, OP2.4][F80-OP2.3, OP2.4, OP2.6][F04-OP3.1][F21-OP4.1, OP4.4][F20-OP4.3] [F04-OS1.2][F20-OS2.1, OS2.2, OS2.3, OS2.4][F21-OS2.1, OS2.2, OS2.3, OS2.5, OS2.6] [F61-OS2.3][F80-OS2.3][F81-OS2.3][F82-OS2.3][F30-OS3.1][F43-OS3.4] Applies to manure storage tanks.

11.4.3.3. Increase in Occupant Load(1) As applied to fire alarm systems in Subsection 3.2.4.:

[F12, F13, F81, F82-OP1.2] [F02, F03, F11, F12, F13, F81, F82-OS1.2] [F11, F13-OS1.4] [F10, F11, F12, F13, F81, F82-OS1.5][F11, F12-OS3.7] Applies to voice communication systems.As applied to smoke control measures, and at least one elevator to permit transport of fire fighters to all floorsin hotels whose floor level is more than 18 m high measured between grade and floor level of the top storey inSubsection 3.2.6.:[F02, F03, F06, F12, F13, F82-OP1.2][F03-OP3.1][F02, F03, F06, F12, F13, F82-OS1.2] [F02, F03, F05, F06, F10, F12-OS1.5][F30-OS3.1]As applied to lighting of exits, lighting of access to exits and emergency lighting in Subsection 3.2.7.:[F40-OH2.4][F12-OH5] Applies to the requirement for a suitably identified shut-off valve outside the building.[F01-OP1.1] [F01, F02, F03, F06, F12, F81-OP1.2][F02-OP3.1][F12-OS1.1] Applies to the requirement for a suitably identified shut-off valve outside the building.[F02, F03, F06, F10, F11, F12, F81-OS1.2] [F02, F03, F06, F10, F11, F12, F81-OS1.5][F02, F06, F30, F81-OS3.1] [F36-OS3.6] [F10, F11, F12, F81-OS3.7]As applied to access to exit widths based on occupant load in Article 3.3.1.16.:




SA-1 Page 299

[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]As applied to windows and skylights in Part 9 buildings in Section 9.7.:[F55, F61, F62, F63, F80, F81, F82-OH1.1] [F51, F53, F54, F55, F61, F62, F63, F80, F82-OH1.2] [F61, F62,F63-OH1.3][F102-OH7][F42-OP2.3][F03, F20-OS1.2] [F10-OS1.5][F20-OS2.1] [F20, F21, F42, F61, F63-OS2.3][F30-OS3.1] [F10, F30-OS3.7][F34-OS4.1][F131-OR2]As applied to flame spread limits in Part 9 buildings Subsection 9.10.17.:[F01, F02-OS1.2] [F01, F02, F05-OS1.5]As applied to plumbing facilities serving Part 9 dwelling units in section 9.31.:[F44, F62-OH1.1] [F40, F41, F62-OH1.2, OH1.3][F70, F71, F72, F80-OH2.1] [F41-OH2.2] [F70, F71, F72, F80, F81-OH2.3][F01-OS1.1][F31, F80-OS2.3][F20-OS3.1]As applied to ventilation in Part 9 residential occupancies in Section 9.32.:[F40, F42, F50, F52, F53, F61, F80, F81, F82-OH1.1] [F42, F51, F52, F80, F81-OH1.2][F42, F80-OH2.5][F82-OP1.1][F131-OR2][F02, F03, F80, F82-OS1.1][F42, F53, F61, F63-OS2.3][F40, F43, F44, F50, F53, F81-OS3.4]As applied to Subsection 9.34.1.:[F01-OS1.1][F10-OS3.1] [F32, F81-OS3.3] Applies to electrical facilities in Part 9 buildings.As applied to Subsection 9.34.2.:[F30-OS3.1] Applies to lighting outlets for Part 9 buildings.[F34-OS4.2] Applies to lighting outlets for Part 9 buildings.As applied to Subsection 9.34.3.:[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7] Applies to emergency lighting for Part 9 buildings.

(3) As applied to fire alarm systems in Subsection 3.2.4.:[F12, F13, F81, F82-OP1.2][F02, F03, F11, F12, F13, F81, F82-OS1.2] [F11, F13-OS1.4] [F10, F11, F12, F13, F81, F82-OS1.5][F11, F12-OS3.7] Applies to voice communication systems.As applied to smoke control measures, and at least one elevator to permit transport of fire fighters to all floorsin hotels whose floor level is more than 18 m high, measured between grade and the floor level of the topstorey in Subsection 3.2.6.:[F02, F03, F06, F12, F13, F82-OP1.2][F03-OP3.1][F02, F03, F06, F12, F13, F82-OS1.2] [F02, F03, F05, F06, F10, F12-OS1.5][F30-OS3.1]As applied to lighting of exits, lighting of access to exits and emergency lighting in Subsection 3.2.7.: [F40-OH2.4] Applies to the requirement for a suitably identified shut-off valve outside the building.[F01-OP1.1] [F01, F02, F03, F06, F12, F81-OP1.2][F02-OP3.1][F12-OS1.1] Applies to the requirement for a suitably identified shut-off valve outside the building.[F02, F03, F06, F10, F11, F12, F81-OS1.2] [F02, F03, F06, F10, F11, F12, F81-OS1.5][F02, F06, F30, F81-OS3.1] [F36-OS3.6] [F10, F11, F12, F81-OS3.7]As applied to access to exit widths based on occupant load in Article 3.3.1.16.:[F10-OS3.7]As applied to door release hardware in Article 3.3.1.12.:




SA-1 Page 300

m3

[F73-OA1][F30-OS3.1][F10, F12-OS3.7]As applied to travel distance in Article 3.4.2.4.:[F10-OS3.7]As applied to number of exits in Articles 3.4.2.3. and 3.4.2.5.:[F05, F10-OS1.5][F10-OS3.7]As applied to exit widths based on occupant load in Article 3.4.3.2.:[F12-OP1.2][F12-OS1.2][F30-OS3.1] [F10, F12-OS3.7]As applied to exit signs in Articles 3.4.5.1. and 3.4.5.2.:[F10, F81-OS3.7]As applied to door release hardware in Article 3.4.6.15.:[F73-OA1][F02-OS1.2][F10, F81-OS1.5][F10, F81-OS3.7]As applied to access to exit widths based on occupant load in Subsection 9.9.3.:[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]As applied to exit widths based on occupant load in Subsection 9.9.3.:[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]As applied to travel distance in Article 9.9.9.1.:[F10-OS3.7]As applied to number of exits in Articles 9.9.8.2. and 9.9.9.2.:[F10-OS3.7]As applied to exit signs in subsection 9.9.10.:[F10-OS1.5][F10-OS3.7][F73-OA1]As applied to lighting of exits, lighting of access to exits and emergency lighting in Article 9.9.11.:[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]As applied to fire alarm systems in Subsection 9.10.18.:[F02-OS1.2] Applies to a sprinklered building.[F03, F11-OS1.2] [F11-OS1.5]As applied to smoke alarms in Subsection 9.10.19.:[F11, F81-OS1.4] [F11, F81, F82-OS1.5]

(4) As applied to fire separations in Article 3.1.3.1.:[F03-OP1.2][F03-OS1.2]As applied to Table 11.4.3.4.B.:[F140-OC]

(5)(6) [F02, F04-OP1.2, OP1.3]

[F02, F04-OS1.2, OS1.3]11.4.3.5. Plumbing(1) [F140-OC]

[F20-OE][F20-OE] Applies to drainage piping.[F20-OE] Applies to underground drainage piping.[F20, F81, F113-OE][F40-OE][F44-OE][F44-OE] Applies to oil interceptors.[F44, F81, F112-OE][F81-OE] Applies to underground drainage piping.




Supplementary Standard SB-1

Climatic and Seismic Information for Building Design in Ontario


2006 Supplementary Standard SB-1

m4

COMMENCEMENT

Supplementary Standard SB-1 comes into force on the 31st day of December, 2006.

Ruling of the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing (Minister’s Ruling) MR-08-S-05 takes effect on the 18th day ofJune, 2008.





SB-1 Page 11

Tabl

e 1.

2 (C

ont’d

)De

sign

Dat

a fo

r Sel

ecte

d Lo

catio

ns in

Ont

ario

Loca

tion

Des

ign

Tem

pera

ture

Deg

ree

Day

sBe

low

18EC

15 M

inR

ainf

all,

mm

One

Day

Rai

nfal

l,1/

50,

mm

Annu

alR

ainf

all,

mm

Annu

alTo

tal

Prec

ipita

-tio

n, m

m

Driv

ing

Rai

nW

ind

Pres

sure

s,Pa

, 1/5

Snow

Loa

d,kP

a, 1

/50

Hou

rly W

ind

Pres

sure

s, k

PaSe

ism

ic D

ata

Janu

ary

July

2.5

%

1/10

1/50

S a(0

.2)

S a(0

.5)

S a(1

.0)

S a(2

.0)

PGA

2.5%

,EC

1%,

ECD

ry,

ECW

et,

ECS s

S rC

ambr

idge

-18

-20

2923

4150

2511

380

089

016

01.

60.

40.

260.

350.

220.

110

0.05

00.

013

0.14

0

Cam

pbel

lford

-23

-26

3023

4450

2597

730

850

160

1.7

0.4

0.29

0.41

0.23

0.13

00.

067

0.01

90.

120

Can

ning

ton

-24

-26

3023

4550

2810

874

095

012

02.

20.

40.

240.

360.

170.

100

0.05

40.

015

0.08

1

Car

leto

n Pl

ace

-25

-27

3023

4800

2586

730

850

160

2.5

0.4

0.30

0.41

0.52

0.25

00.

110

0.03

60.

340

Cav

an-2

2-2

530

2345

0028

9774

085

014

02.

00.

40.

310.

440.

200.

120

0.06

00.

017

0.10

0

Cen

tralia

-17

-19

3023

4100

2510

382

010

0018

02.

30.

40.

370.

530.

140.

080

0.04

30.

011

0.08

1

Cha

plea

u-3

5-3

827

2162

0023

9753

085

080

4.0

0.4

0.19

0.28

0.12

0.05

80.

029

0.00

90.

059

Cha

tham

-16

-18

3124

3750

2810

380

085

018

01.

00.

40.

320.

430.

200.

095

0.04

40.

012

0.13

0

Che

sley

-19

-21

2922

4500

2810

381

011

2514

02.

80.

40.

330.

480.

130.

077

0.04

10.

011

0.06

3

Clin

ton

-17

-19

2923

4150

2310

381

010

0016

02.

60.

40.

370.

530.

130.

075

0.04

10.

011

0.06

5

Cob

ocon

k-2

5-2

729

2247

5025

108

740

950

120

2.5

0.4

0.26

0.35

0.18

0.11

00.

056

0.01

60.

080

Cob

ourg

-21

-23

3023

4100

2397

760

825

160

1.2

0.4

0.46

0.59

0.24

0.12

00.

065

0.01

70.

130

Coc

hran

e-3

4-3

629

2164

0020

8657

587

580

2.8

0.3

0.26

0.35

0.21

0.10

00.

046

0.01

40.

150

Col

born

e-2

1-2

329

2341

0023

8676

085

016

01.

60.

40.

440.

560.

240.

130

0.06

70.

018

0.14

0

Col

lingw

ood

-22

-24

2922

4300

2810

372

095

016

02.

70.

40.

250.

390.

140.

087

0.04

50.

013

0.06

9

Cor

nwal

l-2

3-2

530

2343

5028

103

780

960

180

2.2

0.4

0.30

0.41

0.67

0.31

00.

140

0.04

50.

410

Cor

unna

-16

-18

3123

3800

2397

760

800

180

1.0

0.4

0.35

0.47

0.14

0.07

60.

040

0.01

10.

084

Dee

p R

iver

-29

-32

3022

5050

2392

650

850

100

2.5

0.4

0.26

0.35

0.66

0.32

00.

130

0.04

30.

420

Des

eron

to-2

2-2

428

2342

0023

9776

090

016

01.

90.

40.

320.

430.

270.

150

0.07

60.

021

0.14

0

Dor

ches

ter

-18

-20

3023

4100

2810

385

095

018

01.

90.

40.

330.

480.

190.

096

0.04

80.

013

0.12

0

Dor

ion

-33

-35

2821

5950

2010

355

072

516

02.

80.

40.

300.

390.

120.

056

0.02

30.

006

0.05

9

Dre

sden

-16

-18

3124

3750

2897

760

820

180

10.

40.

320.

430.

180.

091

0.04

40.

012

0.12

0

Dry

den

-34

-36

2722

6000

2597

550

700

120

2.4

0.3

0.21

0.27

0.12

0.05

60.

023

0.00

60.

059

Dun

nville

-15

-17

3024

3900

2311

983

095

016

02

0.4

0.33

0.42

0.35

0.17

00.

062

0.01

90.

260

Dur

ham

-20

-22

2922

4700

2810

381

510

2514

02.

80.

40.

310.

440.

140.

080

0.04

20.

012

0.06

8

Col

umn

12

34

56

78

910

1112

1314

1516

1718

1920


SB-1 Page 12

m4

Tabl

e 1.

2 (C

ont’d

)De

sign

Dat

a fo

r Sel

ecte

d Lo

catio

ns in

Ont

ario

Loca

tion

Des

ign

Tem

pera

ture

Deg

ree

Day

sBe

low

18EC

15 M

inR

ainf

all,

mm

One

Day

Rai

nfal

l,1/

50,

mm

Annu

alR

ainf

all,

mm

Annu

alTo

tal

Prec

ipita

-tio

n, m

m

Driv

ing

Rai

nW

ind

Pres

sure

s,Pa

, 1/5

Snow

Loa

d,kP

a, 1

/50

Hou

rly W

ind

Pres

sure

s, k

PaSe

ism

ic D

ata

Janu

ary

July

2.5

%

1/10

1/50

S a(0

.2)

S a(0

.5)

S a(1

.0)

S a(2

.0)

PGA

2.5%

,EC

1%,

ECD

ry,

ECW

et,

ECS s

S rD

utto

n-1

6-1

831

2439

0028

9285

092

518

01.

30.

40.

340.

470.

200.

097

0.04

70.

013

0.13

0

Earlt

on-3

3-3

630

2159

0023

9256

082

012

02.

60.

40.

320.

450.

260.

130

0.06

30.

018

0.16

0

Edis

on-3

4-3

628

2259

5025

108

510

680

120

2.4

0.3

0.23

0.31

0.12

0.05

60.

023

0.00

60.

059

Ellio

t Lak

e-2

7-2

929

2151

2524

8563

095

016

02.

90.

40.

280.

390.

120.

065

0.03

30.

010

0.05

9

Elm

vale

-24

-26

2922

4400

2897

720

950

140

2.6

0.4

0.24

0.36

0.15

0.09

20.

048

0.01

40.

070

Embr

o-1

8-2

029

2342

0028

119

830

950

160

2.0

0.4

0.33

0.48

0.18

0.09

40.

048

0.01

30.

120

Engl

ehar

t-3

3-3

630

2160

0023

9260

088

010

02.

50.

40.

290.

410.

250.

120

0.06

10.

018

0.16

0

Espa

nola

-25

-27

2821

5200

2310

865

084

016

02.

30.

40.

280.

420.

120.

075

0.03

80.

011

0.05

9

Exet

er-1

7-1

930

2341

5025

113

810

975

180

2.4

0.4

0.37

0.53

0.14

0.07

90.

043

0.01

10.

076

Fene

lon

Falls

-25

-27

3023

4650

2510

873

095

012

02.

30.

40.

250.

360.

180.

110

0.05

60.

016

0.08

1

Ferg

us-2

0-2

229

2346

0033

108

760

925

160

2.2

0.4

0.26

0.36

0.18

0.09

40.

047

0.01

30.

100

Fore

st-1

6-1

831

2338

5023

103

810

875

160

2.0

0.4

0.39

0.52

0.14

0.07

70.

041

0.01

10.

079

Fort

Erie

-15

-17

3024

3800

2311

386

010

2016

02.

60.

40.

360.

460.

400.

190

0.07

00.

021

0.29

0

Fort

Erie

(R

idge

way

)-1

5-1

730

2437

5028

113

860

1000

160

2.5

0.4

0.37

0.46

0.39

0.19

00.

068

0.02

00.

280

Fort

Fran

ces

-33

-35

2922

5550

2510

857

072

512

02.

30.

30.

230.

310.

120.

056

0.02

30.

006

0.05

9

Gan

anoq

ue-2

2-2

428

2342

0023

103

760

900

180

2.1

0.4

0.35

0.47

0.31

0.17

00.

088

0.02

50.

170

Ger

aldt

on-3

5-3

828

2168

0020

8655

072

510

02.

90.

40.

210.

270.

120.

056

0.02

30.

006

0.05

9

Gle

ncoe

-16

-18

3124

3900

2810

380

092

518

01.

50.

40.

310.

430.

190.

093

0.04

60.

012

0.12

0

God

eric

h-1

6-1

829

2340

0023

9281

095

018

02.

40.

40.

400.

550.

120.

073

0.03

90.

011

0.06

2

Gor

e Ba

y-2

3-2

529

2149

0023

9264

086

016

02.

60.

40.

300.

390.

120.

067

0.03

40.

010

0.05

9

Gra

ham

-37

-40

2922

6400

2397

570

750

140

2.6

0.3

0.21

0.27

0.12

0.05

60.

023

0.00

60.

059

Gra

venh

urst

(M

usko

ka A

irpor

t)-2

6-2

829

2247

5025

103

790

1050

120

2.7

0.4

0.26

0.35

0.17

0.10

00.

052

0.01

50.

073

Grim

sby

-16

-18

3023

3650

2310

876

087

516

00.

90.

40.

360.

460.

400.

190

0.06

90.

020

0.29

0

Gue

lph

-19

-21

2923

4350

2811

377

087

514

01.

90.

40.

250.

330.

210.

100

0.04

90.

013

0.13

0

Gut

hrie

-24

-26

2922

4550

2810

370

095

012

02.

50.

40.

210.

330.

160.

096

0.04

90.

014

0.07

5

Hai

leyb

ury

-32

-35

3021

5600

2392

590

820

120

2.4

0.4

0.32

0.44

0.29

0.14

00.

069

0.02

00.

180

Col

umn

12

34

56

78

910

1112

1314

1516

1718

1920




Fire Performance Ratings



m4

e2

COMMENCEMENT


Ruling of the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing (Minister’s Ruling) MR-08-S-05 takes effect on the 18th day ofJune, 2008.

ERRATA

Issued June 18th, 2008.





SB-2 Page 11

e2

(4) Masonry cavity walls that are loaded to a compressive stress exceeding 380 kPa are not considered to be within thescope of this Supplementary Standard.

(5) A masonry wall consisting of 2 types of masonry units, either bonded together or in the form of a cavity wall, shall beconsidered to have a fire-resistance rating equal to that which would apply if the whole of the wall were of the material thatgives the lesser rating.

(6) A non-loadbearing cavity wall made up of 2 precast concrete panels with an air space or insulation in the cavitybetween them shall be considered to have a fire-resistance rating as great as that of a solid wall of a thickness equal to thesum of the thicknesses of the 2 panels.

2.1.3. Framed Beams and Joists

(1) Beams and joists that are framed into a masonry or concrete fire separation shall not reduce the thickness of the fireseparation to less than the equivalent thickness required for the fire separation.

2.1.4. Credit for Plaster Thickness

(1) On monolithic walls and walls of unit masonry, the full plaster finish on one or both faces multiplied by the factorshown in Table 1.7.1. shall be included in the wall thickness shown in Table 2.1.1., under the conditions and using themethods described in Section 1.7.

Table 2.1.1.Minimum Equivalent Thicknesses(1) of Unit Masonry and Monolithic Concrete Walls Loadbearing and Non-Loadbearing, mm

Type of WallFire-Resistance Rating

30 min 45 min 1 h 1.5 h 2 h 3 h 4 h

Solid brick units (80% solid and over), actual overall thickness 63 76 90 108 128 152 178

Cored brick units and hollow tile units (less than 80% solid), equivalentthickness

50 60 72 86 102 122 142

Solid and hollow concrete masonry units, equivalent thickness

Type S or N concrete(2) 44 59 73 95 113 142 167

Type L120S concrete 42 54 66 87 102 129 152

Type L1 concrete 42 54 64 82 97 122 143

Type L220S concrete 42 54 64 81 94 116 134

Type L2 concrete 42 54 63 79 91 111 127

Monolithic concrete and concrete panels, equivalent thickness

Type S concrete 60 77 90 112 130 158 180

Type N concrete 59 74 87 108 124 150 171

Type L40S or Type L concrete 49 62 72 89 103 124 140

Notes to Table 2.1.1.:(1) See definition of equivalent thickness in Section 1.6.(2) Hollow concrete masonry units made with Type S or N concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 15 MPa based on net area, as defined

in CSA A165.1, "Concrete Block Masonry Units".


SB-2 Page 12

m4

2.1.5. Walls Exposed to Fire on Both Sides

(1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), portions of loadbearing reinforced concrete walls, which do not form a completefire separation and thus may be exposed to fire on both sides simultaneously, shall have minimum dimensions andminimum cover to steel reinforcement in conformance with Subsections 2.8.2. to 2.8.5.

(2) A concrete wall exposed to fire from both sides as described in Sentence (1) has a fire-resistance rating of 2 h if thefollowing conditions are met:(a) its equivalent thickness is not less than 200 mm,(b) its aspect ratio (width/thickness) is not less than 4.0,(c) the minimum thickness of concrete cover over the steel reinforcement specified in Clause (d) is not less than 50 mm,(d) each face of the wall is reinforced with both vertical and horizontal steel reinforcement in conformance with either

Clause 10 or Clause 14 of CSA A23.3, "Design of Concrete Structures",(e) the structural design of the wall is governed by the minimum eccentricity requirements of Clause 10.11.6.3. of CSA

A23.3, "Design of Concrete Structures", and(f) the effective length of the wall, klu, is not more than 3.7 m.

where

k = effective length factor obtained from CSA A23.3, "Design of Concrete Structures",lu = unsupported length of the wall in metres.

2.2. Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Floor and Roof Slabs

2.2.1. Assignment of Rating

(1) Floors and roofs in a fire test are assigned a fire-resistance rating which relates to the time that an average temperaturerise of 140°C or a maximum temperature rise of 180°C at any location is recorded on the unexposed side, or the timerequired for collapse to occur, whichever is the lesser. The thickness of concrete shown in Table 2.2.1.A. shall berequired to resist the transfer of heat during the fire resistance period shown.

Table 2.2.1.A.Minimum Thickness of Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Floor or Roof Slabs, mm

Type of ConcreteFire-Resistance Rating

30 min 45 min 1 h 1.5 h 2 h 3 h 4 h

Type S concrete 60 77 90 112 130 158 180

Type N concrete 59 74 87 108 124 150 171

Type L40S or Type L concrete 49 62 72 89 103 124 140

(2) The concrete cover over the reinforcement and steel tendons shown in Table 2.2.1.B. shall be required to maintain theintegrity of the structure and prevent collapse during the same period.


SB-2 Page 29

(3) The first layer of wallboard shall be attached to steel studs with screws spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. and otherlayers of wallboard shall be attached to steel studs and steel corner beads with screws spaced at a maximum of 300 mmo.c. Where a single layer of wallboard is used, attachment screws shall be spaced not more than 300 mm o.c.

(4) Steel tie wires spaced at a maximum of 600 mm o.c. shall be used to secure the second last layer of wallboard in 3-and 4-layer systems.

(5) Studs shall be fabricated of galvanized steel not less than 0.53 mm thick and not less than 41.3 mm wide, with legs notless than 33.3 mm long and shall be 12.7 mm less than the assembly height.

(6) Corner beads shall(a) be fabricated of galvanized steel that is not less than 0.41 mm thick,(b) have legs not less than 31 mm long,(c) be attached to the wallboard or stud with 25.4 mm screws spaced not more than 300 mm o.c., and(d) have the attaching fasteners penetrate either another corner bead in multiple layer assemblies or the steel stud member.

(7) In a 4-layer system, metal angles shall be fabricated of galvanized steel and shall be not less than 0.46 mm thick withlegs not less than 51 mm long.

2.6.6. Concrete Filled Hollow Steel Columns

(1) A fire-resistance rating, R, is permitted to be assigned to concentrically loaded hollow steel columns that are filledwith plain concrete, steel-fibre reinforced concrete or bar-reinforced concrete, that are fabricated and erected within thetolerances stipulated in CAN/CSA-S16, "Limit States Design of Steel Structures", and that comply with Sentences (2) and(3), provided:

C # Cmax

where

C = axial compressive force due to dead and live loads without load factors, kN,

but shall not exceed1.0 CNr for plain concrete filling (PC),1.1 CNr for steel-fibre reinforced concrete filling (FC), and1.7 CNr for bar-reinforced concrete filling (RC),

whereCNr = factored compressive resistance of the concrete core in accordance with CAN/CSA-S16, "Limit States Design of

Steel Structures",where

a = constant obtained from Table 2.6.6.A.,fNc = specified compressive strength of concrete in accordance with CSA A23.3, "Design of Concrete Structures",

MPa,D = outside diameter of a round column or outside width of a square column, mm,R = specified fire-resistance rating, min, andKL = effective length of column as defined in CAN/CSA-S16, "Limit States Design of Steel Structures", mm, subject to

the validity limits stated in Table 2.6.6.B.

a (fNc + 20) D2.5 2 Cmax = ‰ R (KL ! 1000)


SB-2 Page 30

e2

(2) A pair of steam vent holes shall be provided at each end of the hollow steel column and at each intermediate floorlevel, and the holes shall be(a) not less than 13 mm in diameter,(b) located on opposite faces, 150 mm above or below a base plate, cap plate or concrete slab,(c) orientated so that adjacent pairs are perpendicular, and(d) not obstructed by other building elements.

(3) Load application and reaction shall be through end bearing in accordance with CAN/CSA-S16, "Limit States Design ofSteel Structures".

Table 2.6.6.A.Values of Constant "a"

Filling Type Concrete Type(1) Steel Reinforcement Circular Columns Square Columns

PC S n/a 0.070 0.060

FC S . 2% 0.075 0.065

RC S 1.5%-3% 0.080 0.070

RC S 3%-5% 0.085 0.075

PC N n/a 0.080 0.070

FC N . 2% 0.085 0.075

RC N 1.5%-3% 0.090 0.080

RC N 3%-5% 0.095 0.085

Notes to Table 2.6.6.A.:(1) See Subsection 1.4., Types of Concrete.

Table 2.6.6.B.Validity Limits

ParameterType of Concrete Filling

PC FC RC

fc’ (MPa) 20 to 40 20 to 55 20 to 55

D (round) (mm) 140 to 410 120 to 410 165 to 410

D (square) (mm) 140 to 305 102 to 305 175 to 305

Reinforcement (%) n/a . 2% of the concrete mix by mass 1.5% to 5% of cross-sectional area(1)

Concrete Cover (mm) n/a n/a $ 25

R (min) # 120 # 180 # 180

KL (mm) 2 000 to 4 000 2 000 to 4 500 2 000 to 4 500

Class(2) 1, 2 or 3 1, 2 or 3 1, 2 or 3

Notes to Table 2.6.6.B.:(1) Limits on size, number and spacing of bars and ties in accordance with CSA A23.3, "Design of Concrete Structures".(2) Classification of sections in accordance with CAN/CSA-S16, "Limit States Design of Steel Structures".




Fire and Sound Resistance of Building Assemblies



e2

COMMENCEMENT


ERRATA






SB-3 Page 23

e2

Table 1 (Cont’d)Fire and Sound Resistance of Walls

Type of WallWall

NumberDescription

Fire-Resistance Rating(1) Typical SoundTransmission

Class(1)(2)(3)

(STC)LoadbearingNon-

Loadbearing

• Hollow ConcreteBlock (NormalWeight Aggregate)

B10aB10 with• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(5) 3 h 3 h 56

B10bB10 with• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(5) 2.5 h 2.5 h 55

B10cB10 with• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(5)(7) 2 h 2 h 54

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6

Notes to Table 1:(1) Fire-resistance and STC ratings of wood frame construction were evaluated only for 38 mm x 89 mm constructions. The fire-resistance

ratings and STC ratings provided for 38 mm x 89 mm wood frame construction, however, may be applied to 38 mm x 140 mm woodframe construction; in some cases the ratings may be conservative. Where 38 mm x 140 mm framing is used and absorptive material iscalled for, the absorptive material must be 140 mm thick.

(2) Sound ratings listed are based on the most reliable laboratory test data available for specimens conforming to installation detailsrequired by CSA-A82.31, “Gypsum Board Application.” Results of specific tests may differ slightly because of measurement precisionand minor variations in construction details. These results should only be used where the actual construction details, including spacingor fasteners and supporting framing, correspond exactly to the details of the test specimens on which the ratings are based. Assemblieswith sound transmission class ratings of 50 or more require acoustical sealant applied around electrical boxes and other openings, andat the junction of intersecting walls and floors, except intersection of walls constructed of concrete or solid brick.

(3) Sound ratings are only valid where there are no discernible cracks or voids in the visible surfaces. For concrete blocks, surfaces mustbe sealed by at least 2 coats of paint or other surface finish described in Section 9.29. of Division B to prevent sound leakage.

(4) Sound absorptive material includes fibre processed from rock, slag, glass or cellulose fibre. It must fill at least 90% of the cavitythickness for the wall to provide the listed STC value. The absorptive material should not overfill the cavity to the point of producingsignificant outward pressure on the finishes; such an assembly will not achieve the STC rating. Where the absorptive material used withsteel stud assemblies is in batt form, “steel stud batts”, which are wide enough to fill the cavity from the web of one stud to the web ofthe adjacent studs, must be used.

(5) The complete descriptions of indicated finishes are as follows:C 12.7 mm regular gypsum board S 12.7 mm regular gypsum board conforming to Article 9.29.5.2. of Division B.C 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board S 12.7 mm special fire-resistant Type X gypsum board conforming to Article 9.29.5.2. of Division B.C 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board S 15.9 mm special fire-resistant Type X gypsum board conforming to Article 9.29.5.2. of Division B.C Except for exterior walls (see Note 9), the outer layer of finish on both sides of the wall must have its joints taped and finished.C Fastener types and spacing must conform to CSA-A82.31-M, “Gypsum Board Application”.

(6) Absorptive material required for the higher fire-resistance rating is mineral fibre processed from rock or slag with a mass of at least 4.8 kg/m² for 150 mm thickness, 2.8 kg/m² for 89 mm thickness and 2.0 kg/m² for 65 mm thickness and completely filling the wall cavity. For assemblies with double wood studs on separate plates, absorptive material is required in the stud cavities on both sides.

(7) Regular gypsum board used in single layer assemblies must be installed so all edges are supported.(8) Where bracing material, such as diagonal lumber or plywood, OSB, gypsum board or fibreboard sheathing is installed on the inner face

of one row of studs in double stud assemblies, the STC rating will be reduced by 3 for any assemblies containing absorptive material inboth rows of studs or in the row of studs opposite to that which the bracing material is attached. Attaching such layers on both innerfaces of the studs may drastically reduce the STC value but enough data to permit assignment of STC ratings for this situation is notavailable. The fire-resistance rating is not affected by the inclusion of such bracing.

(9) For exterior walls, the finish joints must be taped and finished for the outer layer of the interior side only. The gypsum board on theexterior side may be replaced with gypsum sheathing of the same thickness and type (regular or Type X).


SB-3 Page 24

Section 2 Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilingsand Roofs

Table 2Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs

Type of AssemblyAssemblyNumber

DescriptionFire-

ResistanceRating(4)(5)(6)(7)

Typical SoundTransmissionClass(4)(5)(8)(9)

(STC)

Typical ImpactInsulation

Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Concrete Slabs

F1 • concrete floors

F1a• 90 mm reinforced concrete with 20 mm minimum

cover over reinforcing steel1 h 48 23

F1b• 130 mm reinforced concrete with 25 mm minimum

cover over reinforcing steel2 h 52 27

F1c• pre-stressed hollow core slab 200 mm deep with

25 mm minimum cover over reinforcing steel1 h 50 28

F1d• 150 mm composite slab on 75 mm steel deck with

152 x 152 x MW3.8 x MW3.8 wire mesh— 51 21

F1e

• 150 mm composite slab on 75 mm steel deck with152 x 152 x MW3.8 x MW3.8 wire mesh

• resilient metal channels 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.• 2 layers of 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or

2 layers of 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1.5 h 57 36

Open Web Steel Joists

F2 • open web steel joists with concrete floor

F2a

• 50 mm thick concrete deck• on open web steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.• furring channels spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.

wired to underside of joists• 1 layer of 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board on ceiling

side

45 min 53 27

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 31

Table 2 (Cont’d)Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs


DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Joists

• Wood Joists min 38 mm x 235 mm

• Wood I-Joists min38 mm x 38 mmflange 9.5 mm OSBor plywood web,minimum 241 mmdeep

F8e

F8 with• no absorptive material in cavity• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min 39 32

F8f


30 min 41 34

F8g

F8 with• absorptive material in cavity• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min[45 min](11) 48(9) 39

F8h


30 min[45 min](11) 49(9) 42

F8i

F8 with• no absorptive material in cavity• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board

< 30 min 37 31

F8j


< 30 min 39 33

F8k

F8 with• absorptive material in cavity• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board

< 30 min 45 37

F8l


< 30 min 47 40

F9

• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber

• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or

600 mm o.c.• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 32

e2 Table 2 (Cont’d)Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs


DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Joists



F9a

F9 with• no absorptive material in cavity• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum

1 h 47 38

F9b

F9 with• no absorptive material in cavity• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h 48(9) 40

F9c


1 h 54 47

F9d


1 h 55 49

F9e


1 h 47 38

F9f


1 h 48(9) 40

F9g


1 h 54 47

F9h


1 h 55 49

F9i


& 45 36

F9j


& 46 37

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 33



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Joists



F9k


& 52 45

F9l


& 53 46

F10

• one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded plywood, orOSB or waferboard

• one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB orwaferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber


600 mm o.c.• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

F10a


& 41 34

F10b


& 42 35

F10c


30 min[45 min](11)(12) 50 43

F10d


& 51 44

F10e


& 41 34

F10f


& 42 35

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 34



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Joists



F10g


& 50 43

F10h


& 51 44

F10i


& 40 32

F10j


& 41 33

F10k


& 48(9) 40

F10l


& 49(9) 41

F11





F11a


1 h 50 41

F11b


1 h 51 42

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 35



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Joists



F11c


1 h 57 50

F11d


1 h 58 51

F11e


1 h 50 41

F11f


1 h 51 42

F11g


1 h 57 50

F11h


1 h 58 51

F11i

F11 with• no absorptive material in cavity• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.• resilient 12.7 mm regular gypsum board

& 46 39

F11j


& 47 41

F11k


& 53 46

F11l


& 54 47

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 36



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Joists



F12

• 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least 44 kg/m2)• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,

or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

F12aF12 with• no absorptive material in cavity• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

& 39 26

F12bF12 with• absorptive material in cavity• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

& 40 28

F12cF12 with• no absorptive material in cavity• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board

& 39 26

F12dF12 with• absorptive material in cavity• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board

& 40 28

F12eF12 with• no absorptive material in cavity• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board

& 36 25

F12fF12 with• absorptive material in cavity• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board

& 38 26

F13


or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side


& 41 30

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 37



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Joists




& 43 32

F13cF13 with• no absorptive material in cavity• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

& 41 30

F13dF13 with• absorptive material in cavity• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

& 43 32


& 38 29


& 40 30

F14


or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or


F14a


& 51 20

F14b


& 53 22

F14c


30 min[45 min](11)(12) 57 24

F14d


& 58 26

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 38



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Joists



F14e


& 51 20

F14f


& 53 22

F14g


& 57 24

F14h


& 58 26

F14i


& 49(9) 19

F14j


& 51 21

F14k


& 54 22

F14l

F14 with• absorptive material in cavity• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.• resilient 12.7 mm regular gypsum board

& 55 24

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 39



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Joists



F15




F15a


1 h(12) 55 26

F15b


& 57 28

F15c


& 61 30

F15d


& 62 32

F15e


1 h(12) 55 26

F15f


& 57 28

F15g


& 61 30

F15h


& 62 32

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 40



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Joists



F15i


& 53 25

F15j


& 55 27

F15k


& 58 28

F15l


& 59 30

F16

• 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)• subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard,

or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity• 1 layer of board on ceiling side

F16aF 16 with• no absorptive material in cavity• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

& 46 25


& 48(9) 28


& 46 25


& 48(9) 28


& 42 24

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 43



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Joists



F18k

F18 with• absorptive material in cavity• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board

& 49(9) 29

F18l


& 50 29

F19


or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm or


F19a

F19 with• no absorptive material in cavity• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum

1 h 52 31

F19b

F19 with• no absorptive material in cavity• metal furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

& 53 32

F19c

F19 with• absorptive material in cavity• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

& 54 34

F19d


& 55 35

F19e

F19 with• no absorptive material in cavity• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h 52 31

F19f


& 53 32

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 44



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Joists



F19g


& 54 34

F19h


& 55 35

F19i

F19 with• no absorptive material in cavity• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board

& 50 30

F19j


& 51 31

F19k


& 52 33

F19l


& 53 34

F20




F20a


[45 min](12) 57 28

F20b


& 59 30

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 45



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Joists



F20c


30 min[45 min](11)(12) 64 35

F20d


& 65 38

F20e


& 57 28

F20f


& 59 30

F20g


& 64 35

F20h


& 65 38

F20i


& 55 27

F20j


& 57 29

F20k


& 62 34

F20l


& 63 37

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 46



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Joists



F21


or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber• on wood joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c. • with or without absorptive material in cavity • resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or

600 mm o.c. • 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side

F21a


1 h 64 36

F21b


& 65 38

F21c


& 69 44

F21d


& 70 46

F21e


1 h 64 36

F21f


& 65 38

F21g


& 69 44

F21h


& 70 46

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 47



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Trusses

(wood framingmembers not less than38 mm x 89 mm with

metal connector platesnot less than 1 mm

thick with teeth not lessthan 8 mm in length -

minimum 235 mmdepth)

F21i


& 62 34

F21j


& 63 35

F21k


& 67 42

F21l


& 68 43

F22


• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.

• with or without absorptive material in cavity• 1 layer gypsum board on ceiling side


& 33 28


& 34 30


& 32 27


& 33 29


& 31 26


& 32 28

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 48



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Trusses





F23


• on wood trusses spaced not more than 600 mmo.c.

• with or without absorptive material in cavity• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side


& 36 31


& 37 33


& 35 30


& 36 32


& 34 29


& 35 31

F24



• with or without absorptive material in cavity• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm or


F24a


& 38 31

F24b


& 39 32

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 51



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Trusses





F25i


& 39 32

F25j


& 40 33

F25k


& 42 35

F25l


& 43 36

F26



• with or without absorptive material in cavity• 1 layer of gypsum board attached directly to trusses

on ceiling side• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm

o.c. attached to trusses through the gypsum board• 1 layer of gypsum board attached to resilient

channel

F26a

F26 with• no absorptive material in cavity• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board• resilient metal channels• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

& 35 27

F26b

F26 with• absorptive material in cavity• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board• resilient metal channels• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

& 37 30

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 52



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Trusses





F26c


& 35 27

F26d


& 37 30

F26e

F26 with• no absorptive material in cavity• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board• resilient metal channels• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board

& 32 26

F26f

F26 with• absorptive material in cavity• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board• resilient metal channels• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board

& 35 28

F27



• with or without absorptive material in cavity• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or

600 mm o.c. • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

F27a


& 39 32

F27b


& 41 34

F27c


30 min[45 min](13) 48(9) 39

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 53



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Trusses





F27d


& 49(9) 42

F27e


& 40 34

F27f


& 41 34

F27g


& 48(9) 39

F27h


& 49(9) 42

F27i


& 37 31

F27j


& 39 33

F27k


& 45 37

F27l


& 47 40

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 54



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Trusses





F28





F28a


& 47 38

F28b


& 48(9) 40

F28c


& 54 47

F28d


& 55 49

F28e


& 47 38

F28f


& 48(9) 40

F28g


& 54 47

F28h


& 55 49

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 55



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Trusses





F28i


& 45 36

F28j


& 46 37

F28k


& 52 45

F28l


& 53 46

F29

• one subfloor layer 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSBor waferboard





F29a


& 42 34

F29b


& 43 35

F29c


30 min[45 min](13) 50 43

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 56



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Trusses





F29d


& 51 44

F29e


& 42 34

F29f


& 43 35

F29g


& 50 43

F29h


& 51 44

F29i


& 40 32

F29j


& 41 33

F29k


& 48(9) 40

F29l


& 49(9) 41

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 57



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Trusses





F30

• one subfloor layer 11 mm sanded plywood, or OSBor waferboard





F30a


& 49(9) 40

F30b


& 50 43

F30c


& 57 50

F30d


& 58 51

F30e


& 50 41

F30f


& 50 41

F30g


& 57 50

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 58



DescriptionFire-


Typical SoundTransmissionClass (4)(5)(8)(9)

(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Trusses





F30h


& 58 51

F30i


& 46 39

F30j


& 47 41

F30k


& 53 46

F30l


& 54 47

F31


or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber• on wood trusses spaced not more than

600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side


& 39 26


& 40 28


& 39 26


& 40 28

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 59



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Trusses






& 36 25


& 38 26

F32



600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side


& 41 30


& 43 32


& 41 30


& 43 32


& 38 29


& 40 30

F33



600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or


Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 60



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Trusses





F33a


& 51 20

F33b


& 53 22

F33c


30 min[45 min](13) 57 24

F33d

F33 with• resilient absorptive material in cavity• resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.• 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

& 58 26

F33e


& 51 20

F33f


& 53 22

F33g


& 57 24

F33h


& 58 26

F33i


& 49(9) 19

F33j


& 51 21

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 61



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Trusses





F33k


& 54 22

F33l


& 55 24

F34





F34a


1 h 55 26

F34b


& 57 28

F34c


& 61 30

F34d


& 62 32

F34e


45 min 55 26

F34f


& 57 28

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 62



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Trusses





F34g


& 61 30

F34h


& 62 32

F34i


& 53 25

F34j


& 55 27

F34k


& 58 28

F34l


& 59 30

F35



600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side


& 46 25


& 48(9) 28


& 46 25

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 63



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Trusses






& 48(9) 28


& 42 24


& 44 25

F36



600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side


& 47 30


& 49(9) 32


& 47 30


& 49(9) 32


& 43 29


& 45 30

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 64



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Trusses





F37





F37a


45 min 57 28

F37b


& 59 30

F37c


30 min[45 min](13) 64 35

F37d


& 65 38

F37e


& 57 28

F37f


& 59 30

F37g


& 64 35

F37h


& 65 38

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 65



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Trusses





F37i


& 55 27

F37j


& 57 29

F37k


& 62 34

F37l


& 63 37

F38





F38a


1 h 64 36

F38b


& 65 38

F38c


& 69 44

F38d


& 70 46

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 66



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings

Wood Floor Trusses





F38e


45 min 64 36

F38f


& 65 38

F38g


& 69 44

F38h


& 70 46

F38i


& 62 34

F38j


& 63 35

F38k


& 67 42

F38l


& 68 43

Cold Formed SteelFloor Joists

(minimum 41 mm x203 mm x 1.22 mm)

F39


• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 69



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings



F41i


< 30 min 36 29

F41j


< 30 min 37 30

F41k


< 30 min 39 32

F41l


< 30 min 40 33

F42


• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity• metal furring channels spaced 400 mm or

600 mm o.c. • 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side

F42a


1 h 41 34

F42b


1 h 42 35

F42c


1 h 44 37

F42d


1 h 45 38

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 70



Description

Fire-Resistance

Rating(4)(5)(6)(7)


(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings



F42e


1 h 40 33

F42f


1 h 41 34

F42g


1 h 43 36

F42h


1 h 44 37

F42i


& 39 32

F42j


& 40 33

F42k


& 42 35

F42l


& 43 36

F43


• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity• 1 layer of gypsum board attached directly to joists

on ceiling side• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or 600 mm

o.c. attached to joists through the gypsum board• 1 layer of gypsum board attached to resilient

channels

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 71



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings



F43a


1 h 35 27

F43b


1 h 37 30

F43c


1 h 35 27

F43d


1 h 37 30

F43e

F43 with• no absorptive material in cavity• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board• resilient metal channels• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board

& 32 26

F43f

F43 with• absorptive material in cavity• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board• resilient metal channels• 12.7 mm regular gypsum board

& 35 28

F44


• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or


F44a


& 39 32

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 72



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings



F44b


& 41 34

F44c


30 min[45 min](13) 48(9) 40

F44d


30 min[45 min](13) 49(9) 42

F44e


& 39 32

F44f


& 41 34

F44g


30 min[45 min](13) 48(9) 39

F44h


30 min[45 min](13) 49(9) 42

F44i


< 30 min 37 31

F44j


< 30 min 39 33

F44k


< 30 min 45 37

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 73



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings



F44l


< 30 min 47 40

F45




F45a


1 h 47 38

F45b


1 h 48(9) 40

F45c


1 h 54 47

F45d


1 h 55 49

F45e


1 h 47 38

F45f


1 h 48(9) 40

F45g


1 h 54 47

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 74



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings



F45h


1 h 55 49

F45i


& 45 36

F45j


& 46 37

F45k


& 52 45

F45l


& 53 46

F46





F46a


& 41 34

F46b


& 42 35

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 75



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings



F46c


& 50 43

F46d


& 51 44

F46e


& 41 34

F46f


& 42 35

F46g


& 50 43

F46h


& 51 44

F46i


& 40 32

F46j


& 41 33

F46k


& 48(9) 40

F46l


& 49(9) 41

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 76



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings



F47





F47a


1 h 50 41

F47b


1 h 51 42

F47c


1 h 57 50

F47d


1 h 58 51

F47e


1 h 50 41

F47f


1 h 51 42

F47g


1 h 57 50

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 77



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings



F47h


1 h 58 51

F47i


& 46 39

F47j


& 47 41

F47k


& 53 46

F47l


& 54 47

F48


or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side


& 39 26


& 40 28


& 39 26


& 40 28

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 78



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings




& 36 25


& 38 26

F49


or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side


& 41 30


& 43 32


& 41 30


& 43 32


& 38 29


& 40 30

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 79



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings



F50


or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or


F50a


& 51 20

F50b


& 53 22

F50c


& 57 24

F50d


& 58 26

F50e


& 51 20

F50f


& 53 22

F50g


& 57 24

F50h


& 58 26

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 80



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings



F50i


& 49(9) 19

F50j


& 51 21

F50k


& 54 22

F50l


& 55 24

F51




F51a


1 h 55 26

F51b


1 h 57 28

F51c


1 h 61 30

F51d


30 min[45 min](13) 62 32

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 81



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings



F51e


1 h 55 26

F51f


1 h 57 28

F51g


1 h 61 30

F51h


45 min[1 h](13) 62 32

F51i


& 53 25

F51j


& 55 27

F51k


& 58 28

F51l


& 59 30

F52


or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side


& 46 25

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 82



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings




& 48(9) 28


& 46 25


& 48(9) 28


& 42 24


& 44 25

F53


or 17 mm tongue and groove lumber• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side


& 47 30


& 49 32


& 47 30


& 49 32


& 43 29


& 45 30

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 83



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings



F54




F54a


& 57 28

F54b


& 59 30

F54c


& 64 35

F54d


& 65 38

F54e


& 57 28

F54f


& 59 30

F54g


& 64 35

F54h


& 65 38

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 84



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings



F54i


& 55 27

F54j


& 57 29

F54k


& 62 34

F54l


& 63 37

F55




F55a


1 h 64 36

F55b


1 h 65 38

F55c


1 h 69 44

F55d


45 min[1 h](13) 70 46

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 85



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings



F55e


1 h 64 36

F55f


1 h 65 38

F55g


1 h 69 44

F55h


45 min[1 h](13) 70 46

F55i


& 62 34

F55j


& 63 35

F55k


& 67 42

F55l


& 68 43

F56

• 50 mm concrete• 0.46 mm metal pan with a 19 mm rib• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side


& 46 25

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 86



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings




& 48 28


& 46 25


& 48 28


& 42 24


& 44 25

F57

• 50 mm concrete• 0.46 mm metal pan with a 19 mm rib• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side


& 47 30


& 49(9) 32


& 47 30


& 49(9) 32


& 43 29


& 45 30

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 87



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings



F58

• 50 mm concrete• 0.46 mm metal pan with a 19 mm rib• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or


F58a


& 57 28

F58b


& 59 30

F58c


& 64 35

F58d


& 65 38

F58e


& 57 28

F58f


& 59 30

F58g


& 64 35

F58h


& 65 38

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 88



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings



F58i


& 55 27

F58j


& 57 29

F58k


& 62 34

F58l


& 63 37

F59

• 50 mm concrete• 0.46 mm metal pan with a 19 mm rib• on steel joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.• with or without absorptive material in cavity• resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or


F59a


1 h 64 36

F59b


1 h 65 38

F59c


1 h 69 44

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 89



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Floors and Ceilings



F59d


45 min[1 h](13) 70 46

F59e


1 h 64 36

F59f


1 h 65 38

F59g


1 h 69 44

F59h


45 min[1 h](13) 70 46

F59i


& 62 34

F59j


& 63 35

F59k


& 67 42

F59l


& 68 43

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6


SB-3 Page 90



DescriptionFire-



(STC)


Class(4)(8)(10)

(IIC)

Roofs

Wood Roof Trusses R1• wood roof trusses(4) spaced not more than

600 mm o.c.• 1 layer 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(3)

45 min & &

Roofs - Rating Provided by Membrane Only

M1• supporting members spaced not more than

600 mm o.c. • 1 layer 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

30 min & &

M2• supporting members spaced not more than

600 mm o.c.• 2 layers 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board

1 h & &

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6

Notes to Table 2:(1) For systems with a ceiling of a single layer of gypsum board on resilient channels, the resilient channel arrangement at the gypsum

board butt end joints is to be as shown in Figure 1.(2) For systems with a ceiling of 2 layers of gypsum board on resilient channels, the fastener and resilient channel arrangement at the

gypsum board butt end joints are to be as shown in Figure 2.(3) STC values given are for the minimum thickness of subfloor as shown. Minimum subfloor thickness required is determined by joist or

truss spacing - see Table 9.23.14.5.A. of Division B. Thicker subflooring is also acceptable.(4) Sound absorptive material includes fibre processed from rock, slag, or glass, or cellulose fibre either loose-fill or spray-applied. To

obtain the listed STC rating, the nominal insulation thickness is 150 mm for rock, slag, or glass fibres or loose-fill cellulose fibre, and 90 mm for spray-applied cellulose fibre. Absorptive material will affect the STC by approximately adding or subtracting 1 per 50 mmchange of thickness.

(5) The fire and sound ratings are based on the spacing of ceiling supports as noted. A narrower spacing will be detrimental to the soundrating but not to the fire rating.

(6) Type and spacing of fasteners shall be in accordance with Subsection 9.29.5. of Division B or CSA A82.31-M:(i) fastener distance to board edges and butt ends shall be no less than 38 mm, except for fasteners on the butt ends of the base

layer in ceilings with two layers (see Figure 2); and(ii) fasteners shall not be spaced more than 300 mm o.c.

(7) See Sentence 1.2.1.(2) in Supplementary Standard SB-2 for the significance of fire-resistance ratings.(8) STC values given are for depth of framing member noted. For shallower members, subtract 1 from the STC for each 50 mm reduction

in framing depth. For framing members deeper than noted, add 1 to the STC for each 50 mm increase in framing depth.(9) STC values given reflect results for joist spacing of at least 400 mm o.c. unless otherwise specified. For joist spacing of at least

600 mm o.c., add 2 to the STC values given in the Table.(10) IIC values given are for floors tested with no finished flooring.(11) The fire rating value within square brackets is achieved only where absorptive material includes:

(i) fibre processed from rock or slag with a thickness of 90 mm and 2.8 kg/m2; or(ii) cellulose fibre spray-applied with a minimum depth of 90 mm on the underside of the deck and 90 mm on the sides of the floor

joists, and a minimum density of 50 kg/m3.(12) The fire-resistance rating values given only apply to systems with solid wood joists spaced not more than 400 mm o.c. No information is

available on wood I-joists for these cases.(13) The fire rating value within square brackets is achieved only where absorptive material includes fibre processed from rock or slag with a

thickness of 90 mm and 2.8 kg/m2.





Measures for Fire Safety in High Buildings


Important Notice

Revised Supplementary Standard SB-4 is effectiveApril 1, 2010.

Pages with shaded bars at the bottom are to replacethe existing corresponding pages on April 1, 2010.



m3

COMMENCEMENT


Ruling of the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing (Minister’s Ruling) MR-08-S-04 takes effect on the 1st day ofApril, 2010.






CONTENTS

Page

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Section 1: Building Code Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Section 2: Scope of Measures for Fire Safety in Existing High Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Section 3: Measures for Life Safety in Existing High Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Appendix A to SB-4: Graphs for Applying Smoke Control Measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Appendix B to SB-4: Assumptions Used in Developing Fire Safety Measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Appendix C to SB-4: Check of a Smoke Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71





SB-4 Page 1

m3 SB-4 Measures for Fire Safety in HighBuildings

(This Supplementary Standard is based in large measure on the Supplement to the National Building Code of Canada 1990and Appendix B of the National Building Code of Canada 2005)

Introduction

Experience with high buildings has demonstrated that the time required for the complete evacuation in these buildings canexceed that which is considered necessary for the safe egress of all occupants. Studies of the "chimney effect" andobservations of smoke movement in fire conditions have shown that measures for containing a fire on a lower storey will notalways prevent the movement of smoke through the elevator, stair or other vertical shafts to the upper storeys of a highbuilding. Occupants of high buildings, and particularly those on upper storeys, may be faced with severe smoke conditionsfrom fires occurring in storeys below them before their own evacuation is possible. The provisions in Section 3.2.6. ofDivision B in the 2006 Building Code are intended to mitigate the risk to occupants of high buildings by restricting thegeneration and movement of smoke, ensuring adequate fire safety and by providing efficient access for firefighters.

Application of SB-4: Design of New Buildings and Renovations to Existing Buildings

This Standard is intended to assist in complying with the provisions in Subsection 3.2.6. of Division B in the Code. Thesecode provisions are elaborated upon in Section 1 of this Supplementary Standard which contains requirements applicable toboth the design of new buildings and to the renovation of existing buildings. The explanatory material in Section 1corresponding to Sentence 3.2.6.2.(1) of Division B describes requirements applicable to the renovation of existingsprinklered buildings. The material in Section 1 related to Sentence 3.2.6.2.(6) of Division B contains specific requirementswhich are intended to be applied to the renovation of existing buildings that are not sprinklered.

Section 2 of this Supplementary Standard summarizes smoke control measures applicable to certain common buildingdesigns. Adoption of one of these measures is considered to be an acceptable means of complying with the requirements ofthe code for smoke control in existing buildings. Section 3, provides further details which are referenced in Section 2 andwhich can be utilized to achieve the strategies described in Section 2.

Smoke Control in High Buildings

The designer should understand the principles that govern smoke movement, and realize that the information contained in thisSupplementary Standard is intended to be applied to buildings with conventional configurations. If the building underconsideration has unconventional characteristics, the designer must determine the extent to which the contents of this standardare applicable and adjust the design accordingly.

This is particularly true of strategies employing air-handling systems where, for example, a realistic assessment of theleakage characteristics of the enclosures of spaces into which air is introduced may be critical. In this context, specialattention is drawn to the building pressurization approach used in conjunction with a smoke shaft. The recommendationscontained in this Supplementary Standard for this approach were developed assuming a building with fairly uniform leakagecharacteristics. Where a building or building element departs substantially from this model, the design must be adjusted tocompensate. An example of the latter condition would be a building which contains at the lower levels a large shoppingcomplex of much greater floor area than at the higher levels.



SB-4 Page 2

Buildings regulated by Subsection 3.2.6. of Division B will likely be in an area served by a fire department capable of anearly response and that the response will be directed by the officer in charge of the fire department responding to theemergency. It is important that fire fighters be provided with a smoke free access to fire floors below grade. Provisions areincluded to separate exit stairways serving storeys above grade from those serving storeys below grade, and to limit entry ofsmoke into these shafts. Similarly, elevator hoistways and service shafts are required to be provided with a separation neargrade, or be designed to limit their acting as paths of smoke movement into upper floor areas from storeys below grade.

During a fire emergency, it is assumed that the occupants of the floor on which the fire occurs will leave by exit stairsimmediately following the sounding of a fire alarm, and that occupants of the floor immediately above the floor on which thefire occurs will be advised to leave by the first fire department officer on the scene or other person assigned thisresponsibility. Occupants of all other floors may remain on their floors unless otherwise directed. It is also assumed that theowner of the building has prepared and filed a comprehensive fire safety plan to safeguard the building occupants and that thebuilding supervisory staff are familiar with the provisions of Subsection 3.2.6. of Division B and with their responsibilitiesunder the fire safety plan.

It is further assumed that the cumulative population of storeys below grade divided by 1.8 times the width in metres of all exitstairs at the storey under consideration will not exceed the 300 limit referred to in Article 3.2.6.1. of Division B, and thatoccupants of storeys below grade will evacuate the building by the stairshafts immediately after the discovery of a fire in astorey below grade.

The Building Code requires that a check be made of the smoke control system when requested by the authority havingjurisdiction in accordance with the procedures described in Appendix C of this Supplementary Standard. This check willindicate deficiencies caused by inexact estimates of the leakage characteristics or of air supply requirements and, in all butthe most extreme cases, will provide an opportunity for appropriate adjustments before the system is put into service.

Section 1: Building Code Provisions

[3.2.6.2.(1)] Limits to Smoke Movement in Existing Buildings that are Sprinklered

(1) An existing building that is sprinklered and is governed by the provisions of Subsection 3.2.6. of Division B shall bedesigned in accordance with Sentences (2) to (9) to limit the danger to occupants and fire fighters from exposure to smokein a building fire.

Smoke Protection for Floor Areas

(2) Except as provided in Sentences (5) to (9), a building referred to in Sentence (1), shall be designed so that, during aperiod of 2 h after the start of a fire, all floor areas that are above the lowest exit storey will not contain more than 1% byvolume of contaminated air from the fire floor, assuming an outdoor temperature equal to the January design temperatureon a 2.5% basis determined in conformance with Supplementary Standard SB-1.

Smoke Protection for Exit Stairs

(3) Except as provided in Sentences (6), (8) and (9), a building referred to in Sentence (1), shall be designed so thatduring a period of 2 h after the start of a fire, the limit described in Sentence (2) on the movement of contaminated airinto other floor areas is not exceeded in,(a) each exit stair serving storeys above the lowest exit level, and(b) each exit stair serving storeys below the lowest exit level.



SB-4 Page 3

Smoke Protection for Fire Fighters’ Elevators

(4) Except as provided in Sentences (6) and (8), a building referred to in Sentence (1), shall be designed so that during aperiod of 2 h after the start of a fire, the limit described in Sentence (2) on the movement of contaminated air into otherfloor areas is not exceeded in a shaft that contains an elevator for use by fire fighters required by Article 3.2.6.5. ofDivision B.

Areas of Refuge

(5) In a building of Group C major occupancy classification, the requirements of Sentence (2) are waived whereoccupants above the first storey can enter and be safely accommodated in floor areas or parts of floor areas that shall(a) be designated and identified in the building as areas of refuge,(b) be located on every storey except if the building is not more that 75 m, measured between grade and the floor level

of the top storey, on every fifth storey,(c) provide not less than 0.5 m2 of floor space per ambulatory occupant and 1.5 m2 of floor space per non-ambulatory

occupant,(d) have access corridors and doors leading to each designated part of a floor area on the same storey sufficient to

provide 3.67 mm of width for every person who may have to use these passages to reach the designated part of afloor area,

(e) have access stairs from intervening storeys leading to each designated part of a floor area sufficient to provide 5.5 mm of width for every person who may have to use these stairs to reach the designated part of a floor area, and

(f) not contain more than 1% by volume of contaminated air from the fire floor during a period of 2 h after the start ofa fire, assuming an outdoor temperature equal to the January design temperature on a 2.5% basis determined inconformance with Supplementary Standard SB-1.

Sprinklered Buildings

(6) The requirements of Sentences (2) and (4), and Clause (3)(a) are waived when a building is sprinklered, and,(a) the sprinkler system is equipped with a water flow and supervisory signal system that will,

(i) transmit automatically a waterflow signal directly to the fire department, or through an independent centralstation,

(ii) transmit automatically other supervisory signals to a proprietary control centre or to an independent centralstation, and

(iii) actuate a signal at the central alarm and control facility described in Article 3.2.6.7. of Division B,(b) each stairway that serves storeys above the lowest exit level is vented to the outdoors at or near the bottom of the

stair shaft,(c) measures are taken to limit movement of smoke from a fire in a floor area below the lowest exit storey into upper

storeys (refer to measure A), and(d) except for exhaust fans in kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, and except for fans used for smoke

venting in Article 3.2.6.6. of Division B, air moving fans in a system that serves more than 2 storeys shall bedesigned and installed so that in the event of a fire these fans can be stopped by means of a manually operated switchat the central alarm and control facility.

Lower Buildings

(7) The requirements of Sentence (2) are waived in a building of Group C major occupancy classification where,(a) the building is not more than 75 m high measured between grade and the floor level of the top storey, and(b) the number of occupants of storeys above grade is not more than 3.6 times the area in square metres of treads and

landings in the exit stairs serving these storeys.



SB-4 Page 4

Residential Buildings

(8) The requirements of Sentences (2) and (4) and Clause (3)(a) are waived in a building of Group C major occupancyclassification,(a) where each suite above grade has direct access to an exterior balcony that conforms to the requirements of Sentence

3.3.1.7.(7) of Division B,(b) where each stairway that serves storeys above the lowest exit level is vented to the outdoors at or near the bottom of

the stair shaft,(c) where measures are taken to limit movement of smoke from a fire in a floor area below the lowest exit storey into

upper storeys, and(d) where, except for exhaust fans in kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, air moving fans are

designed and installed so that in the event of a fire such fans can be stopped by means of a manually operated switchat the central alarm and control facility where the system serves more than 2 storeys.

(9) The requirements of Sentences (2) and (3) are waived in a Group C major occupancy apartment building.

[3.2.6.2.(2)] Stairway Protection Below Lowest Exit Level

These provisions are intended to apply to common building designs. Where a stair from below grade is open to the exteriorabove or where a stair serves only one storey below grade other strategies may be considered.

A stairway serving floors below the lowest exit level is considered to comply with the intent of Sentence 3.2.6.2.(2) ofDivision B if the following conditions are satisfied.

(1) The stairway has a vent or door to the outdoors at or near the top of the stairshaft that has an openable area of notless than 0.1 m2 for each storey served by the stairway, less 0.01 m2 for each weatherstripped door and 0.02 m2 for eachdoor that is not weatherstripped opening into the stairway.

(2) The stairway is enclosed in a shaft that(a) does not pass through the floor above the lowest exit level and is separate from a shaft that contains a stairway

serving upper storeys, or(b) contains a stairway serving upper storeys, but is separated from that stairway at the lowest exit level by a fire

separation having a fire resistance rating not less than that required for the shaft enclosure.

(3) The stairway is provided with equipment capable of maintaining a flow of air introduced at or near the bottom of thestair shaft, at a rate equal to 0.47 m3/s for each storey served by the stairway.

[3.2.6.2.(3)] Requirements for Stair Shafts Serving Storeys Above Lowest ExitLevel

Open doors and vents at the bottom of a stair shaft that serve storeys above the lowest exit level, will create a positivepressure in the shaft relative to adjacent floor areas and thus prevent smoke infiltration into the shaft. This pressuredifferential, created as a result of the stack effect will be the greatest during the winter, when the difference in temperaturebetween the interior and the exterior of the building is most pronounced. If a stair shaft does not have a direct opening to theexterior, alternative means must be provided to achieve the pressure differential and consequent smoke control. In theinstance where a corridor or vestibule is used as a link between the exit level of an interior stair shaft and the outdoors, it willbe necessary to assess the reliability and performance of the overall system in creating the necessary stair way pressurization. The probability of all doors or closures being opened at the same time as well as the size of the vestibule and its impact onthe overall smoke control system are factors that need to be considered.



SB-4 Page 5

If mechanical methods are used to develop a positive pressure in a stair shaft, a minimum pressure differential of 12 Pa isrecommended to prevent smoke migration from floor areas in a sprinklered building where fire temperatures are controlledand smoke movement may be dominated by stack effect in a stair shaft. During a fire emergency, persons will be enteringand exiting a stair shaft as they move to a place of safety and under these conditions the number of doors open to the stairshaft cannot be predetermined. The number will vary depending on the occupancy of the building, population density and theevacuation plan for the building. It should be assumed that two doors are open. This is based in part as a practical level formost buildings and considers the positive fire experience in sprinklered buildings.

The maximum pressure differential created by a mechanical system should not prevent doors to the stair shafts from beingopened. A specific maximum value cannot be given, as this value will depend on the door opening force and size of thedoor. These values should be calculated for each specific case. A maximum value of 130 N is suggested by research as theforce that can be opened by the majority of people in most occupancies, however this value is above the maximum value of90 N generally specified in this Code (Section 3.4. of Division B). The use of values below 130 N can create a practicalproblem in achieving effective smoke control as it is difficult to design for the acceptable minimum and maximum pressuredifferential range. Special consideration may need to be given to doors located in a barrier free path of travel.

Care should be taken by designers and by building and fire officials in implementation of these requirements. Assumptionsinvolved in the design of a smoke control system may be different from final construction conditions. For this reason eachsystem should be tested after installation to ensure that the design intent is met. The minimum pressure differential is notintended to apply to locations in stair shafts when nearby doors are open to adjacent floor areas.

[3.2.6.2.(4)] Limiting Smoke Movement into Storeys Above Lowest Exit Level.

Measures to prevent the migration of smoke from floor areas below the lowest exit storey into upper storeys include thefollowing.

(1) An elevator hoistway that passes through the floor above the lowest exit storey should not penetrate the floor of thestorey immediately below the lowest exit storey, unless there is a vestibule between the shaft and each floor area belowthe lowest exit storey that(a) has a fire separation, with a fire resistance rating not less than 45 min, between the vestibule and any public

corridor,(b) has a fire separation, with a fire resistance rating not less than that required for an exit by Article 3.4.4.1. of

Division B, between the vestibule and any stair or elevator enclosure or any part of a floor area, other than a publiccorridor, and

(c) except for elevator hoistway entrances, has a self closing device on any door through the fire separation required byClauses (a) and (b), with the door opening in the direction of travel from the floor area to the exit stairway.

(2) A vertical service space, other than an elevator hoistway, that passes through the floor assembly above the lowestexit storey, should be provided with a tight fitting noncombustible seal or fire stop at the floor assembly of the storeyimmediately below the lowest exit storey, unless(a) the vertical service space is vented to the outdoors at the top and the vent has an openable area that is not less than

(i) that obtained from Graph 1 in Appendix A to SB-4 if the vertical service space is in a building in whichother shafts are not mechanically pressurized, or

(ii) that obtained from Graph 2 in Appendix A to SB-4 if the vertical service space is in a building in whichother shafts are mechanically pressurized,

(b) for a shaft that serves floor areas above the lowest exit storey, a vent is located(i) at or near the top of the shaft if the shaft is above the mid height of the building, or(ii) at or near the foot of the shaft at or near the exit level if the top of the shaft is below the mid height of the

building, or(c) for a shaft that serves floor areas below the lowest exit storey, a vent is located at or near the top of the shaft.



SB-4 Page 6

(3) Any closure provided for a vent opening referred to in Sentence (2) must be openable:(a) manually,(b) on a signal from a smoke detector located at or near the top of the shaft, and(c) by a control device located at the central alarm and control facility.

[3.2.6.2.(6)] Limits to Smoke Movement in Existing Buildings that are NotSprinklered

(1) An existing building that is not sprinklered and that is governed by the provisions of Subsection 3.2.6. of Division Bshall be designed in accordance with Sentences (2) to (8) to limit the danger to occupants and fire fighters from exposureto smoke in a building fire.

Smoke Protection for Floor Areas

(2) Except as provided in Sentences (5) to (8), a building referred to in Sentence (1), shall be designed so that, during aperiod of 2 h after the start of a fire, all floor areas that are above the lowest exit storey will not contain more than 1% byvolume of contaminated air from the fire floor, assuming an outdoor temperature equal to the January design temperatureon a 2.5% basis determined in conformance with Supplementary Standard SB-1.

Smoke Protection for Exit Stairs

(3) Except as provided in Sentences (7) and (8), a building referred to in Sentence (1), shall be designed so that during aperiod of 2 h after the start of a fire, the limit described in Sentence (2) on the movement of contaminated air into otherfloor areas is not exceeded in,(a) each exit stair serving storeys above the lowest exit level, and(b) each exit stair serving storeys below the lowest exit level.

Smoke Protection for Fire Fighters’ Elevators

(4) Except as provided in Sentence (7), a building referred to in Sentence (1), shall be designed so that during a periodof 2 h after the start of a fire, the limit described in Sentence (2) on the movement of contaminated air into other floorareas is not exceeded in a shaft that contains an elevator for use by fire fighters required by Article 3.2.6.5. of Division B.

Areas of Refuge

(5) In a building of Group C major occupancy classification, the requirements of Sentence (2) are waived whereoccupants above the first storey can enter and be safely accommodated in floor areas or parts of floor areas that shall(a) be designated and identified in the building as areas of refuge,(b) be located on every storey except if the building is not more that 75 m, measured between grade and the floor level

of the top storey, on every fifth storey,(c) provide not less than 0.5 m2 of floor space per ambulatory occupant and 1.5 m2 of floor space per non-ambulatory

occupant,(d) have access corridors and doors leading to each designated part of a floor area on the same storey sufficient to

provide 3.67 mm of width for every person who may have to use these passages to reach the designated part of afloor area,

(e) have access stairs from intervening storeys leading to each designated part of a floor area sufficient to provide 5.5 mm of width for every person who may have to use these stairs to reach the designated part of a floor area, and

(f) not contain more than 1% by volume of contaminated air from the fire floor during a period of 2 h after the start ofa fire, assuming an outdoor temperature equal to the January design temperature on a 2.5% basis determined inconformance with Supplementary Standard SB-1.



SB-4 Page 7

Lower Buildings

(6) The requirements of Sentence (2) are waived in a building of Group C major occupancy classification where,(a) the building is not more than 75 m high measured between grade and the floor level of the top storey, and(b) the number of occupants of storeys above grade is not more than 3.6 times the area in square metres of treads and

landings in the exit stairs serving these storeys.

Residential Buildings

(7) The requirements of Sentences (2) and (4) and Clause (3)(a) are waived in a building of Group C major occupancyclassification, where(a) each suite above grade has direct access to an exterior balcony that conforms to the requirements of Sentence

3.3.1.7.(7) of Division B,(b) each stairway that serves storeys above the lowest exit level is vented to the outdoors at or near the bottom of the

stair shaft,(c) measures are taken to limit movement of smoke from a fire in a floor area below the lowest exit storey into upper

storeys, and(d) where, except for exhaust fans in kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, air moving fans are

designed and installed so that in the event of a fire such fans can be stopped by means of a manually operated switchat the central alarm and control facility where the system serves more than 2 storeys.

(8) The requirements of Sentences (2) and (3) are waived in a Group C major occupancy apartment building.

[3.2.6.3.(1)] Connected Buildings

The measures described here are intended to prevent movement of smoke from one building to another where at least onebuilding is a high building. They are of particular significance for two buildings of unequal height that are joined together. The measures suggested include the provision of a large opening to the outdoors in a connecting vestibule enabling smokeentering through leakage areas around doors to be vented to the outdoors, or pressurization to maintain a higher pressure inthe vestibule than in adjacent spaces, as illustrated in Figures 17 and 18 in Section 2.

The provisions for protection of openings are described in terms applicable doorways, as this is expected to be the mostcommonly occurring opening. Openings other than doorways should be avoided if possible. Openings should be protectedby an airlock that gives the at least the same level of protection as the vestibule described below.

The requirement of Article 3.2.6.3. of Division B limiting the movement of smoke from one building to another may be metby incorporating in the link between the buildings the provisions of Sentences (1) and (2) described below.

(1) A firewall conforming to Subsection 3.1.10. of Division B is constructed between one building and the other withany opening in the firewall protected against the passage of smoke by a vestibule that has(a) a fire separation between the vestibule and a public corridor with a fire resistance rating not less than 45 min,(b) a fire separation between the vestibule and the remainder of the floor area, other than a public corridor, with a fire

resistance rating not less than that required by Article 3.4.4.1. of Division B for an exit,(c) a fire separation between the vestibule and a stair enclosure or elevator hoistway with a fire resistance rating not less

than that required by Article 3.4.4.1. of Division B for an exit, and (d) any door in the fire separation required by Clauses (a), (b) or (c), except for an elevator entrance, provided with a

self closing device as required by Article 3.1.8.11. of Division B and opening in the direction of travel from thefloor area to the exit stairway.



SB-4 Page 8

(2) The vestibule referred to in Sentence (1) should have(a) a vent to the outdoors that has a net area of 10(0.023d + 0.00045a) m2, where 'd' is the number of doors having a

perimeter not more than 6 m that open into the vestibule, or if the perimeter of doors exceeds 6 m, the value 'd' isincreased in direct proportion to the increase in the perimeter, and 'a' is the area in square metres of enclosingwalls, floors and ceilings whose outer face is in contact with the outside air, except that where the outer face of awall is in contact with the ground or fill, it is assumed that there is no leakage through that portion, and the value of'a' is assumed to be zero, or

(b) equipment capable of maintaining a supply of air into the vestibule sufficient to ensure that the air pressure in thevestibule when the doors are closed is higher by at least 12 Pa than that in adjacent floor areas when the outdoortemperature is equal to the January design temperature on a 2.5% basis.

[3.2.6.5.(6)(b)] Electrical Cable Protection

Electrical cables that provide continuous operation for 1 hour when subjected to the fire exposure/temperature curve ofCAN/ULC-S101M, “Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials”, do not need additional protectionagainst exposure to fire.

[3.2.6.6.(1)] Venting to Aid Firefighting

(1) The requirements of Sentence 3.2.6.6.(1) of Division B and of Measures H or I are met by incorporating in a floorarea windows or wall panels as described in Sentence (2), by smoke shafts as described in Sentences (3) to (7) or by theuse of building exhaust systems as described in Sentence (8).

(2) Where windows or wall panels are used for venting as required in Sentence (1), they must(a) be uniformly distributed along the exterior wall of each storey,(b) have a total area of not less than one per cent of the exterior wall area of each storey,(c) be readily openable from the interior without the use of wrenches or keys,(d) be readily identified from the interior, and from the exterior where they are accessible to fire fighters, and(e) be designed so that when opened they will not endanger persons outside the building during a fire.

(3) Where one or more smoke shafts or vertical service spaces are used for venting to meet the requirements ofSentence (1), they must(a) have an opening or openings into each storey with an aggregate area not less than that obtained from Table 1 for the

height of the shaft, the area of the largest floor area served by the smoke shaft and the leakage characteristics of theshaft wall and dampers obtained from Tables 2 and 3,

(b) have an aggregate unobstructed cross-sectional area equal to that provided in Clause (a), and(c) be designed to comply with the requirements of Sentence (4).

(4) Each smoke shaft or vertical service space described in Sentence (3) must(a) be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation that has a fire-resistance rating at least equal to

that required for the floor assembly through which it passes, or be designed as a chimney conforming to Part 6 ofDivision B, except that flue liners need not be provided,

(b) have an opening to the outdoors at the top that has an area not less than the cross-sectional area of the shaft whichmay be protected from the weather,

(c) terminate not less than 900 mm above the roof surface where it penetrates the roof, and (d) contain no combustible material, fuel lines or services that are required for use in an emergency.



SB-4 Page 9

(5) Each opening required by Clause (3)(a) must be located so that the top of the opening is not more than 250 mmbelow the ceiling, except that the opening may be above the ceiling if the ceiling freely allows passage of air and theopening into the smokeshaft is provided with a closure that (a) has a fire-protection rating conforming to Sentence 3.1.8.4.(2) of Division B, except that the temperature on the

unexposed face of the closure is not more than 250°C after 30 min during the fire test and there is no combustiblematerial within the distances described in Table 4, and except that paint or tightly-adhering paper covering not morethan 1 mm thick shall be exempted from these requirements when applied to a noncombustible backing,

(b) can be opened from a remote location such as a stairshaft, the storey immediately below or the central alarm andcontrol facility, and

(c) must not open automatically on any floor, other than the fire floor, when smoke or hot gases pass through the shaft.

(6) Closures for openings described in Clause 4(b) are to be openable from the outside and will open automatically on asignal from a smoke detector in the shaft, by operation of the fire alarm system and when a closure required in Sentence(5) opens.

(7) A smoke shaft opening referred to in Sentence (2) or (3) that is less than 1 070 mm above the floor must beprotected by guards in conformance with Article 3.3.1.17. of Division B.

(8) In a sprinklered building the air handling system may be used for smoke venting provided(a) the system can maintain an exhaust to the outdoors at the rate of six air changes per hour from any floor area, and(b) emergency power to the fans required by (a) is provided as described in Article 3.2.7.9. of Division B.

(9) Where a damper is required by Sentence (5), the leakage area between damper components and between damper andframe must be not more than 3 per cent of the openable area of the damper.

Table 1Minimum Size of Vent Openings into Smoke Shafts from Each Floor Area, m2 (1),( 3)

Floor Area, m2 Leakage Area,%(2)

Building Height, m

18 37 73 110 146 183 220 256 293

200

0

0.10 0.11 0.13 0.15 0.16 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.22

500 0.22 0.25 0.29 0.32 0.36 0.37 0.39 0.41 0.43

1 000 0.43 0.48 0.53 0.59 0.63 0.67 0.71 0.75 0.77

2 000 0.83 0.91 1.01 1.08 1.16 1.22 1.29 1.34 1.39

3 000 1.21 1.33 1.46 1.55 1.67 1.75 1.82 1.90 1.97

4 000 1.62 1.75 1.90 2.02 2.15 2.25 2.35 2.44 2.53

5 000 2.01 2.17 2.34 2.46 2.63 2.74 2.86 2.88 3.07

6 000 2.39 2.57 2.76 2.91 3.10 3.23 3.37 3.47 3.58

200

1

0.10 0.12 0.15 0.19 0.22 0.27 0.35 0.43 0.55

500 0.23 0.27 0.35 0.40 0.49 0.57 0.69 0.83 1.04

1 000 0.44 0.50 0.71 0.72 0.86 1.01 1.19 1.43 1.73

2 000 0.85 0.97 1.15 1.33 1.56 1.81 2.10 2.48 2.95

3 000 1.26 1.42 1.67 1.91 2.23 2.56 2.97 3.47 4.08

4 000 1.66 1.88 2.18 2.49 2.37 3.28 3.79 4.40 5.16

5 000 2.07 2.32 2.69 3.05 3.51 3.99 4.60 5.32 6.21

6 000 2.47 2.76 3.18 3.59 4.14 4.68 5.37 6.20 7.23

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11



SB-4 Page 10

Table 1 (Cont’d) Minimum Size of Vent Openings into Smoke Shafts from Each Floor Area, m2 (1),( 3)

Floor Area, m2 Leakage Area,%(2)

Building Height, m

18 37 73 110 146 183 220 256 293

200

2

0.10 0.13 0.18 0.24 0.37 0.61 1.28 4.60 89.57

500 0.24 0.29 0.39 0.52 0.75 1.13 2.10 6.11 94.50

1 000 0.46 0.55 0.72 0.94 1.30 1.90 3.27 8.29 102.11

2 000 0.88 1.05 1.34 1.73 2.32 3.28 5.36 12.14 116.80

3 000 1.31 1.53 1.95 2.47 3.29 4.58 7.28 15.63 130.83

4 000 1.73 2.01 2.55 3.20 4.23 5.83 9.12 19.97 144.03

5 000 2.15 2.49 3.13 3.92 5.15 7.05 10.90 22.15 157.05

6 000 2.57 2.96 3.73 4.63 6.07 8.26 12.65 25.39 169.29

200

3

0.11 0.14 0.21 0.37 0.88 2.06

500 0.25 0.31 0.47 0.76 1.58 9.00

1 000 0.47 0.59 0.86 1.33 2.60 11.99

2 000 0.91 1.12 1.60 2.41 4.47 17.46

3 000 1.35 1.64 2.31 3.43 5.21 22.48

4 000 1.79 2.17 3.02 4.43 7.91 27.29

5 000 2.22 2.68 3.71 5.42 9.55 31.95

6 000 2.65 3.20 4.40 6.39 11.18 36.47

200

4

0.11 0.15 0.28 0.70 24.83

500 0.25 0.34 0.58 1.33 29.18

1 000 0.49 0.63 1.06 2.27 36.07

2 000 0.95 1.21 1.97 3.99 48.56

3 000 1.41 1.78 2.84 6.63 60.15

4 000 1.86 2.34 3.70 7.22 71.15

5 000 2.21 2.90 4.55 8.79 81.81

6 000 2.75 3.46 5.40 10.33 90.05

200

5

0.11 0.16 0.36 3.33

500 0.28 0.36 0.76 5.09

1 000 0.50 0.69 1.37 7.67

2 000 0.99 1.31 2.54 12.35

3 000 1.46 1.94 3.65 16.75

4 000 1.92 2.55 4.75 20.99

5 000 2.40 3.16 5.84 25.11

6 000 2.87 3.74 6.92 29.11

Column 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Notes to Table 1:(1) The minimum size of a vent opening into a smoke shaft is obtained from Table 1 and is dependant on the floor area and total leakage area of the smoke

shaft walls and dampers. This total leakage area may be estimated by adding the leakage areas for the shaft wall obtained from Table 2 and for thedampered openings obtained from Table 3 provided the cross-sectional area of the smoke shaft, the opening into the shaft and the opening to theoutdoors at the top of the shaft are equal.

(2) Leakage area is the total of the leakage area of smoke shaft wall obtained from Table 2 and the leakage area of dampered opening in smoke shaftsobtained from Table 3.

(3) The size of the vent opening refers to the free or unobstructed area of the opening.



SB-4 Page 11

Table 2 Leakage Area of Smoke Shaft Wall

Wall Construction Leakage Area as a Per Cent of Wall Area

Monolithic concrete 0.5

Masonry wall unplastered 1.5

Masonry wall plastered 0.5

Gypsum board on steel studs 1.0

Column 1 2

Table 3Leakage Area of Dampered Openings in Smoke Shaft

Type of Damper(1) Leakage Area as a Per Cent of Damper Area(2), (3)

Curtain fire damper 2.5

Single-blade fire damper 3.5

Multi-blade fire damper 4.5

Column 1 2

Notes to Table 3:(1) For descriptions of dampers refer to Article 3.1.8.9. of Division B.(2) Values include allowance for 0.5 per cent leakage between frame and wall construction. (3) These leakage data contemplate clearances applicable to fire dampers which have been tested in accordance with CAN/ULC-S112-M90, "Fire Test of

Fire-Damper Assemblies."

Table 4Minimum Distance from Damper to Combustible Material

Area of Damper,(1) m2 Minimum Distance in Front of or Above Damper,m

Minimum Distance to the Sides or Below Damper,m

0.5 0.35 0.20

1.0 0.50 0.25

1.5 0.60 0.30

2.0 0.70 0.35

2.5(2) 0.80 0.40

Column 1 2 3

Notes to Table 4:(1) For damper areas between those given in Table 4, interpolation may be used to determine the appropriate distances. (2) For damper areas greater than 2.5 m2, the minimum distance in front of or above the damper shall be one half of the square root of the damper area, and

the minimum distance to the sides or below the damper shall be one quarter of the square root of the damper area.

[3.2.6.7.(1)] Protection of Central Control Room

The design of a room provided for a central alarm and control facility should be adequately protected from fire and smokeand take into account the nature and sensitivity of the electronic components of the equipment it contains. The room shouldalso be ventilated with a supply of fresh air in order to maintain a clean environment. Adequate lighting is also required.



SB-4 Page 12

[3.2.6.7.(2)] Central Control Room Air Control

Depending on the method of mechanical venting and air control that is selected for the building, additional controls may berequired at the central alarm and control facility. These additional controls include those with a capability of opening closuresto vents in shafts, stopping air handling systems, and initiating mechanical air supply to stair shafts.

[3.2.6.9.(1)] Testing for Smoke Control

The efficiency of a smoke control system maybe checked by measuring pressure differences and the directions of airflowaround doors and through separating walls of compartments. A pressure meter can be used to measure pressure differenceson either side of a door or partition. Where this is impracticable, a punk stick held near a crack will indicate the direction ofairflow. Measurements of airflow may be taken on the intake side of supply fans or in supply ducts to determine whether thespecified airflow is being provided. In general, airflow should be from the spaces which may be occupied for various lengthsof time during a fire emergency (e.g., vestibules, stair shafts, and elevator hoistways) toward the space in which the fire isassumed to have occurred. Measurements may be taken at certain critical locations to check the overall efficiency of thesmoke control system.

In buildings where protection is obtained by venting corridors or vestibules to the outdoors, inspection of the building todetermine whether the requirements have been met should be sufficient. Where service shafts are vented to the outdoors atthe top, a check may be made of the wall between the shaft and the uppermost occupied floor areas, to ensure that thedirection of flow is from each floor area into the shaft, when the vent to the outside is open and the outdoor air temperature issignificantly less than that indoors. Where mechanically pressurized vestibules are used, a check may be made to ensure thatthe pressure in each vestibule or area of refuge is greater than that in the adjacent floor areas at each floor level.

Doors to stair shafts, elevator hoistways and vestibules in locations subject to pressure differences that may interfere withnormal opening should be checked when the outdoor temperature is near the January design temperature, with the airinjection system operating and a number of windows open to the outdoors on each floor in turn.

Section 2 Scope of Measures for Fire Safety in ExistingHigh Buildings

This Supplementary Standard includes a number of detailed measures that may be incorporated in a building in order tocomply with the requirements relating to control of smoke for existing buildings. It is not the intention to exclude othermeans of attaining the same objectives. Where smoke control methods other than those described in this SupplementaryStandard are developed, they may be based on the information in Appendix B of this Supplementary Standard.

Smoke control measures appropriate to existing buildings vary depending on the height and occupancy of a building. In asprinklered building, the requirements for control of smoke movement are minimal (see Measure A, Section 3). In very tallbuildings, limits are placed on the penetration of smoke into exit stairs, elevators for fire fighters and all floor areas otherthan the one on which fire occurs. Such limits are achieved by Measures B, D, F, H and I in Section 3. In certain buildingsof lesser height and limited population, exit stairs and elevators for fire fighters are protected and smoke may be expected toenter upper floor areas. This situation applies where Measures C, E, G and J, described in Section 3, are employed. Inother buildings, the spread of smoke into shafts and floor areas is accepted, but areas of refuge are provided that aremaintained smoke free, that can be reached by all people in the building within a few minutes and that are linked to outdoorsby safe means of egress. They are described in Measures K and L in Section 3.



SB-4 Page 13

Where Measures A, B, D, F, H and I in Section 3 are applied, it is assumed that in the event of fire occupants of the floor onwhich the fire occurs will leave by exit stairs immediately following the sounding of a fire alarm, and that occupants of thefloor immediately above the floor on which the fire occurs will be advised to leave by the first fire department officer on thescene or other person assigned this responsibility. Occupants of all other floors may remain on their floors unless otherwisedirected.

Where Measures C, E, G and J in Section 3 are applied, it is assumed that occupants of all floors will move immediately intothe stairshafts and will then proceed slowly to the outdoors following the sounding of a general fire alarm.

Where Measure K in Section 3 is applied (i.e. the building is divided vertically into two zones), it is assumed that occupantsof the floor on which the fire originates will leave by exit stairs, and that the occupants of all other floors in the zone inwhich the fire is discovered will move through vestibules or bridges to floor areas on the same level in the fire-free smokecontrol region immediately following the sounding of a fire alarm. Occupants may remain in these areas of refuge untilfurther directed by the fire department officer.

Where Measure L in Section 3 is applied, it is assumed that occupants of the floor on which the fire originates will leave bythe exit stairs, and that occupants of all other floors will move by corridors or stairs to areas of refuge that are distributedthroughout the building immediately following the sounding of the fire alarm. Occupants may remain in these areas of refugeuntil otherwise directed.

In a residential building where reliance is placed on balconies as places of refuge from smoke, as described in Measure M inSection 3, occupants may remain in their suites when a general fire alarm is given, but should be prepared to move on totheir balconies if conditions in the suite should become untenable.

It is assumed that the cumulative population of storeys below grade divided by 1.8 times the width in metres of all exit stairsat the storey under consideration will not exceed the 300 limit referred to in Article 3.2.6.1. of Division B, and thatoccupants of storeys below grade will evacuate the building by the stairshafts immediately after the discovery of a fire in astorey below grade.

It is also important that fire fighters are provided with a smoke-free access to fire floors below grade. Measures A, B, C, D,E, F, G, L and M include provisions designed to separate the exit stairs serving storeys above grade from those servingstoreys below grade, and to limit entry of smoke into these shafts. Elevator shafts and service shafts are required to be provided with a separation near grade, or be designed to limit their functioning as paths of smoke movement into upper floorareas. In Measures H, I and J, no special precautions are necessary to protect shafts in storeys below grade, because thesystem of pressurization plus venting of the fire floor protects all shafts, whether or not these penetrate storeys below grade. In Measure K, the separation into two zones is maintained in storeys below grade. Smoke-free access will thus be availableto any floor on which the fire occurs.

Synopsis of Measures for Fire Safety in High Buildings

Each of the measures is illustrated by a sketch with notes describing the applicable conditions (Figures 1 to 18). Thesesketches are intended as a guide to the detailed requirements and as an aid to finding the relative clauses, but they are notintended to limit in any way the scope of the detailed provisions which in general provide a wider range of choice than can beshown in the sketches and notes. A summary of requirements applicable to all buildings, regardless of the measure beingused, is given in the following paragraph.



SB-4 Page 14

Requirements Common to all Measures for Fire Safety in High Buildings

(1) Elevators controlled by keyed switch (Article 3.2.6.4. of Division B).

(2) Elevator for fire fighters required (Article 3.2.6.5. of Division B).

(3) Means of venting each floor area to outdoors by smokeshaft, windows or building exhaust system (Article 3.2.6.6.of Division B).

(4) Certain floor areas in the building to be sprinklered (Articles 3.2.1.5. and 3.2.2.15. of Division B).

(5) Limits on flame-spread rating and smoke developed classification for interior finish materials in certain locations(Article 3.1.13.7. of Division B).

(6) Central alarm and control facility required (Article 3.2.6.7. of Division B).

(7) Voice communication system required if building is more than 36 m high (Article 3.2.6.8. of Division B).

(8) Fire protection required for electrical feeders to emergency equipment (Article 3.2.7.10. of Division B).

(9) Power to operate emergency lighting, fire alarm and voice communication systems (Articles 3.2.7.4. and 3.2.7.8. ofDivision B).

(10) Emergency power to operate elevators required if building is more than 36 m high (Article 3.2.7.9. of Division B).



SB-4 Page 15

Measure A Fully Sprinklered Building

Figure 1 Typical floor plan, Measure A

Measure A satisfies 3.2.6.2.(1) provision (6) as described in Section 1 for existing sprinklered buildings of any majoroccupancy classification.

No limit on height.

All floor areas sprinklered (3.2.6.2.(1) provision (6) as described in Section 1).

Limits on flame-spread ratings and smoke developed classifications described in Sentence 3.1.13.7.(1) of Division B arerelaxed (Sentence 3.1.13.7.(2) of Division B).

1. Door to outdoors in each stairshaft held open during a fire emergency (3A(2))*Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is separate from stairshaft serving floors above that storey (3A(3)).Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is pressurized during a fire emergency (3A(3)).

2. Elevator shaft terminates not lower than the first floor below the lowest exit storey or has elevator vestibules in everystorey below the lowest exit storey (3A(5)).

3. Vertical service spaces, other than elevator shafts, provided with firestops at the first floor below the lowest exit storey orvented to outdoors at top during a fire emergency (3A(6)).

Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3.2.6.2.(1) provision(6)(d) as described in Section 1).

* First number indicates Section number. Letter indicates Measure. Last number indicates number of Sentence in thatMeasure



SB-4 Page 16

Measure B Open Corridor Access to Stairs and Elevators (including restrictions onmovement of smoke from floor to floor)

Figure 2 Typical floor plan, Measure B

Measure B satisfies 3.2.6.2.(6) provisions (2) to (4) as described in Section 1 for any major occupancy classification.

No limit on height.

1. Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is separate from stairshaft serving floors above that storey (3B(3)).*Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is pressurized during a fire emergency (3B(3)).

2. Elevator shaft terminates not lower than the first floor below the lowest exit storey or has elevator vestibules in everystorey below the lowest exit storey (3B(4)).

3. Vertical service spaces, other than elevator shafts, provided with firestops at the first floor below the lowest exit storeyand at intervals of not more than five storeys or vented to outdoors at top during a fire emergency (3B(5)).

4. Open corridor or balcony providing access to stairs and elevator for fire fighters (3B(2)).Elevator shaft and stairshaft heating restrictions. Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3B(6)). Certain dampers close in air handling ducts during a fire emergency (3B(8)).

* First number indicates Section number. Letter indicates Measure. Last number indicates number of Sentence in thatMeasure.



SB-4 Page 17

Measure C Open Corridor Access to Stairs and Elevators (no additionalrestrictions on movement of smoke from floor to floor)

Figure 3 Typical floor plan, Measure C

Measure C satisfies 3.2.6.2.(6) provision (6) as described in Section 1 for Group A, C, D, E or F major occupancyclassification.

Limit on population (3.2.6.2.(6) provision (6) as described in Section 1).

Limited to buildings not more than 75 m high (3.2.6.2.(6) provision (6) as described in Section 1).

1. Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is separate from stairshaft serving floors above that storey (3C(3)).*Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is pressurized during a fire emergency (3C(3)).

2. Elevator shaft terminates not lower than the first floor below the lowest exit storey or has elevator vestibules in everystorey below the lowest exit storey (3C(4)).

3. Open corridor or balcony providing access to stairs and elevator for fire fighters (3C(2)). Elevator shaft and stairshaft heating restrictions. Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3C(5)).




SB-4 Page 18

Measure D Protected Vestibule Access to Stairs and Elevators (includingrestrictions on movement of smoke from floor to floor)

Figure 4 Typical floor plan, Measure D

Measure D satisfies 3.2.6.2.(6) provisions (2) to (4) as described in Section 1 in existing buildings of any major occupancyclassification.

No limit on height.

1. Door to outdoors in each stairshaft held open during a fire emergency (3D(7)).* Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is separate from stairshaft serving floors above that level (3D(8)). Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is pressurized during a fire emergency (3D(8)).

2. Elevator shaft terminates not lower than the first floor below the lowest exit storey or has elevator vestibules in everystorey below the lowest exit storey (3D(13)).

3. Shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters is provided with vent to outdoors at bottom during a fire emergency if thevestibule protection is by pressurization (3D(9)).

4. Vertical service spaces, other than elevator shafts, provided with firestops at the first floor below the lowest exit storeyand at intervals of not more than five storeys or vented to outdoors at top during a fire emergency (3D(11)).

5. Vestibule vented to outdoors during a fire emergency or pressurized (3D(5)).

Vents to vestibules openable from central control facility if building is more than 36 m high (3D(6)). Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3D(14)). Certain dampers close in air handling ducts during a fire emergency (3D(15)).




SB-4 Page 19

Measure E Protected Vestibule Access to Stairs and Elevators (no additionalrestrictions on movement of smoke from floor to floor)

Figure 5 Typical floor plan, Measure E

Measure E satisfies 3.2.6.2.(6) provision (6) as described in Section 1 for Group A, C, D, E or F major occupancyclassification.



1. Door to outdoors in each stairshaft held open during a fire emergency (3E(6)).*Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is separate from stairshaft serving floors above that level (3E(7)).Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is pressurized during a fire emergency (3E(7)).

2. Elevator shaft terminates not lower than the first floor below the lowest exit storey or has elevator vestibules in everystorey below the lowest exit storey (3E(10)).No special protection against smoke for elevator shafts or vertical service spaces other than a shaft containing an elevatorfor fire fighters.

3. Shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters is provided with vent to outdoors at bottom during a fire emergency (3E(8)).

4. Vestibule vented to outdoors during a fire emergency or pressurized (3E(4)).Vents to vestibules openable from central control facility if building is more than 36 m high (3E(5)).Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3E(11)).




SB-4 Page 20

Measure F Pressurized Stairshafts and Elevator Shafts (including restrictions onmovement of smoke from floor to floor)

Figure 6 Typical floor plan, Measure F

Measure F satisfies 3.2.6.2.(6) provisions (2) to (4) as described in Section 1 in existing buildings of any major occupancyclassification.

No limit on height.

1. Door to outdoors in each stairshaft held open during a fire emergency (3F(2)).* Stairshaft pressurized during a fire emergency (3F(2)).Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is separate from stairshaft serving floors above that level (3F(3)).Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is pressurized during a fire emergency (3F(3)).

2. Shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters is pressurized during a fire emergency (3F(4)).

3. Vertical service spaces, other than elevator shafts, provided with firestops at the first floor below the lowest exit storeyand at intervals of not more than five storeys or vented to outdoors at top during a fire emergency (3F(7)).Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3F(11)).Certain dampers in air-handling ducts close during a fire emergency (3F(12)).




SB-4 Page 21

Measure G Pressurized Stairshafts and Elevator Shafts (no additional restrictionson movement of smoke from floor to floor)

Figure 7 Typical floor plan, Measure G

Measure G satisfies 3.2.6.2.(6) provision (6) as described in section 1 for Group A, C, D, E or F major occupancyclassification.

Limit on population (3.2.6.2.(6) provision (6) as described in section 1).

Limited to buildings not more than 75 m high (3.2.6.2.(6) provision (6) as described in section 1).

1. Door to outdoors in each stairshaft held open during a fire emergency (3G(2)).* Stairshaft pressurized during a fire emergency (3G(2)).Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is separate from stairshaft serving floors above that level (3G(3)).Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is pressurized during a fire emergency (3G(3)).

2. Shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters is pressurized during a fire emergency (3G(4)).

3. No special protection against smoke for elevator shafts or vertical service spaces other than a shaft containing an elevatorfor fire fighters. Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3G(7)).




SB-4 Page 22

Measure H Building Fully Pressurized

Figure 8 Typical floor plan, Measure H

Measure H satisfies 3.2.6.2.(6) provisions (2) to (4) as described in Section 1 in existing buildings of any major occupancyclassification.

No limit on height

1. All floor areas pressurized during a fire emergency (3H(2)).* Provision for modulating air supply for building pressurization during warm weather (3H(4)).

2. Fire floor provided with means of venting to outdoors by smokeshaft or windows (3H(7)).

3. A proportion of air for building pressurization directed into stairshafts (3H(2)).Doors to outdoors in stairshafts not held open during a fire emergency (3H(5)).

4. Except as required for venting, all openings in perimeter walls and roof are kept closed during a fire emergency (3H(5)).Except as required for pressurization, air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves morethan two storeys (3H(4)).Certain dampers in air handling ducts are closed during a fire emergency (3H(6)).




SB-4 Page 23

Measure I Partially Pressurized Building (including restrictions on movement ofsmoke from floor to floor outside core)

Figure 9 Typical floor plan, Measure I

Measure I satisfies 3.2.6.2.(6) provisions (2) to (4) as described in Section 1 in existing buildings of any major occupancyclassification.

No limit on height.

1. Enclosing wall of core is a fire separation with self closing doors.Central core is pressurized during a fire emergency (3I(2)).*All openings in perimeter walls and roof of core kept closed during a fire emergency (3I(3)).

2. Fire compartment is vented to outdoors during a fire emergency by smokeshaft or windows (3I(4)).

3. Vertical service spaces, other than elevator shafts, outside core provided with firestops at the level of the first floor belowthe lowest exit storey and at intervals of not more than five storeys or vented to outdoors at the top during a fireemergency (3I(6)).

4. Doors to outdoors in stairshafts not held open during a fire emergency except as required for pressurizing the core(3I(3)).Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3I(7)).Certain dampers in air handling ducts are closed during a fire emergency (3I(8)).




SB-4 Page 24

Measure J Partially Pressurized Building (no additional restrictions on movementof smoke from floor to floor outside core)

Figure 10 Typical floor plan, Measure J

Measure J satisfies 3.2.6.2.(6) provision (6) as described in Section 1 for Group A, C, D, E or F major occupancyclassification.



1. Enclosing wall of core is a fire separation with self closing doors.Central core is pressurized during a fire emergency (3J(2)).*All openings in perimeter walls and roof of core are kept closed during a fire emergency (3J(3)).

2. Doors to outdoors in stairshafts not held open during a fire emergency (3J(3)).Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3J(4))




SB-4 Page 25

Measure K Vertically Divided Building (with spatial separation)

Figure 11 Typical floor plan, Measure K

Measure K satisfies 3.2.6.2.(6) provision (5) as described in Section 1 for buildings of Group A, C, D, E or F majoroccupancy classification.

No limit on height.

1. Door to outdoors in each stairshaft held open during a fire emergency (3K(13)).*

2. One elevator for fire fighters and one stairshaft in each smoke control region (3K(4)).

3. If bridges do not occur at each storey, two stairshafts are required in each smoke control region (Sentence 3.4.2.1. ofDivision B).

4. Building designed as two smoke control regions with spatial separation between (3K(2)).

5. Bridges at intervals of not more than five storeys, except that in buildings of Group C major occupancy more than 75 mhigh, the bridge is at each storey (3K(3)).Bridges vented to outdoors or pressurized during a fire emergency (3K(11)).

6. Fire separation in storeys below grade to maintain separation between smoke control regions (3K(15)).Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3K(14)).




SB-4 Page 26

Measure K Vertically Divided Buildings (with fire separation)

Figure 12 Typical floor plan, Measure K

Measure K satisfies 3.2.6.2.(6) provision (5) as described in Section 1 for buildings of Group A, C, D, E or F majoroccupancy classification.

No limit on height.

1. Door to outdoors in each stairshaft held open during a fire emergency (3K(13))*.

2. One elevator for fire fighters and one stairshaft in each smoke control region (3K(4)).If vestibules do not occur at each storey, two stairshafts are required in each smoke control region (Sentence 3.4.2.1. ofDivision B).

3. Building designed as two smoke control regions with fire separation between (3K(2)).Fire separation in storeys below grade to maintain separation between smoke control regions (3K(15)).

4. Vestibule at intervals of not more than five storeys, except that in the case of buildings of Group C major occupancy morethan 75 m high, the vestibule is at each storey (3K(3)).Vestibules vented to outdoors or pressurized during a fire emergency (3K(11)).

5. Vent to outdoors in each smoke control region on floors below mid height of building (3K(12)).Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3K(14)).




SB-4 Page 27

Measure L Areas of Refuge (duplicate groups of areas of refuge at every fifthstorey except as required in item 5)

Figure 13 Typical floor plan, Measure L

Measure L satisfies 3.2.6.2.(6) provision (5) as described in Section 1 for buildings of Group A, C, D, E or F majoroccupancy classification.

No limit on height.

1. Stairshaft and shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters protected by area of refuge or vestibule (3L(11)).*Door to outdoors in each stairshaft held open during a fire emergency (3L(14)).*Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is separate from stairshaft serving floors above that storey (3L(15)).Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is pressurized during a fire emergency (3L(15)).

2. Stairshaft and shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters is protected at intermediate floors by pressurized vestibules(3L(11)).

3. Shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters terminates not lower than the first floor below the lowest exit storey or haselevator vestibules in every storey below the lowest exit storey (3L(13)).Shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters provided with vent to outdoors at bottom during a fire emergency (3L(16)).

4. No special protection against smoke for elevator shafts or vertical service spaces other than a shaft containing an elevatorfor fire fighters.

5. Two areas of refuge on each fifth floor pressurized during a fire emergency (3L(10)), or areas of refuge staggered onintermediate storeys (see Figure 15), except that in buildings of Group C major occupancy more than 75 m high the areasof refuge shall be located on each storey.Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3L(18)).




SB-4 Page 28

Measure L Areas of Refuge (areas of refuge located in pairs)

Figure 14 Typical floor plan, Measure L Figure 15 Typical cross section showing areas of refuge onintermediate floors

Measure L satisfies 3.2.6.2.(6) provision (5) as described in Section 1 for buildings of Group A, C, D, E or F majoroccupancy classification.

No limit on height.

1. Stairshaft and shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters protected by area of refuge or vestibule (3L(11)).*Door to outdoors in each stairshaft held open during a fire emergency (3L(14)).Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is separate from stairshaft serving floors above that storey (3L(15)). Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is pressurized during a fire emergency (3L(15)).

2. Two areas of refuge are pressurized during a fire emergency (see Figure 14 for area of refuge every fifth storey), exceptthat in buildings of Group C major occupancy more than 75 m high, the areas of refuge are located on each storey(3L(10)).

3. No special protection against smoke for elevator shafts or vertical service spaces other than a shaft containing an elevatorfor fire fighters.

4. Shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters terminates not lower than the first floor below the lowest exit storey or haselevator vestibules in every storey below the lowest exit storey (3L(13)). Shaft containing an elevator for fire fighters is provided with vent to outdoors at bottom during a fire emergency (3L(16))Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3L(18)).




SB-4 Page 29

Measure M Building with Balconies

Figure 16 Typical floor plan, Measure M

Measure M satisfies 3.2.6.2.(6) provision (7) as described in Section 1 for existing buildings of Group C major occupancyclassification.

1. Door to outdoors in each stairshaft held open during a fire emergency (3M(2)).*Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is separate from stairshaft serving floors above that level (3M(3)).Stairshaft serving floors below the lowest exit level is pressurized during a fire emergency (3M(3)).

2. Each suite is provided with a balcony (3.2.6.2.(6) provision (7) as described in Section 1).

3. Elevator shaft terminates not lower than the first floor below the lowest exit storey or has elevator vestibules in everystorey below the lowest exit storey (3M(4)). Air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in a system that serves more than two storeys (3M(5)).




SB-4 Page 30

Measure N Connected Buildings

Figure 17 Section through building linked by underground tunnel

Figure 18 Section through buildings joined at firewall

Measure N satisfies Article 3.2.6.3. of Division B for existing connected buildings.

Section 3 Measures for Life Safety in Existing HighBuildings

Measure A Fully Sprinklered Buildings

General

The steps described in this Measure amount to an adequate smoke control measure, satisfying the requirements for existingsprinklered buildings. Reliance is placed on the full sprinkler installation to limit fire spread and consequently, thegeneration of smoke.

Some additional protection of exit stairs is afforded by the provision of an opening to the outdoors at the foot of the stairshaft. In cold weather, when stack action is likely to be most significant, this measure may give a general increase in air pressure inthe stairshaft, thus restricting entry of smoke.



SB-4 Page 31

In this Measure is included the requirement that elevator shafts and service shafts should not be continuous from above tobelow grade, except when vestibules are provided at elevator doors in below grade storeys.

Where Measure A is adopted and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated, it is intendedthat a fire alarm will sound on all floors simultaneously, and that the occupants of the fire floor will walk downstairs to thestreet floor or to a safe intermediate floor area. Occupants of other floors may remain where they are until advised toevacuate by the person operating the central alarm and control facility.

Measure A

(1) The requirements for existing sprinklered buildings may be met by incorporating the requirements in Sentences (2)to (8).

(2) A stairway serving storeys above the lowest exit level has a vent or door to the outdoors at or near the bottom of thestairshaft, as described in Sentence (4).

(3) A stairway serving floors below the lowest exit level(a) has a vent or door to the outdoors at or near the top of the stairshaft that has an openable area of not less than 0.1 m2

for each storey served by the stairway, less 0.01 m2 for each weatherstripped door and 0.02 m2 for eachnon-weatherstripped door opening into the stairshaft,

(b) is enclosed in a shaft that does not pass through the floor above the lowest exit level and is separate from a shaft thatcontains a stairway serving upper storeys, or is enclosed in a shaft that contains a stairway serving upper storeys, butis separated from that stairway at the lowest exit level by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not lessthan that required for the shaft enclosure, and

(c) is provided with equipment capable of maintaining a flow of air introduced at or near the bottom of the stairshaft, ata rate equal to 0.47 m3/s for each storey served by the stairway.

(4) A stairshaft required to be vented to the outdoors by Sentence (2) or by other provisions in this SupplementaryStandard is provided with a vent or door that (a) has an openable area of 0.05 m2 for every door between the stairshaft and a floor area, but not less than 1.8 m2, (b) opens directly to the outdoors or into a vestibule or exit corridor that has a similar opening to the outdoors, and(c) has a door or closure that is openable manually and can remain in this open position during a fire emergency.

(5) Any elevator shaft that passes through the floor above the lowest exit storey does not penetrate the floor of the storeyimmediately below the lowest exit storey, except where there is a vestibule between the shaft and each floor area belowgrade as described in Sentence (3) of Measure D.

(6) A vertical service space, other than an elevator shaft, that passes through the floor above the lowest exit storey, isprovided with a tight-fitting noncombustible seal or fire stop at the floor level of the storey immediately below that storey,except where the vertical service space is vented to the outdoors at the top as described in Sentence (10) of Measure F.

(7) A supply of air required by Sentence (3) is carried in ducts as described in Sentence (13) of Measure F.

(8) The central control facility required by Article 3.2.6.7. of Division B is provided with additional controls capable of (a) opening closures to vents in shafts that may be required by Sentence (6),(b) stopping air handling systems as required by provisions for existing sprinklered buildings, and (c) initiating the mechanical air supply to stairshafts as may be required in Sentence (3).



SB-4 Page 32

Measures B and C Open Corridor Access to Stairs and Elevators

General

Measures B and C can be applied to a building where habitable floor areas are approached along access ways open to theoutdoors.

Each corridor that provides access to stairs or elevators is permanently open to the outside as shown in Figures 2 and 19. The situation is illustrated by the pressure characteristic diagram shown in Figure 20. Air flow through openings that mayexist in floors is likely to be more pronounced than with other smoke control methods because of the reduction in theinfluence of vertical shafts, so it is desirable that openings through the floor-ceiling assembly be minimized. This should not,however, present an immediate smoke problem except on the floor directly above the floor where a fire occurs.

Measure C is the same as Measure B, except that no steps are taken to limit smoke movement into upper storeys throughvertical service spaces or shafts in Measure C.

Where shafts enclosing plumbing and electrical services penetrate floor spaces and a decision has been made to use MeasureB for control of smoke movement, these shafts should be sealed at least at every fifth storey at a horizontal fire separationand at the floor immediately below the lowest exit storey or have vents to the outside at the top. In the latter case there isstill some possibility that smoke may pass into the uppermost floor because the air pressures in these floor areas are in thesame range as the outside pressures. It is therefore important that any leakage areas in the enclosing walls between floorareas and shaft be kept to a minimum.

In order to avoid creation of pressures that may interfere with the opening of doors to stairshafts and elevator shafts, it isrecommended that the building heating system be so designed that temperatures in heated stairshafts and elevator shafts be notmore than 12°C above outside air temperature.

Where Measure B is adopted and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated, it is intendedthat a fire alarm will sound on all floors simultaneously, and that the occupants of the fire floor will walk down stairs to asafe floor area. In buildings more than 36 m high, occupants of other floors may remain until advised to evacuate by theperson operating the central alarm and control facility.

Where Measure C is adopted, and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated, it is intendedthat a fire alarm will sound on all floors simultaneously, and that occupants of all floors will walk down stairs to the streetfloor or to a safe intermediate floor area.

Figure 19 Illustration of Measures B and C designs



SB-4 Page 33

Figure 20 Pressure characteristics in a Measure B design

Measure B (including restriction on the movement of smoke from floor to floor)

(1) The requirements of measures to limit smoke movement in existing buildings may be met by incorporating therequirements in Sentences (2) to (9).

(2) All public corridors leading to the required exit stairs and elevators for fire fighters from every floor area on a floorabove the lowest exit storey are provided with permanent openings to the outdoors that(a) are distributed along the length of the corridor,(b) have the top of the opening not more than 250 mm below the ceiling of the corridor, and(c) have an aggregate open area that is not less than 10 per cent of the floor area of the corridor or 1 m2, whichever is

greater.

(3) A stairway serving storeys below the lowest exit level is protected as described in Sentence (3) of Measure A.

(4) Any elevator shaft that passes through the floor above the lowest exit storey does not penetrate the floor of the storeyimmediately below the lowest exit storey except where there is a vestibule between the elevator door or doors and eachfloor area below grade as described in Sentence (3) of Measure D.

(5) A vertical service space, other than an elevator shaft, within a heated floor area is provided with(a) tight-fitting noncombustible fire stops located at the level of the floor immediately below the lowest exit storey and

at the level of certain other floors that are fire separations provided the space between fire stops is not more thanfive storeys, or

(b) a vent to the outdoors as described in Sentence (10) of Measure F.

(6) Except for exhaust from kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, air moving fans are stopped during afire emergency in an air handling system that serves more than two storeys.

(7) Supply, return and exhaust ducts more than 0.013 m2 in cross-sectional area at the point of entry to a vertical servicespace in an air handling system that is required to shut down by the provisions of Sentence (6) are provided with dampersthat will close when the air moving fans are stopped.

(8) Where a supply of air is required by the provisions of Sentence (3), it is carried in ducts as described in Sentence(13) of Measure F.



SB-4 Page 34

(9) The central alarm and control facility required by Article 3.2.6.7. of Division B is provided with additional controlsthat are capable of (a) stopping the air handling systems and closing dampers as required by Sentences (6) and (7),(b) opening closures to vents in vertical service spaces where required by Sentence (5), and(c) initiating the air supply to stairshafts as may be required by Sentence (3).

Measure C (no restriction on the movement of smoke from floor to floor)

(1) The requirements of measures to limit smoke movement in existing buildings may be met by incorporating therequirements of Sentences (2) to (7).

(2) The public corridors leading to the required exit stairs and elevators for fire fighters from every floor area on a floorabove the storey on which egress directly to the outdoors occurs are provided with permanent openings to the outdoorsthat(a) are distributed along the length of the corridor,(b) have the top of the opening not more than 250 mm below the ceiling of the corridor, and (c) have an aggregate open area that is not less than 10 per cent of the floor area of the corridor or 1 m2, whichever is

greater.


(4) Any elevator shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters and passes through the floor above the lowest exit storeydoes not penetrate the floor of the storey immediately below the lowest exit storey except where there is a vestibulebetween the elevator door or doors and each floor area below grade as described in Sentence (3) of Measure D.


(6) Where a supply of air is required by Sentence (3), it is carried in ducts described in Sentence (13) of Measure F.

(7) The central alarm and control facility required by Article 3.2.6.7. of Division B is provided with additional controlsthat are capable of (a) stopping the air handling systems as required by Sentence (5), and(b) initiating the air supply to stairshafts as may be required by Sentence (3).

Measures D and E Protected Vestibule Access to Stairshafts andElevator Shafts

General

In Measures D and E, movement of smoke through stairshafts and elevator shafts is limited by the provision of vestibules thatare either open to the outdoors during a fire emergency or have outdoor air injected into them. Stairshafts are furtherprotected by opening a door to the outdoors at the bottom of the shaft. Where vestibules are protected by the injection ofoutdoor air, the elevator shaft is provided with a large opening to the outdoors at the bottom.

Where provisions to limit the movement of smoke in existing buildings requires the movement of smoke into floor areas to belimited, service shafts are either sealed at intervals or provided with an opening to the outdoors at the top of the shaft asdescribed in Measure B. A typical plan of a building in which this method of smoke control is appropriate is shown in Figure4.

Measure E is the same as Measure D, except that no measures are taken to limit movement of smoke into upper storeys inMeasure E.



SB-4 Page 35

Where a vestibule has a vent or opening to the outdoors that is much larger than the leakage area around doors between thevestibule and other parts of the building, the air pressure in the vestibule will be approximately equal to the outdoor pressureat the same level. This is illustrated in Figure 7. In cold weather in storeys below the neutral pressure plane, air pressure inthe vestibule will be substantially higher than that in the floor area. Air will tend to flow from the vestibule into the floorarea. In upper storeys the air pressure in the vestibules will be less than that in the floor area, and air will flow from thefloor area to the vestibule. The vent or opening at the foot of the stairshaft referred to above has the effect of increasingpressure in the shaft, so that it approaches outdoor air pressure at ground level (see Figure 21). On upper storeys thepressure in the stairshaft will be higher than that in the vestibules, and smoke that may enter the vestibules will not pass intothe stairshaft.

In warm weather when outdoor air may be as warm or warmer than that inside a building, the stack effect is likely to beminimal. In these circumstances, the major problem is expansion of the hot gases on the fire floor. This will tend to forceair around doors into the vestibule. The large vent opening, however, will create a situation where the greater proportion ofthe air entering the vestibule will pass to the outdoors and a much smaller quantity may enter the shafts. The effect of windis variable and difficult to predict. In warm weather the effect may be to protect vestibules on one side of the building and toallow smoke to enter those on the other side.

Figure 21 Pressure characteristics in a Measure D building with vented shafts

Where air is injected into vestibules, the pressure characteristics in cold weather are likely to be as shown in Figure 22. Therates of air injection should be sufficient to keep the pressures in the vestibules a little higher than the pressure in the shaft. This limits the possibility of movement of smoke into the vestibules from the floor areas. In cold weather vents at the bottomof the stairshafts and elevator shafts provide additional protection.

Service shafts that will not be used in a fire emergency are provided with vents at the top to the outdoors where Measure D(but not Measure E) requires that movement of smoke into upper floors be limited. However, some smoke may pass fromtop vented service shafts into the top floor or floors, because air pressures at the top of the shafts and in the floor area of thetop storey are approximately equal.

Stack action and the operation of smoke control measures may provide pressures that will interfere with the normal operationof certain doors. Where a vestibule is vented to the outdoors, this may apply to any door between a vestibule and an elevatorshaft that is farther above or below the mid-height of a building than the height given by Graph 8 in Appendix A of thisSupplementary Standard and to any door between a vestibule and a stairshaft that is farther above grade than the height givenby Graph 8. Where a vestibule is pressurized, this may apply to any door between a vestibule and a floor space that isfarther above grade than the height shown in Graph 8.



SB-4 Page 36

Figure 22 Pressure characteristics in a Measure D building having air injected into vestibules

As an alternative to the provision of a mechanical air supply for a vestibule to an elevator shaft, as described in Sentence (5)of Measure D, the mechanical air supply can be introduced directly into the shaft as described in Sentence (4) of Measure Fprovided there are no open vents to the elevator shaft as described in Sentence (9) of Measure D.

Where a mechanical air supply is required by Sentence (5) of Measure D and Sentence (4) of Measure E, it may be desirableto heat the air supply and to provide two air intakes in separate locations on the building face as discussed in the generalprovisions to Measures F and G.

Where Measure D is adopted, and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated, it is intendedthat a fire alarm will sound on all floors simultaneously, and that the occupants of the fire floor will walk down stairs to thestreet floor or to a safe intermediate floor area. Occupants of other floors may remain until advised to evacuate by the person operating the central alarm and control facility.

Where Measure E is adopted, and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated, it is intendedthat a fire alarm will sound on all floors simultaneously, and that occupants of all floors will walk down stairs to the streetfloor or to a safe intermediate floor area.

Measure D (including restriction on the movement of smoke from floor to floor)

(1) The requirements of measures to limit the movement of smoke in existing buildings may be met by incorporating therequirements of Sentences (2) to (17).

(2) Between each floor area and each stair shaft or elevator shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters, a vestibule isprovided as described in Sentence (3).

(3) Where a vestibule is required by Sentence (2) or by other provisions of this document(a) a fire separation is provided between a public corridor and the vestibule that has a fire-resistance rating of not less

than 45 min,(b) a fire separation is provided between a floor area, other than the corridor described in Clause (a), and the vestibule

that has a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for an exit in Article 3.4.4.1. of Division B,(c) a fire separation is provided between a stair or elevator enclosure and the vestibule that has a fire-resistance rating

not less than that required for an exit in Article 3.4.4.1. of Division B, and (d) a door in the fire separation described in Clauses (a), (b) or (c) (except for an elevator door) is provided with a

self-closing device as required by Subsection 3.1.8. of Division B, and opens in the direction of travel from the floorarea to the exit stairway.



SB-4 Page 37

(4) On each floor any vestibule that has a door to an exit stair may also have a door to an elevator for fire fighters, buttwo exit stairs may not open onto the same vestibule.

(5) Each vestibule described in Sentence (2) that provides access to a stairshaft or an elevator shaft(a) has a vent opening to the outdoors that has an opening area not less than 0.1 m2 for each door that opens onto the

vestibule, but not less than 0.4 m2, or (b) has equipment capable of providing for a vestibule to a stairshaft or an elevator shaft a mechanical air supply not less

than that obtained from Graph 3 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard.

(6) The vent to each vestibule referred to in Clause (5)(a) may be provided with a closure that is openable manually, andin a building that is more than 36 m high, it can be opened from the central control facility as provided in Sentence (17).

(7) A stairway serving storeys above the lowest exit level is vented to the outdoors at the bottom of the stairshaft asdescribed in Sentence (4) of Measure A.


(9) Each elevator shaft protected by a vestibule having a mechanical air supply as described in Clause (5)(b) has a ventat or near the bottom of the shaft, opening directly to the outdoors or into a vestibule or corridor that has a similaropening to the outdoors, having an openable area not less than 0.02 m2 for every door into the shaft, other than doors atstreet floor level.

(10) The vent at the bottom of an elevator shaft referred to in Sentence (9) may be provided with a closure which isopenable manually and is designed to remain open during a fire emergency.

(11) A vertical service space other than an elevator shaft is provided with(a) a tight-fitting noncombustible fire stop at the level of the floor immediately below the lowest exit storey, and at the

level of certain other floors that are fire separations, provided the space between fire stops is not more than fivestoreys, or

(b) a vent to the outdoors as described in Sentence (10) of Measure F.

(12) Except as provided in Sentence (13), an elevator shaft other than a shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters isprotected against entry of smoke by a vestibule as described in Sentence (5).

(13) The provisions in Sentence (12) are waived for an elevator shaft that serves floor areas below the lowest exit storeyand does not penetrate the floor immediately above that storey.

(14) Except for air moving fans supplying vestibules as provided in Clause (5)(b), and except for exhaust from kitchens,washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in an air handlingsystem that serves more than two storeys.

(15) In an air handling system that is required to shut down by the provisions of Sentence (14), supply, return andexhaust ducts more than 130 cm2 in cross-sectional area at the point of entry to a vertical service space are provided atthat point with dampers that will close when air moving fans are stopped.

(16) Where a supply of air is required by the provisions of Sentences (5) and (8), it is carried in ducts described inSentence (13) of Measure F.

(17) The central alarm and control facility required by Article 3.2.6.7. of Division B is provided with additional controlsthat are capable of (a) opening closures to vents to the outdoors in vestibules on all floors as required by Sentence (6), and in elevator

shafts as required by Sentence (9),(b) stopping air handling systems and closing dampers in ducts as required by Sentences (14) and (15),



SB-4 Page 38

(c) initiating the mechanical air supply to vestibules required by Clause (5)(b), and(d) opening closures to vents in vertical service spaces where required by Sentence (11).

Measure E (no restriction on the movement of smoke from floor to floor)

(1) The requirements of measures to limit the movement of smoke in existing buildings may be met by incorporating therequirements in Sentences (2) to (13).

(2) Between each floor area and each stairshaft or each elevator shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters, avestibule is provided as described in Sentence (3) of Measure D.

(3) On each floor any vestibule that has a door to an exit stairshaft may also have a door to an elevator for fire fighters,but two exit stairs may not open onto the same vestibule.

(4) Each vestibule described in Sentence (2) that provides access to a stairshaft or an elevator shaft(a) has a vent opening to the outdoors that has an openable area of not less than 0.1 m2 for each door that opens onto the

vestibule but not less than 0.4 m2, or(b) has equipment capable of providing for a vestibule to a stairshaft or an elevator shaft a mechanical air supply not less

than that obtained from Graph 3 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard.

(5) The vent to each vestibule referred to in Clause (4)(a) is provided with a closure that is openable manually, and in abuilding that is more than 36 m high can be opened from the central control facility as provided in Sentence (13).

(6) A stairway serving storeys above the lowest exit level is vented to the outdoors at the bottom of the stairshaft asdescribed in Sentence (4) of Measure A.


(8) Each elevator shaft protected by a vestibule having a mechanical air supply as described in Clause (4)(b) has a ventat or near the bottom of the shaft opening directly to the outdoors, or into a vestibule or corridor that has a similaropening to the outdoors, having an openable area not less than 0.02 m2 for every door into the shaft other than doors atstreet floor level.

(9) The vent at the bottom of an elevator shaft referred to in Sentence (8) may be provided with a closure that isopenable manually and is designed to remain open during a fire emergency.

(10) Any elevator shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters and passes through the floor above the lowest exit storeydoes not penetrate the floor of the storey immediately below the lowest exit storey except where there is a vestibulebetween the elevator door or doors and each floor area below grade as described in Sentence (3) of Measure D.

(11) Except for air moving fans supplying vestibules as provided in Clause (4)(b), and except for exhaust from kitchens,washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in an air handlingsystem that serves more than two storeys.

(12) Where a supply of air is required by the provisions of Sentences (4) and (7), it is carried in ducts described inSentence (13) of Measure F.

(13) The central alarm and control facility required by Article 3.2.6.7. of Division B is provided with additional controlsthat are capable of (a) opening closures to vents to the outdoors in vestibules on all floors as required in Sentence (5),(b) stopping air handling systems as required by Sentence (11), and(c) initiating the mechanical air supply to vestibules as required by Clause (4)(b).



SB-4 Page 39

Measures F and G Pressurized Stairshafts and Elevator Shafts

General

Measures F and G are suitable for use in buildings that have central cores containing elevator shafts and stairshafts and inbuildings that have a spine corridor. The objective is to inject sufficient air from outdoors to provide air pressures instairshafts and in one or more protected elevator shafts that will be at least equal to the outdoor air pressure at ground level. Protected elevator shafts may, in addition, be provided with vestibules on each floor in order to reduce the effect of the largeleakage areas around elevator doors, which may otherwise require injection of excessive quantities of air in order to achievethe desired pressurization. An opening to the outdoors at the bottom of each stairshaft is required in conjunction with airinjection in order to maintain the desired pressure conditions, though some doors on upper floors may be held open for atime, and to provide for dilution of smoke that may enter the stairshaft. A typical plan of a building where this method ofsmoke control is appropriate is shown in Figure 6.

Measure G is the same as Measure F, except that no provisions are made in Measure G to limit movement of smoke intoupper floors by way of service shafts and unprotected elevator shafts.

Where smoke control measures in existing buildings requires that movement of smoke into floor areas be limited, serviceshafts, other than elevator shafts, are either sealed at intervals or vented to the outdoors at the top, as described in thegeneral provisions of Measures B and C. This system is, however, likely to be more efficient than that achieved by MeasureD, because injection of air into some shafts has the effect of increasing the air pressure in all floor areas. This is illustratedin Figure 23, where the pressure in the floor area of the top storey is greater than that at the top of the vented shaft.

Figure 23 Pressure characteristics in a Measure F building

Treads and landings in a stairshaft present an obstacle to free flow of air. Where air is injected only at the top of a stairshaft,there is likely to be a pressure gradient between the top and the bottom of the stairshaft. This may produce pressuredifferences of sufficient magnitude to interfere with the opening of doors into the stairshaft in the upper part of the building. This is discussed more fully in Appendix B of this Supplementary Standard.

Stack action and the operation of smoke control measures may produce pressures across certain doors that will interfere withtheir normal operation. These pressures may affect any door between a floor space and a stairshaft or an elevator vestibulethat is farther above grade than the height shown in Graph 8 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard.

In order to avoid excessive pressures across doors when outdoor temperatures are appreciably above the January designtemperatures, it is recommended that the air flow into elevator shafts in buildings employing Measures F or G be reduced,but not to less than that obtained by the factor F5 = 5.59 according to the proportion of the air flow referred to in Sentence(4) of Measure F and Sentence (4) of Measure G. The flow reduction factors are shown in Graph 6 in Appendix A of thisSupplementary Standard.



SB-4 Page 40

The limits are such that no modulation is required for a building whose maximum height is not more than the value inColumn 2 of Table 5, provided the January design temperature is not less than the corresponding value in Column 1.

Table 5Maximum Height of Building Not Requiring Airflow Modulation

Minimum January Design Temperature, EC Maximum Height of Building, m

-7 94

-18 70

-29 55

-40 46

Column 1 2

Heating of the air supply referred to in Sentences (2) and (4) of Measure F or Sentences (2) and (4) of Measure G may benecessary, since to maintain the efficiency of the smoke control measures the temperature of the incoming air should be notless than the mean of indoor and outdoor temperatures at the time. To avoid damage to water systems, the temperature of airentering critical locations should be not less than 0EC. To maintain tolerable conditions for occupants, the temperature of airentering occupied spaces should be not less than 10EC.

Where a mechanical air supply is specified in Sentences (2) and (4) of Measure F or Sentences (2) and (4) of Measure G, theair should be drawn from at least two remote locations, each on a different face of the building. Each air intake should beprovided with a damper that will close on a signal from a smoke detector in the duct following 30 s exposure to smoke orother products of combustion. The damper should have a manual override to reopen it when the smoke condition that causedit to close has cleared.

Where Measure F is adopted, and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated, it is intendedthat a fire alarm will sound on all floors simultaneously, and that the occupants of the fire floor will walk down stairs to thestreet floor or to a safe intermediate floor area. Occupants of other floors may remain until advised to evacuate by the person operating the central alarm and control facility.

Where Measure G is adopted, and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated, it is intendedthat a fire alarm will sound on all floors simultaneously, and that occupants of all floors will walk down stairs to the streetfloor.

Measure F (including restriction on the movement of smoke from floor to floor)

(1) The requirements of measures to limit the movement of smoke in existing buildings may be met by incorporatingthe requirements in Sentences (2) to (14).

(2) A stairshaft serving storeys above the lowest exit level has(a) a vent or door to the outdoors at or near the lowest exit level of the stairshaft, as described in Sentence (4) of

Measure A, except that the vent or door will open when the air supply referred to in Clause (b) is initiated, and(b) equipment capable of providing to the shaft a mechanical air supply of not less than 4.72 m3/s plus 0.094 m3/s for

every door opening into the stairshaft.


(4) An elevator shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters is provided with equipment capable of maintaining a flowof air to the shaft that is not less than that obtained from Graph 4 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard.



SB-4 Page 41

(5) Where an elevator shaft referred to in Sentence (4) is provided with a vestibule on every floor, the vestibuleenclosure conforms to Sentence (3) of Measure D.

(6) Any elevator shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters and passes through the floor above the lowest exit storeydoes not penetrate the floor of the storey immediately below the lowest exit storey, except where each floor area belowthe lowest exit storey is provided with a vent to the outdoors that(a) has a net area of not less than 0.2 m2 for every 1 000 m2 of floor area, (b) will remain open during a fire emergency, and(c) may be incorporated in the conventional exhaust duct system serving storeys below grade.

(7) A vertical service space, other than an elevator shaft, is provided with(a) a tight-fitting fire stop at the level of the floor immediately below the lowest exit storey and at the level of certain

other floors that are fire separations provided the space between fire stops is not more than five storeys, or(b) a vent to the outdoors as described in Sentence (10).

(8) Except as provided in Sentence (9), an elevator shaft, other than a shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters, ispressurized as described in Sentence (4).

(9) The provisions of Sentence (8) are waived for an elevator shaft that serves floor areas below the lowest exit storeyand does not penetrate the floor immediately above that storey.

(10) Where a vent to the outdoors is required by Sentence (7) or other provisions of this document, the vent(a) if it is a vertical service space in a building in which other shafts are not mechanically pressurized, has an openable

area that is not less than that obtained from Graph 1 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard, or if it is in abuilding in which other shafts are mechanically pressurized, has an openable area that is not less than that obtainedfrom Graph 2 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard,

(b) if it is in a shaft serving floor areas above the lowest exit storey, is located at or near the top of the shaft where thetop of the shaft is above the mid-height of the building, or at or near the foot of the shaft at or near the exit levelwhere the top of the shaft is below the mid-height of the building,

(c) if it is in a shaft serving floor areas below the lowest exit storey, is located at or near the top of the shaft, and(d) if it is provided with a closure, is openable both manually and on a signal from a smoke detector located at or near

the top of the shaft and by a control device located at the central alarm and control facility referred to in Article3.2.6.7. of Division B.

(11) Except for air moving fans supplying stairs and elevators as provided in Sentences (2) to (4) and, except for exhaustfrom kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, air moving fans in an air handling system that serves morethan two storeys are capable of being stopped as provided in Sentence (14).

(12) In an air handling system that is required to shut down by the provisions of Sentence (11), supply, return andexhaust ducts more than 130 cm2 in cross-sectional area at the point of entry into a vertical service space are providedwith dampers that will close when air moving fans are stopped.

(13) Where a supply of air is required by the provisions of Sentences (2), (3) or (4) or by other provisions of thisdocument, the duct system is installed in a service space conforming to Section 3.6. of Division B or is otherwiseprotected against the effect of fire from the point of fresh air intake to the shaft or to the storey that contains the protectedfloor area, vestibule or area of refuge that is required to be so protected.

(14) The central alarm and control facility required by Article 3.2.6.7. of Division B is provided with additional controlsthat are capable of (a) stopping air handling systems and closing dampers in ducts required in Sentences (11) to (13),(b) initiating the mechanical air supply to stairshafts and elevator shafts required in Sentences (2) to (4), and(c) opening closures to vents in vertical spaces where required in Sentence (7).



SB-4 Page 42

Measure G (no restriction on the movement of smoke from floor to floor)


(2) A stairshaft serving storeys above the lowest exit level has(a) a vent or door to the outdoors at or near the lowest exit level of the stairshaft described in Sentence (4) of Measure

A, except that the vent or door will open when the air supply referred to in Clause (b) is initiated, and(b) equipment capable of providing to the stairshaft a mechanical air supply of not less than 4.72 m3/s, plus 0.094 m3/s

for every door opening into the stairshaft.


(4) An elevator shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters is provided with equipment capable of maintaining a flowof air to the shaft that is not less than that obtained from Graph 4 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard.

(5) Where an elevator shaft referred to in Sentence (4) is provided with a vestibule on every floor, the vestibuleenclosure is as described in Sentence (3) of Measure D.

(6) Any elevator shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters and passes through the floor above the lowest exit storeydoes not penetrate the floor of the storey immediately below the lowest exit storey, except where each floor area belowthe lowest exit storey is provided with a vent to the outdoors that(a) has a net area of at least 0.2 m2 for every 1 000 m2 of floor area,(b) will remain open during a fire emergency, and(c) may be incorporated in the conventional exhaust duct system serving storeys below grade.

(7) Except for air moving fans supplying stairshafts and elevator shafts as provided in Sentences (2) to (4) and, exceptfor exhaust from kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, air moving fans in an air handling system thatserves more than two storeys are capable of being stopped as provided in Sentence (9).

(8) Where a supply of air is required by Sentences (2) to (4), it is carried in ducts as described in Sentence (13) ofMeasure F.

(9) The central alarm and control facility required by Article 3.2.6.7. of Division B is provided with additional controlsthat are capable of (a) stopping air handling systems as required by Sentence (7), and(b) initiating the mechanical air supply to stairshafts and elevator shafts as required by Sentences (2) to (4).

Measure H Fully Pressurized Buildings

General

Measure H is appropriate for buildings having central cores that contain stairshafts and elevator shafts and windows that arenot normally opened, as shown in Figure 8. The air pressure in the whole building is increased so that at grade level it is atleast equal to outdoor air pressure. When a vent to the outdoors is provided on the fire floor by a window in an exteriorwall, by an opening into a smoke shaft as described in Section 1 or by the building mechanical exhaust system if the buildingis sprinklered, the pressure in the floor area is reduced substantially, as is shown in Figure 24. Air will then flow from theshafts and other floor areas into the fire floor. The combination of building pressurization and venting of the fire floorprovides that smoke will not pass into other floor areas or shafts other than the smoke shaft.



SB-4 Page 43

Figure 24 Pressure characteristics in a Measure H building

It is important that air be uniformly distributed throughout the building. This may be achieved by supplying the air throughthe conventional duct system or through vertical shafts. A minimum proportion of the air is required to be injected directlyinto stairshafts. This is designed to reduce the possibility, particularly in warm weather, that a substantial drop in pressurewill occur in these shafts when a door to the outdoors at grade is opened, with the consequent danger that smoke will enterthe shafts.

Where venting is by smoke shafts, the air supply to the floor on which fire occurs should be cut off by closing the damperson that floor in order not to overload the smoke shaft.

The total air flow for building pressurization is modulated relative to outdoor air temperature. This is intended, in part, tolimit the potential pressure drop in stairshafts and elevator shafts referred to above and, in part, to avoid excessive pressuresacross doors to stairshafts and elevator shafts that would interfere with their normal use.

This requirement for modulation of air flows applies generally to higher buildings. The conditions described in Sentence (3)of Measure H are such that no modulation is required where the January design temperature and the building height are asshown in Table 1.

In Toronto, for example, where the January design temperature is -18EC, no modulation of air flow would be required for abuilding not more than 70 m high.

This measure is not appropriate for a building where windows may normally be held open. The air flow requirements inGraph 5 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard are based on an assumed air leakage through the external walls that isappropriate to modern air-conditioned buildings having reasonably tight-fitting non-openable windows. If the leakage area isother than that noted above, the air flow requirement must be adjusted proportionately, as described in the notes to Graph 5.

Stack action and the operation of smoke control measures may produce pressures across certain doors that will interfere withtheir normal operation. This may apply to any door between a floor space and stairshaft or an elevator shaft that is fartherabove grade than the height shown in Graph 8 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard.

Where a mechanical air supply is required by Sentence (2) of Measure H, it may be desirable to heat the air supply and toprovide two air intakes in separate locations on the building face, as discussed in the general provisions to Measures F and G.

Where a floor area is subdivided by walls, provision should be made for a free air passage from any part of the floor area tothe vent or vents required by Sentence (6) of Measure H. Such provisions for venting need not apply to public corridors orwashrooms that normally have a minimum of combustibles.



SB-4 Page 44

There should be no problem where vents are on outside walls, and each room or space can be vented directly to the outdoors. Where a smoke shaft is used, however, a fire may occur in a space adjacent to a stairshaft or elevator shaft which isseparated by partitions from the smoke shaft vent. The solution may be to vent each space to the smoke shaft through theceiling plenum or to provide suitable openings in the partitions. Where each room or space opens on to a corridor leading tostairshafts and elevator shafts, location of the smoke shaft vent in the corridor will be effective in limiting movement ofsmoke to other floors, but may also present problems to the fire fighter, who may have to approach the fire through asmoke-filled corridor.

Where Measure H is adopted, and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated, it is intendedthat a fire alarm will sound on all floors simultaneously, and that the occupants of the fire floor will walk down stairs to thestreet floor or to a safe intermediate floor area. Occupants of other floors may remain until advised to evacuate by the person operating the central alarm and control facility.

Measure H


(2) The building air handling system is designed and installed so that(a) supply fans are capable of maintaining an air flow into the building not less than that obtained from Graph 5 in

Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard when the outdoor air temperature is equal to the January designtemperature on a 2.5 per cent basis, and

(b) a portion of the air flow referred to in Clause (a) is directed into each stairshaft in a quantity equal to 0.094 m3/s forevery weatherstripped door into the stairshaft and 0.142 m3/s for every non-weatherstripped door into the stairshaft.

(3) Exit stairs shall discharge to the outdoors through a vestibule described in Sentence (3) of Measure D and beprovided with a mechanical air supply of not less than 0.094 m3/s per weatherstripped door and 0.189 m3/s pernon-weatherstripped door in the vestibule, except that the vestibule may be a corridor, lobby or other space.

(4) When smoke control measures are initiated by the controls referred to in Sentence (9)(a) all main return and exhaust fans are stopped,(b) supply fans provide the air flow into the stairshafts described in Clause (2)(b), and(c) supply fans maintain an air flow into the building controlled in relation to outdoor air temperature, so that the total

air flow into the building is substantially equal to the proportion of the air flow referred to in Clause (2)(a) shown inGraph 6 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard, but not less than the air flow obtained when the factor F6equals 0.0025.

(5) All openings in external walls and roofs, including vents to vertical service spaces other than those referred to inSentence (7), have closures that will close as provided in Sentence (9).

(6) All return and exhaust ducts more than 130 cm2 in cross-sectional area at the point of entry to a vertical servicespace are provided with dampers that will close on the floor on which fire occurs as required by Sentence (9), other thanthose covered by Sentence (7).

(7) In order to achieve a reduction in air pressure on the floor on which fire occurs relative to that on other floors,means of venting each floor space to the outdoors are provided as described in Section 1.

(8) Where a supply of air is required by Sentence (2), it is carried in ducts as described in Sentence (13) of Measure F.



SB-4 Page 45

(9) The central alarm and control facility required by Article 3.2.6.7. of Division B is provided with additional controlscapable of (a) stopping main return and exhaust fans and maintaining the air flow in the supply systems as provided in Sentence

(2),(b) closing the closures and dampers required in Sentences (5) and (6), and(c) opening closures to the vent openings on the fire floor as provided in Sentence (7).

Measures I and J Partially Pressurized Buildings

General

Measures I and J are very similar to Measure H, except that they may be applied to buildings where windows may be openduring normal use. They are thus particularly suitable for controlling smoke movement in residential buildings. Plans oftypical buildings where Measures I and J are appropriate are shown in Figures 9 and 10. The central core, which includesexit stairshafts, elevator shafts and public corridors, is separated from the remainder of the floor areas. It is important thatthe leakage area of walls around the core be less than that of the exterior walls of the building.

Measure J is the same as Measure I, except that no provision is made in Measure J to limit smoke movement into upperfloors by way of vertical shafts and ducts that are outside the core.

Air is injected into the core so that the air pressure in the core at the ground floor is equal to exterior air pressure at the samelevel. Provision of a vent to the outdoors in the fire suite will cause air to flow from adjacent parts of the building into thefire suite. This is the only method, apart from Measure B, that enables smoke to be confined to the fire suite.

Where movement of smoke from floor to floor outside the central core is to be limited as in Measure I (but not J), all verticalservice shafts, other than elevator shafts, penetrating floor areas must be sealed at intervals or vented to the outdoors at thetop, as discussed in the general requirements of Measure D.

The air flow requirements in Graph 5 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard are based on the air leakagecharacteristics of typical corridor walls and doors. If the leakage areas exceed those given in the notes to Graph 5, the airflow should be increased in direct proportion.

Stack action and the operation of smoke control measures may produce pressures across certain doors that will interfere withtheir normal operation. This may apply to any door between a suite and a corridor that swings into the corridor and is fartherabove grade than the height shown in Graph 8 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard.

Within a suite that is subdivided by partitions, the space that includes the vent to the outdoors described in Sentence (4) ofMeasure I should be in the same space as the door to the public corridor or linked to it by a leakage area of not less than0.05 m2.

Where a mechanical air supply is required by Sentence (2) of Measure I and Sentence (2) of Measure J, it may be desirableto heat the air supply and to provide two air intakes in separate locations on the building face as discussed in the generalprovisions to Measures F and G.

Where Measure I is adopted and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated, it is intendedthat a fire alarm will sound on all floors simultaneously, and that the occupants of the fire floor will walk down stairs to thestreet floor or to a safe intermediate floor area. Occupants of other floors may remain until advised to evacuate by the person operating the central alarm and control facility.

Where Measure J is adopted and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated, it is intendedthat a fire alarm will sound on all floors simultaneously, and that occupants of all floors will walk down stairs to the streetfloor or to a safe intermediate floor area.



SB-4 Page 46

Measure I (including restriction on the movement of smoke from floor to floor)

(1) The requirements of measures to limit the movement of smoke in existing buildings may be met by incorporatingthe requirements in Sentences (2) to (10).

(2) The building air handling system is designed and installed so that supply fans are capable of maintaining an air flowinto the space that includes all required exit stairshafts, all shafts containing elevators for fire fighters and publiccorridors, not less than that obtained from Graph 5 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard, when the outdoor airtemperature is equal to the January design temperature on a 2.5 per cent basis.

(3) Any vent at the top of a vertical service shaft within the central core and all other openings penetrating the space thatincludes the stairshafts, elevator shafts and public corridors are provided at the point of penetration with closures that willclose in the event of a fire, as provided in Sentence (10).

(4) Means of venting each fire compartment to the outdoors are provided by(a) an opening in an exterior wall, such as an openable window or panel, having an openable area of not less than

0.4 m2, (b) an opening into a smoke shaft, as described in Section 1, operated by a smoke detector, or(c) an exhaust system, such as a kitchen or washroom exhaust, that has an air flow to the outdoors of not less than

0.189 m3/s per fire compartment served, provided the exhaust system is designed to function as a smoke shaft andmeets the relevant requirements of Section 1.

(5) Where a closure is provided in an opening referred to in Clauses (4)(a) or (b) it will open(a) by operation of a fusible link, or(b) on a signal from a smoke detector in the room or suite.

(6) A vertical service space that is outside the pressurized space referred to in Sentence (2) is provided with(a) a tight-fitting noncombustible seal or fire stop

(i) at the level of the floor immediately below the storey in which egress directly to the outdoors occurs, and(ii) at the level of certain other floors that are fire separations, provided the space between fire stops is not

more than five storeys, or(b) a vent to the outdoors as described in Sentence (10) of Measure F.

(7) Except as otherwise provided in Sentences (2) and (4), and except for exhaust from kitchens, washrooms andbathrooms in dwelling units, air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in an air handling system that servesmore than two storeys.

(8) In an air handling system that is required to shut down by Sentence (7), supply, return and exhaust ducts more than0.013 m2 in cross-sectional area at the point of entry to a vertical service space are provided with dampers that close whenthe air moving fans are stopped.


(10) The central alarm and control facility required by Article 3.2.6.7. of Division B is provided with additional controlsthat are capable of(a) stopping return and exhaust fans, closing dampers in ducts and maintaining the air flow in the supply system to the

space that includes stairshafts, elevator shafts and corridors as provided in Sentences (2) and (7),(b) causing dampers and closures in the enclosing walls of the space that includes stairshafts, elevator shafts and

corridors to close as required by Sentence (3),(c) opening closures to vents in vertical service spaces where required by Sentence (6),(d) opening closures in vents referred to in Sentence (4), individually or in groups limited to one floor at a time, and(e) initiating the air flow in the exhaust system from any floor, where required by Clause (4)(c).



SB-4 Page 47

Measure J (no restriction on the movement of smoke from floor to floor)


(2) The building air handling system is designed and installed so that supply fans are capable of maintaining an air flowinto the space that includes all required exit stairshafts, all shafts containing elevators for fire fighters and publiccorridors, not less than that obtained from Graph 5 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard, when the outdoor airtemperature is equal to the January design temperature on a 2.5 per cent basis.

(3) Any vent at the top of a vertical service shaft within the central core, and all other openings penetrating the spacethat includes the stairshafts, elevator shafts and public corridors, are provided at the point of penetration with closuresthat will close in the event of fire, as provided in Sentence (4).

(4) Except as otherwise provided in Sentence (2), and except for exhaust fans from kitchens, washrooms and bathroomsin dwelling units, air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in an air handling system that serves more thantwo storeys.

(5) Where a supply of air is required by Sentence (2), it is carried in ducts as described in Sentence (13) in Measure F.

(6) The central alarm and control facility required by Article 3.2.6.7. of Division B is provided with additional controlsthat are capable of (a) stopping return and exhaust fans and maintaining the air flow in the supply system to the space that includes

stairshafts, elevator shafts and corridors as provided in Sentence (2), and(b) causing dampers and closures in the enclosing walls of the space that includes stairshafts, elevator shafts and

corridors to close as required by Sentence (3).

Measure K Vertically Divided Buildings

General

In Measure K a degree of protection for occupants is achieved by providing either a spatial separation or a fire separationbetween two parts of the building as shown in Figures 11 and 12. Under these conditions, except as subsequently noted, airpressures on either side of the division will be symmetrical and smoke should not pass from one side to the other. Smokefrom fire in one part of the building may be expected to pass into the stairshafts, elevator shafts and floor areas on the fireside, while the equivalent spaces on the other side will remain smoke free. Vestibules and bridges are provided as means ofaccess to refuge areas for occupants of floor areas in the part of the building that is exposed to fire and smoke.

Vestibules or bridges are either vented to the outdoors or pressurized mechanically in order to prevent their acting as pathsfor the transmission of smoke. In vented vestibules below the neutral pressure plane of the building, air will normally flowfrom the vestibules to the floor areas and no smoke should enter the vestibules. In vestibules above the neutral pressureplane, air will flow from the floor area to the vestibule and thence to the outdoors.

If a window breaks in the fire area, the pressure in the fire area will be the same as that in the vestibule and no smoketransfer should occur. Where vestibules are mechanically pressurized, the air flow will always be from the vestibule to thefloor areas on either side, thus limiting the possibility of smoke entering the vestibule.

Provision of an opening to the outdoors at the foot of a stairshaft will increase the air pressure in the shaft in winter and thusreduce the probability of entry of smoke from a floor on which a fire occurs.



SB-4 Page 48

Where a dividing wall is used to separate the two parts of a building (Figure 12), breakage of a window in a firecompartment below the neutral pressure plane can be undesirable. The pressure in the fire compartment will increase to alevel approximately the same as exterior pressure, and this may cause substantial smoke flow through the dividing wall fromthe fire side to the other side of the building. This consideration does not apply to a spatial separation as shown in Figure 11. Provisions have been included to allow windows below the mid-height of a building on the side away from a fire to be openedmanually in order to bring the pressure in that space to the exterior pressure and to eliminate the pressure difference acrossthe dividing wall.

While the most efficient solution to the problem of moving occupants to a place of safety is to have bridges or connectingvestibules at each floor level, the requirements in Measure K are that such bridges or vestibules should be at intervals of notmore than five storeys, and in the case of residential buildings more than 75 m high, the bridges or vestibules should be oneach storey. The approaches to the bridges or vestibules are by stairs and corridors whose width is controlled by Sentences(6) and (7) of Measure K. These provisions combine to enable all occupants to reach a place of safety in about threeminutes.

Stack action and the operation of smoke control measures may produce pressures across certain doors that will interfere withtheir normal operation. This may apply where a building has vestibules vented to the outdoors

(a) at any door that swings into a vestibule from a floor space farther below the mid-height of the building than thedistance shown in Graph 8 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard,

(b) at any door that swings out of a vestibule from a floor space that is farther above the mid-height of the building thanthe distance shown in Graph 8 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard,

(c) at any door between a floor space and an elevator shaft that is farther above or below the mid-height of the buildingthan the distance shown in Graph 8 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard,

(d) at any door between a floor space and a stairshaft that is farther above grade than the height shown in Graph 8 inAppendix A of this Supplementary Standard.

In a building that has vestibules that are pressurized, pressures that may interfere with the normal operation of doors mayoccur with any door between a vestibule and a floor space where the rate of air injection exceeds 0.165 m3 /s for eachweatherstripped door, or 0.33 m3/s for each door that is not weatherstripped, and any door between a floor space and anelevator shaft that is farther above or below the mid-height of the building than the height shown in Graph 8 in Appendix Aof this Supplementary Standard.

Where a mechanical air supply is required by Sentence (11) of Measure K, it may be desirable to heat the air supply and toprovide two air intakes in separate locations on the building face as discussed in the general provisions to Measures F and G.

Where Measure K is adopted and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated in a smokecontrol region of the building, it is intended that a fire alarm will sound on all floors in that smoke control region, and thatthe occupants on all floors will move through the dividing vestibules or bridges to the other smoke control region.

Measure K

(1) The requirements of measures to limit the movement of smoke in existing buildings may be met by incorporatingthe requirements of Sentences (2) to (17).

(2) The building is designed as(a) a structure divided into two smoke control regions by a continuous vertical fire separation that has a fire-resistance

rating not less than that required for a floor in Subsection 3.2.2. of Division B, or(b) two or more smoke control regions separated by spatial separations that conform to the provisions of Subsection

3.2.3. of Division B.

(3) Bridges or vestibules are provided at intervals of not more than five storeys to permit movement of occupants fromone smoke control region to the other, except that in the case of residential buildings more than 75 m high, the bridges orvestibules are located on each storey.



SB-4 Page 49

(4) In each smoke control region referred to in Sentence (2), there is not less than one exit stairshaft and one elevator ina shaft that meets the requirements of Article 3.2.6.5. of Division B and that is not common to both smoke controlregions.

(5) The floor area on either side of a bridge or vestibule is of sufficient size to accommodate its own normal population,plus the occupants of the one to five storeys of the adjacent smoke control region who may have to enter the floor areaduring a fire emergency, assuming 0.5 m2 per ambulatory person and 1.5 m2 per non-ambulatory person.

(6) The width of each bridge or vestibule and each connecting corridor and door on the same storey is sufficient toprovide not less than 3.67 mm of width for each person who may have to use these passages to reach the floor areareferred to in Sentence (5) from the adjacent smoke control region.

(7) The width of each stair or ramp that provides access to a floor having a bridge or vestibule from intervening floorsis sufficient to provide not less than 5.5 mm of width for each person who may have to use the stair to reach the bridge orvestibule referred to in Sentence (6).

(8) Between each bridge or vestibule and public corridor is a fire separation that has a 45 min fire-resistance rating.

(9) Between each bridge or vestibule and a floor area other than the public corridor referred to in Sentence (8), is a fireseparation that has a fire-resistance rating as required for exits in Subsection 3.4.4. of Division B

(10) Each door opening into a bridge or vestibule conforms to Articles 3.4.6.9. and 3.4.6.10. of Division B and issuitably identified as an access to an area of refuge.

(11) Each bridge or vestibule is provided with(a) a vent opening to the outdoors that has an open area not less than 1 m2 and that may be provided with a closure that

is openable manually, or (b) a mechanical air supply not less than that obtained from Graph 7 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard that

will be initiated as provided in Sentence (17).

(12) Where the building is divided into two smoke control regions by a fire separation as described in Clause (2)(a), eachfloor area below the mid-height of each smoke control region is provided with a vent opening to the outdoors that has anopen area of not less than 1.5 m2 and that is normally closed but can be opened manually.

(13) Each stairshaft is vented to the outdoors as described in Sentence (4) of Measure A.

(14) Except as provided in Sentence (11), and except for exhaust from kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwellingunits, air moving fans are stopped during a fire emergency in an air handling system that serves more than two storeys.

(15) Floor areas below the lowest exit storey are divided by a fire separation that has a fire-resistance rating not less thanthat required in Clause (2)(a) and is in a location corresponding to the fire or spatial separations required for upperstoreys. Doorways protected by pressurized vestibules are provided in the separations as described in Clause (11)(b).

(16) Where a supply of air is required by Sentences (11) and (15), it is carried in ducts as described in Sentence (13) ofMeasure F.

(17) The central alarm and control facility required by Article 3.2.6.7. of Division B is provided with additional controlsthat are capable of (a) closing doors in fire separations required by Sentences (8), (9) and (15) between floor areas and vestibules,(b) initiating the mechanical air supply to the vestibules where required by Clause (11)(b) and Sentence (15), and(c) stopping air handling systems where required by Sentence (14).



SB-4 Page 50

Measure L Areas of Refuge (smoke free areas)

General

Measure L is intended to provide refuge areas which occupants may enter during a fire. It may be used for buildings thathave many openings between floors so that it is impracticable to confine smoke to one floor level.

This measure is basically the same as described in Measure D, except that larger quantities of air must be injected into eacharea of refuge than into a comparable vestibule in order to maintain tolerable conditions for the occupants. A typical floorplan is shown in Figure 13. The area of refuge may include normally occupied space in the building, and because fire mayoccur in one of these spaces, provision is made for alternative groups of areas of refuge.

Except in the case of Group C buildings more than 75 m high, areas of refuge may be provided on every fifth floor if theaccess routes are made wide enough to allow all occupants to reach the area of refuge within three minutes (see Figure 14). Stairshafts and elevators for fire fighters must be protected on intermediate floors by vestibules or by pressurization of theshafts.

Stack action and the operation of smoke control measures may produce pressures across certain doors that will interfere withtheir normal operation. This may apply to any door between an area of refuge and a floor space that is farther above gradethan the height shown in Graph 8 in Appendix A of this Supplementary Standard.

Between every area of refuge and the floor space the building should have a vent fitted with a self-closing damper that willpermit air to move from the area of refuge to the floor space but not vice-versa. It should have an openable area not less than6 cm2 for every 0.005 m3/s of air injected into the area of refuge in excess of that specified in Measure D for a pressurizedvestibule.

Where Measure L is adopted and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated, it is intendedthat an alarm will sound on all floors simultaneously, and that occupants of all floors will move to areas of refuge distributedthroughout the building and await instructions over the voice communication system.

Where a mechanical air supply is required by Sentence (9) of Measure L, it may be desirable to heat the air supply and toprovide two air intakes in separate locations on the building face, as discussed in the general provisions to Measures F and G.

Measure L

(1) The requirements of measures to limit the movement of smoke in existing buildings (except measures to limit themovement from storeys below the lowest exit level into upper storeys) may be met by incorporating the requirements ofSentences (2) to (20).

(2) Two independent groups of areas of refuge are distributed through the building so that there is an area of refuge ineach group at least at every fifth storey, and each group is linked by a common exit stair to the exterior at grade.

(3) On any floor area any area of refuge that has a door to an exit stair may also have a door to an elevator for firefighters, but two exit stairs may not open on to the same area of refuge if no other vertical shaft is common to the twoindependent systems described in Sentence (2).

(4) Each group of areas of refuge referred to in Sentence (2) can accommodate all the occupants of above grade storeysat the rate of 0.5 m2 of floor area per ambulatory person or 1.5 m2 per non-ambulatory person.

(5) The width of corridors and doors leading to an area of refuge on the same storey is sufficient to provide 3.67 mm ofwidth for each person who may have to use these passages to reach the area of refuge.



SB-4 Page 51

(6) The width of stairs or ramps leading to an area of refuge from intervening floors is sufficient to provide 5.5 mm ofwidth for each person who may have to use the stairs or ramps to reach the area of refuge.

(7) Between each area of refuge and a public corridor is a fire separation that has a 45 min fire-resistance rating.

(8) Between each area of refuge and a floor area other than the public corridor referred to in Sentence (7), is a fireseparation that has a fire-resistance rating as required for exits in Subsection 3.4.4. of Division B

(9) Each door opening into an area of refuge conforms to the provisions for doors in Article 3.4.6.10. of Division B andis suitably identified as an access to an area of refuge.

(10) Each area of refuge is provided with a mechanical air supply not less than that required for a vestibule providingaccess to a stairshaft or an elevator shaft in Clause (5)(b) of Measure D, and obtained from Graph 3 in Appendix A ofthis Supplementary Standard, or not less than 0.002 m3/s for each occupant of the area of refuge during a fire emergency,whichever is greater.

(11) Any door in an exit stairshaft or in a shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters that does not open directly intoan area of refuge is provided with a pressurized vestibule as described in Sentence (5) of Measure D, except where thestairshaft or elevator shaft is pressurized as described in Sentences (2) and (4) of Measure F.

(12) Except as provided in Sentence (11), an elevator shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters is provided with apressurized vestibule as described in Sentences (2), (3) and (5) of Measure D or is pressurized as described in Sentence(4) of Measure F.

(13) Any elevator shaft that contains an elevator for fire fighters or opens into an area of refuge and passes through thefloor above the lowest exit storey does not penetrate the floor of the storey immediately below the lowest exit storey,except where there is a vestibule between the elevator door or doors and each floor area below grade as described inSentence (3) of Measure D.

(14) A stairshaft serving storeys above the lowest exit level is vented to the outdoors at or near the bottom of thestairshaft as described in Sentence (4) of Measure A.


(16) Each elevator shaft protected by a vestibule or area of refuge having a mechanical air supply as described inSentences (9) and (10) has a vent at or near the bottom of the shaft opening directly to the outdoors or into a vestibule orcorridor that has a similar opening to the outdoors having an openable area not less than 0.023 m2 for every door into theshaft, other than doors at street floor level.

(17) The vent at the bottom of an elevator shaft referred to in Sentence (16) may be provided with a closure which isopenable manually and is designed to remain open during a fire emergency.

(18) Except for air moving fans serving areas of refuge and vestibules as provided in Sentences (10) to (12), and exceptfor exhaust from kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, air moving fans are stopped during a fireemergency in an air handling system that serves more than two storeys.

(19) Where a supply of air is required by Sentences (10), (11), (12) and (15), it is carried in ducts as described inSentence (14) of Measure F.

(20) The central alarm and control facility required by Article 3.2.6.7. of Division B is provided with additional controlsthat are capable of (a) closing doors in fire separations required by Sentences (7) and (8) between floor areas and areas of refuge or

vestibules,(b) stopping air handling systems as required by Sentence (18),



SB-4 Page 52

(c) opening closures in vents to the outdoors in elevator shafts that may be required by Sentence (12), and(d) initiating the mechanical air supply to the areas of refuge, vestibules and shafts as may be required by Sentences

(10), (11), (12) and (15).

Measure M Residential Buildings with Balconies

General

In residential buildings the greater part of the requirements for control of smoke movement are waived where each suite hasdirect access to a balcony. The protective features are limited to stopping air handling systems, providing an opening to theoutdoors at the foot of stairshafts serving upper floors and protection of stairshafts in storeys below grade. A typicalarrangement is shown in Figure 16.

Where Measure M is adopted and a fire is detected by an automatic device or a manual pull station is actuated, it is intendedthat occupants on the fire floor will evacuate if possible, and that occupants of other floors may remain in their suites to awaitinstructions.

Measure M

(1) The requirements specific to existing unsprinklered residential buildings may be met by incorporating therequirements of Sentences (2) to (7).

(2) A stairshaft serving storeys above the lowest exit level has a vent or door to the outdoors at or near the bottom of thestairshaft, as described in Sentence (4) of Measure A.


(4) Any elevator shaft that passes through the floor above the lowest exit storey does not penetrate the floor of the storeyimmediately below the lowest exit storey, except where there is a vestibule between the elevator door or doors and eachfloor area below grade as described in Sentence (3) of Measure D.



(7) The central alarm and control facility required by Article 3.2.6.7. of Division B is provided with additional controlsthat are capable of (a) stopping air handling systems as required by requirements specific to existing unsprinklered residential buildings,

and (b) initiating the mechanical air supply to stairshafts as may be required by Clause (3)(c).



SB-4 Page 53

Measure N Connected Buildings

General

The measures described here are intended to prevent movement of smoke from one building to another. They are ofparticular significance where two buildings of unequal height are joined together. The techniques suggested are the provisionof a large opening to the outdoors in a connecting vestibule so that smoke entering through leakage areas around doors will bevented to the outdoors, or pressurization to maintain a higher pressure in the vestibule than in adjacent spaces as illustrated inFigures 17 and 18.

The requirements for protection of openings are described in terms appropriate to a doorway. Any other openings should beavoided if possible. Where they occur, they should be protected by the provision of an air lock that gives the same standardof protection as the vestibule described in Sentence (3).

Measure N

(1) The requirement of Sentence 3.2.6.3. of Division B that limits movement of smoke from one building to anothermay be met by incorporating in the link between the buildings the requirements in Sentences (2) and (3).

(2) Between one building and the other is a firewall as described in Subsection 3.1.10. of Division B.

(3) Any opening in the firewall is protected against passage of smoke by a vestibule described in Sentence (3) ofMeasure D and has(a) a vent to the outdoors that has a net area of 10(0.023d + 0.00045a) m2, where d is the number of doors having a

perimeter not more than 6 m that open into the vestibule, or if the perimeter of doors exceeds 6 m, the value of d isincreased in direct proportion to the increase in the perimeter, and a is the area in square metres of enclosing walls,floors and ceilings whose outer face is in contact with the outside air, except that where the outer face of a wall is incontact with the ground or fill, it is assumed that there is no leakage through that portion, and the value of a isassumed to be zero, or

(b) equipment capable of maintaining a supply of air into the vestibule sufficient to ensure that the air pressure in thevestibule when the doors are closed is higher by at least 12 Pa than that in adjacent floor areas when the outdoortemperature is equal to the January design temperature on a 2.5 per cent basis.



SB-4 Page 54

Appendix A to SB-4

Graphs for Applying Smoke Control Measures

Graph 1Vent to a vertical service space where no other shaft

in the building is pressurized

Graph 2Vent to a vertical service space where other shafts

in the building are pressurized

Notes to Graphs 1 and 2:

(1) Curve A applies to a vertical service space that is enclosed by unplastered unit masonry or by plaster and steel stud construction withall openings in the shaft sealed to the degree required by Articles 3.1.9.2. to 3.1.9.4. of Division B.

(2) Curve B applies to a vertical service space that is enclosed by monolithic concrete or by plastered unit masonry with all openings in theshaft sealed tightly to minimize air leakage.

(3) A shaft having a vent that is 100 per cent of the cross-sectional area of the shaft is acceptable for buildings up to 1.5 times the heightshown by the appropriate curve in Graphs 1 and 2.

(4) The total leakage area, based on measurements arrived at in typical high buildings, is assumed to be 0.025 m2 for every 10 m2 of shaftwall area in the case of Curve A and 0.015 m2 for every 10 m2 of shaft wall area in the case of Curve B.



SB-4 Page 55

Graph 3 Factor for mechanical air supply to a vestibule

Notes to Graph 3:

(1) The air supply to each vestibule in cubic metres per second equals

F3d+0.071e+0.094s

where F3 is a factor obtained from Graph 3,d = the number of doors having a perimeter not more than 6 m between each vestibule and a floor area,e = the number of doors having a perimeter not more than 6 m between each vestibule and an elevator shaft, ands = the number of doors having a perimeter not more than 6 m between each vestibule and a stairshaft. The quantity

"F3d+0.071e+0.094s" represents the total leakage from the vestibule.

(2) If the perimeter of a door exceeds 6 m, the value of d, e or s must be increased in direct proportion to the increase in the perimeter.

(3) A double leaf door is counted as two doors in this formula.

(4) A door provided with tight-fitting weatherstripping is counted as one half of a door.

(5) The height of the building is the number of metres between the roof and the floor level of the lowest basement floor.



SB-4 Page 56

Graph 4 Factor for air supply to an elevator shaft

Notes to Graph 4:

(1) The air supply to each elevator shaft in cubic metres per second equals

F4(0.023d4+0.0014a4)

where

F4 is the factor obtained from Graph 4d4 = total number of doors having a perimeter not more than 6 m that open into the elevator shaft, anda4 = area of enclosing walls of the shaft in square metres. The expression "0.023d4+0.0014a4" represents the total leakage area in the walls of the

shaft.

(2) If the perimeter of a door exceeds 6 m, the value of d4 must be increased in direct proportion to the increase in the perimeter.


(4) A door provided with tight-fitting weatherstripping is counted as one half of a door.

(5) If the enclosing walls of the shaft are of monolithic concrete or of unit masonry plastered on one side, the value of a4 may be halved.

(6) If an elevator shaft is provided with vestibules on each floor, the enclosing walls considered in this formula may be taken as including those of thevestibules if it leads to an economy in air supply requirements. In this case d4 above refers to doors between the vestibules and the floor areas anddoors between the elevator shaft and the vestibules do not enter into the calculation.



SB-4 Page 57

Graph 5 Factor for air supply for building pressurization

Notes to Graph 5:

(1) If Measure H is used, the air supply delivered to the whole building in cubic metres per second equals

F5 x a5

where

F5 is a factor obtained from Graph 5, anda5 = area of all exterior wall surfaces of the building in square metres measured between ground level and underside of the roof. (Where the outer

face of a wall is in direct contact with the ground or fill, it is assumed that there is no leakage through that portion, and the value of a5 is assumedto be zero.)

(2) Graph 5 is based on an air leakage rate of 0.003 m3/s per square metre of exterior wall at a pressure difference of 75 kPa, based on the measuredleakage rate in high buildings having fixed windows and curtain wall panels.

(3) This is equivalent to a leakage area in exterior walls of 0.045 m2 per 100 m2 of wall area. If the leakage area in a building differs significantly from this,the air supply should be adjusted in direct proportion.

(4) The height of building is measured between the underside of the roof and the floor level of the lowest basement floor.

(5) If Measure I or J is used, the air supply delivered to the space that includes stairshafts, elevator shafts and corridors in cubic metres per second equals

F5(a6+51d6)

where

F5 is a factor obtained from Graph 5 that is not less than 0.0025,a6 = area in square metres of the walls enclosing the space that includes stairshafts, elevator shafts and associated corridors on all floors, andd6 = total number of doors having a perimeter not more than 6 m in the wall area described in a6.

(6) If the enclosing walls described above are of monolithic concrete or of unit masonry plastered on one side, the value of a6 may be halved.

(7) If the perimeter of a door exceeds 6 m, the value of d6 must be increased in direct proportion to the increase in the perimeter.


(9) A door provided with tight-fitting weatherstripping is counted as a one half of a door.



SB-4 Page 58

Graph 6 Flow reduction factors

Graph 7 Air supply to vestibule in a vertically divided building

Notes to Graph 7:

(1) Curve A shows the air supply to each vestibule in cubic metres per second for a vestibule that has four doors (or two double doors), each door having aperimeter of not more than 6 m, between the vestibule and the floor areas on either side of the building.

(2) Curve B shows the air supply to each vestibule in cubic metres per second for a vestibule that has two single doors, each door having a perimeter of notmore than 6 m, between the vestibule and the floor areas on either side of the building.

(3) If the perimeter of a door exceeds 6 m, the air supply must be increased in direct proportion to the increase in the perimeter.

(4) If the doors are provided with tight-fitting weatherstripping, the air supply may be halved.

(5) The height of building is the distance between the roof and the floor level of the lowest basement floor.



SB-4 Page 59

Graph 8 Height of the shaft relative to grade, or the neutral pressure plane at which pressure across a door may exceed 95 Pa



SB-4 Page 60

Appendix B to SB-4

Assumptions Used in Developing Fire Safety Measures

The objectives of the measures for fire safety in high buildings are(a) to provide for the safety of the occupants of a building, either by maintaining the tenability of the occupied floor

spaces during the period of a fire emergency or by making it possible for occupants to move to a place of safety,(b) to maintain tenable conditions in which occupants may remain in exit stairs leading from floor spaces to the

outdoors, and(c) to maintain tenable conditions in elevators that can be used to transport fire fighters and their equipment from the

street floor to the floor immediately below the fire floor.

It is assumed that the fire fighters will use one of the protected stairshafts referred to in (b) to walk up to the fire floor fromthe floor below.

The first of these objectives may be met by the evacuation of all occupants to the outdoors in from seven to ten minutes, bythe movement of occupants to safe areas within the building in from three to five minutes (as in Measures C, E, G, J, K, Land M) or by maintaining the tenability of all floor areas except those on the fire floor and the floor above the fire floor (as inMeasures A, B, D, F, H and I).

The requirements in the Building Code covering widths of exits and travel distances to exits make it possible for occupants ofa floor on which a fire occurs to leave that floor within one or two minutes provided their escape route is not cut off by thefire.

The objectives of the measures are to maintain certain spaces substantially smoke free for a significant period of time duringa fire emergency, and hence some criterion of tenability is called for. The criterion for long term tenability is that a spaceshall not include more than one per cent by volume of the contaminated atmosphere from the fire region. The criterion oftenability is based on visibility and carbon monoxide concentration.

Mechanisms of Smoke Movement in Buildings

Movement of a smoky atmosphere within a building is not significantly different from that of a normal atmosphere at thesame temperature. The principal constituent of both atmospheres is nitrogen. The fact that the concentrations of othercomponent gases will differ and that a smoky atmosphere will contain particulate matter will not influence its overall densityto an extent that will significantly affect its movement. The mechanisms to be discussed do, therefore, relate to themovement of a smoky atmosphere as well as a normal atmosphere.

Air Circulating Systems

An obvious mechanism for the dispersal of smoke within a building is the recirculating air handling system. Assuming thatthe system has been competently designed, the approximate extent of the recirculation under any particular circumstances isknown, and hence the build-up in any area of contamination can be predicted.

Effect of Wind

Exterior winds create pressure differentials within buildings, which lead to internal air movement, principally horizontal. Some upward movement also results, however, from the non-uniformity of the wind profile up the side of a building. Inaddition, if one side of the building is facing the wind, only that face will be subjected to a positive pressure, the remainderbeing subjected to negative pressure.



SB-4 Page 61

Expansion

Another smoke movement mechanism, which is of considerable significance during the early stages of any fire that is notwell vented to the outdoors, is the expansion process associated with heating. The leakage characteristics of virtually anybuilding are such that the rate of temperature rise occurring in the fire region cannot create pressure differentials greater than about 250 Pa (gauge). Instead, the volume of the atmosphere increases linearly with absolute temperature. During thedevelopment of a fire in a compartment, absolute temperature may be expected to triple, and the volume of gas will increaseby approximately the same factor. At least two-thirds of the original atmosphere in the fire region will, therefore, bedisplaced by this mechanism.

Generation of gases as a result of combustion has also been considered. The volume created by this phenomenon cannot,however, exceed 20 per cent of the original volume, and is not likely to be significant compared to expansion due totemperature rise.

Stack Effect

Whenever a temperature differential exists between the interior and exterior of an enclosure, a phenomenon known as stackor chimney effect prevails. Figure B-1 illustrates the case where the interior temperature is higher than the exterior, andthere is an inflow of cold air at low levels and a corresponding outflow at high levels.

Figure B-1 Stack action

This effect can result from building heating and from temperature differentials created by the fire itself and is particularlyimportant in Canadian buildings because of the cold winter conditions. The pressure differentials generated by stack effectcan be calculated by considering the densities of the internal and external atmospheres.

Figure B-1 represents a simplified model in which air flows in at a low level and out at a high level, while there is anintermediate level where there is no pressure differential between interior and exterior. This level is referred to as "theneutral pressure plane". Taking the pressure at the neutral plane as P0, the pressures at the lower or upper openings can bederived, for they are associated with the weights of the columns of gas above them.



SB-4 Page 62

The resulting expression for the pressure difference across the lower opening is

*p = h1 gD2 2/T0

where

*p = pressure difference,h1 is defined in Figure B-1,T0 = absolute outdoor temperature,2 = difference between indoor and outdoor temperature,D2 = density of indoor air, andg = acceleration due to gravity.

Substituting H = (h1 + h2) will give the total of the pressure head (the sum of the pressure differentials across the upper andlower openings) generated by stack effect.

Importance of Mechanisms Responsible for Smoke Movement

Expansion due to heating of the atmosphere in a fire compartment is largely a transient phenomenon occurring at thedevelopment stage of a fire. Two-thirds of the atmosphere of the fire region is likely to be displaced and, if the region werenot vented to the exterior, there could be a significant movement of smoke laden atmosphere to other parts of the building. Dispersed evenly throughout the building, and taking into account leakage to outdoors, this displaced atmosphere couldrender untenable a space equal to about 50 times that of the fire region.

Pressures Due to Stack Effect

In discussing the steady state conditions responsible for smoke movement, total pressure heads generated may be compared. These pressure heads are tabulated in Table B-1 together with the flow rates that they will create beneath a typical doorhaving a free space of 900 mm x 12.5 m beneath it. In Columns 2 and 3, the total head given by stack action resulting froma fire in a single storey is also given by stack action associated with building heating during cold weather in a building threeto four storeys high.

Table B-1Magnitudes of Pressures Developed by Thermal and Wind Effects Magnitudes

Pressure Head, PaHeight of Heated Compartment, m

Wind Speed, km/hFlow Beneath Door with

900 x 12.5 mm Gap, m3/s800EC above ambient (i.e., on fire)

50EC above ambient

25 2.9 10.3 23 0.045

50 5.8 20.6 33 0.064

125 14.5 51.6 52 0.100

250 29.1 103.3 73 0.142

500 58.2 206.4 104 0.201

Column 1 2 3 4 5

Assuming that a building is compartmented, fire other than one in a shaft should be confined to a single storey. The totalpressure head generated by the fire is thus not likely to exceed about 25 Pa. As buildings are generally heated in theirentirety, stack effect associated with building heating can give a total head significantly more than 25 Pa if the building ismore than about four storeys high. Thus combatting stack action associated with building heating in high buildings is likelyto pose more of a problem than combatting stack action directly associated with a fire. In high buildings emphasis should beplaced on the building heating rather than the fire stack action problem.



SB-4 Page 63

Effect of Wind

Column 4 of Table B-1 indicates that pressures resulting from winds can be substantial. As mentioned earlier, the greaterpart of the resulting airflow is horizontal. This does not create as great a hazard as vertical movement via the shafts in abuilding. An upward flow does exist, however, and its effect is virtually identical to that of stack action associated withbuilding heating. Combatting the latter will, therefore, take account of the more hazardous influence of winds.

Contribution of Air Handling Systems

The effect of recirculating air handling systems is not shown in Table B-1, but it is substantial and hence it must beconsidered when smoke control techniques are being devised for buildings including such systems.

Significance of Smoke Movement Mechanisms

Given the considerations just discussed, the most significant smoke movement mechanisms to be combatted are (1) operating recirculating air-handling systems,(2) the expansion process occurring during the initial stages of a fire, and(3) stack action associated with building heating.

Techniques for Avoiding Widespread Smoke Contamination

Techniques for avoiding widespread smoke contamination in a high building can be divided into the following categories:

(1) Avoidance of any significant fire. The first approach in this category is to exclude or limit combustible materialsfrom a building. Calculations of air movement due to stack effect have indicated that the destruction by fire of very smallquantities of combustible material can produce enough smoke to produce untenable conditions in upper floors and verticalshafts of a high building. Limits on the use of smoke producing materials are thus unlikely to be adequate as a sole means ofsmoke control. Automatic extinguishment of a fire can also be considered as an approach to limiting smoke generationprovided the quantity of combustibles destroyed is held within strict limits.

(2) Compartmentation. Where a floor area is divided into a number of fire compartments, the potential size of a firewill be limited to the contents of one compartment. In addition there will be, in some circumstances, dilution of smokemoving from the fire compartment to other floors.

Where the fire occurs below the neutral plane, in cold weather the path of smoke travel may be along a corridor to stairshaftsand elevator shafts. In this case the smoke in the corridor will be diluted by clean air coming from other compartments. Inan ideal situation (uniform compartments, no expansion and no wind), dilution of the smoke laden air will be in proportion to the number of compartments. Breaking of a window in the fire compartment will, however, increase the pressure in thatspace and will reduce the effect of dilution.

Where smoke travel occurs through a vertical shaft from a compartment involved in fire to higher compartments, the level ofcontamination will not be related to the number of units on one floor, but will likely be restricted to units on other floors thatare adjacent to the vertical shaft.

The result of compartmentation is, therefore, likely to be beneficial, but does not eliminate the need for smoke controlmeasures.

(3) Location of shafts outside the building envelope. The vertical transfer of smoke to the upper storeys of a buildingfrom fire on a lower storey occurs largely by the vertical shafts in the building rather than through the floors, about 95 percent or more in the case of a typical 20-storey building. Separation of the shafts from the building would thus largely solvethe problem. This approach constitutes one of the suggested methods of smoke control.



SB-4 Page 64

(4) Dilution. Dilution by a factor of about 100 of the smoke gases issuing from a fire region will provide a tenableatmosphere. This feature could form the basis of a smoke control method, air being injected into the building at appropriaterates at those locations where smoke is being discharged from the fire region into adjacent parts of the building. When coldweather conditions are considered, however, dilution alone is not likely to be very practical. In general, it would be better ifthe injection of air were directed to modifying the pressure pattern within a building in order to limit any undesirablemovement of smoke.

Dilution as a means of reducing smoke contamination should, nevertheless, be considered as an important secondary factorgoverning a designer's choice of smoke control method. Its importance is in dispersing contamination that might develop as aresult of delay in implementing smoke control measures, or of other occurrences such as the opening of a number of doorsthat might interfere with the operation of a smoke control measure. The amount of air required to dilute a contaminatedatmosphere to a tenable level can be calculated approximately. If no mixing were to occur between the contaminated and theclean air, and the contaminated air were to move out ahead of the clean air, one volume of the clean air injected into acompartment would produce a smoke free atmosphere. In practice, however, some mixing does occur. If perfect mixing isassumed in a compartment that has reached a level of contamination equivalent to that of the fire compartment, and no moresmoke is entering, the amount of clean air needed to create the one per cent tenable atmosphere discussed would be five timesthe volume of the compartment. If, however, we are considering a compartment isolated from the fire compartment by a fireseparation and self closing doors, it is more reasonable to assume that the level of contamination likely to occur is aboutone-fifth of that in the fire compartment. In these circumstances, injection of three volumes of clean air would be sufficientto produce a tenable atmosphere. If clean air is injected at the rate of one volume every two minutes, the atmosphere in thecompartment would be satisfactory in about six minutes.

These figures are based on the expression

c = c0eat

where

c0 = initial concentration of contaminant,c = final concentration of contaminant,a = rate of diluent air flow in number of air changes per minute,t = time in minutes between occurrence of initial and final concentration, ande = 2.718.

Based on this calculation, assuming perfect mixing of the contaminated air and the diluent air,

c/c0 = 0.368 after injection of one volume of clean air,0.135 after injection of two volumes of clean air,0.050 after injection of three volumes of clean air, 0.018 after injection of four volumes of clean air, and0.007 after injection of five volumes of clean air.

(5) Adjustment of pressure differential distribution. This category of smoke control technique involves modificationof the pressure pattern within the building. The pressure distribution within a building is illustrated by the pressurecharacteristic diagrams in Figure B-2. The graphs represent, in an exaggerated manner, the pressure differences betweenfloor areas, shafts and exterior at the same height above ground. The pressure difference shown amounts to little more than500 Pa, whereas the total pressures involved are about 100 kPa. The graphs do relate pressure to heights, and thus cannot beused to determine pressure difference between one floor and another at a different height. Given any set of characteristics asin Figure B-2, the important feature is that, during cold weather, air flow from one region to another at the same level willbe towards the region that is at a lower pressure. In the typical building whose characteristics are illustrated, smokegenerated at a low level will flow into shafts, up through the shafts and out into floor spaces at the higher levels.



SB-4 Page 65

Figure B-2 Pressure characteristics of a typical building

Shafts provide the major paths for the spread of smoke within a building, so one should note the effect of venting on theircharacteristics. Figure B-3 shows the characteristics of a simple heated shaft under three different venting arrangements, thesecond and third (Figures B-3(b) and B-3(c)) having obvious advantages in controlling smoke movement in buildings.

In Figure B-3(b) the shaft is vented to the outdoors at the top, and smoke entering the shaft at any level would not leave ituntil it reached the top opening. If a corresponding condition were established within a building, the shaft would, therefore,not constitute a path for the transmission of smoke from low level to high level floor spaces. In Figure B-3(c) the shaft isvented to the outdoors at the bottom, fresh air enters the shaft at the lowest level and leaves it through any leakage area at anyother level in the shaft. Such a condition for a shaft in a building would be most valuable, for as well as being eliminated asa path for smoke dispersal, the shaft also has a clear atmosphere. These conditions, however, may not be sustained long asthe atmosphere in the shaft will cool as a result of the influx of cold air, and the characteristic will approach that of theexterior atmosphere. Injection of warm air into the shaft is necessary to maintain these conditions over a prolonged period.

Where a smoke control method is concerned with changing the pressure pattern within a building, many of the measuresinvolved are based on the preceding concept of changing the pressure characteristic of a shaft. Since shafts are the principalpaths by which smoke disperses throughout a building, the aim will be either to decrease or to increase shaft pressuressubstantially. Both measures will eliminate vertical smoke transfer by the shaft between floor spaces. Top venting the shaftas in Figure B-3(b) or use of mechanical exhaust to approach these pressure characteristics will, however, also result in theentry of smoke into the shaft, while pressurizing the shaft, such as by mechanical injection, will maintain a tenableatmosphere in the shaft.



SB-4 Page 66

Figure B-3 Shaft characteristics

(6) Smoke shafts. A smoke shaft differs from a vented service shaft in that an opening is provided into the shaft fromthe fire floor in addition to the opening to the outside at the top of the shaft.

Until windows in outer walls are broken, a smoke shaft alone can be an effective means of limiting movement of smoke intoother floors and shafts. In cold weather, the shaft air is warmer than the outdoor air and the shaft will begin to function as avent as soon as the dampers are opened. During warm weather there will be some delay, as the smoke shaft cannot functionas a vent until hot air has entered the shaft as a result of initial expansion in the fire region. The pressure conditions thatprevail during cold weather are shown in Figure B-4. The air pressure on the fire floor, having an opening into the smokeshaft, is below that in adjacent unvented shafts and adjacent floor areas. Air flow will be from the adjacent floor areas andshafts into the fire floor, and from the fire floor into the smoke shaft. If, however, a window is broken on a fire floor at alower level, the air pressure in the fire region will be increased to approximately that of outdoor air at the same level. Smoke may then flow into stairshafts and elevator shafts and adjacent floor areas. During warm weather, breaking of awindow will allow venting of smoke to the outdoors for a fire on any floor, except when wind is blowing towards the openwindow. In this event, breaking of the window will cause the action of the smoke shaft to be overwhelmed. The smokeshaft, therefore, is not fully effective as a sole method of smoke control in a floor area with windows, but can be used inconjunction with building pressurization as part of a smoke control method. The size of a smoke shaft is related to conditionsto be established in the event of a fire at a lower level of the building and is dependent on the leakage characteristics of thebuilding. Any increase in the air leakage through the walls of the building and the shafts requires a corresponding increase inthe size of the smoke shaft. In Figure B-4 the idealized smoke shaft pressure characteristic is indicated by a dotted line andassumes no pressure losses inside the shaft. As the smoke shaft is open to the outside at the top, pressure at the top level ofthe smoke shaft is equal to that of outside air.



SB-4 Page 67

Figure B-4 Pressure differences produced by a smoke shaft

Assuming an air temperature inside a smoke shaft equal to that of the building, as may occur in the case of a small fire, theslope of the smoke shaft pressure characteristic is the same as those of the vented shafts. In Figure B-4 the total pressure(DPT) acting across the vent opening at the bottom is represented by the horizontal distance between floor space and smokeshaft pressure characteristics. The value of DPT is about one half of the total pressure head generated by stack action overthe height of the building. The values of DPT are plotted against building height for various outside temperatures in FigureB-5. The movement of air through the smoke shaft causes a decrease in building pressures, which results in the shifting ofthe floor space pressure characteristic to the left in the pressure diagram. This results in a lower effective value of DPT. The values of DPT have been adjusted to take this factor into account. So far it has been assumed that no pressure lossesoccur inside the smoke shaft. Friction, momentum and dynamic pressure losses can, however, occur inside the smoke shaft,as a result of air flow through the open vent of the fire floor, as well as through leakage openings in the walls of the smokeshaft. The smoke shaft pressure characteristic including pressure losses is also shown in Figure B-4 as a solid line. Theactual pressure difference across the open smoke vent DPv is less than DPT, the difference between the two valuesrepresenting the pressure losses inside the smoke shaft. The flow requirement to achieve the desired venting action dependson the pressure differences across the fire floor enclosure caused by stack action, and on the air tightness of the variousinterior and exterior separations of the building. The flow rates shown in Figure B-6 were calculated initially for a 20-storeybuilding having a floor plan measuring 36 m by 36 m, with assumed leakage through walls and floors consistent with theresults of air movement measurement obtained in several multi-storey buildings. Extrapolation was made for buildings ofvarious heights, floor areas and outside temperatures using the following relationships:

(1) QV is proportional to FA,(2) QV is proportional to H1/2, and(3) QV is proportional to

(Ti - To)1/2

To

where

QV is the required flow rate through the floor vent of the smoke shaft,FA is the flow area of a typical floor,H is the height of building,Ti is the indoor absolute temperature, andTo is the outdoor absolute temperature.

A number of other considerations may have to be taken into account in applying measures for control of smoke movement.



SB-4 Page 68

Figure B-5 Available total pressure versus building height

Figure B-6 Required venting capacity of smoke shaft

(7) Make-up air. In the case of smoke control systems that depend on a supply of make-up air from outside the buildingfor pressurization or dilution, the air intakes should be located so that there is little possibility of smoke or other products ofcombustion being drawn into the air handling system. The source of the smoke could be a fire in the building. The smokecould reach the air intakes as a result of siting the intakes close to the discharge from a smoke shaft or as a result of windpatterns directing smoke that has been vented out through the building envelope towards the intakes. Other sources of smokeare vents from fuel fired equipment, including furnaces and emergency electricity generators, and fire in an adjacent part of abuilding separated from the building under consideration by fire separations and vestibules, as would occur in the use ofMeasure K. Air intakes located near ground level should be sited so that exhausts from emergency and other vehicles are notlikely to be drawn into the air handling system.



SB-4 Page 69

Breaking of Windows on the Fire Floor

Where the room in which a fire occurs has windows, they will probably be broken at a fairly early stage. This will result ina change of pressure in the fire region to substantially that of outdoor air pressure at that level. In Figure B-2, for a fire at alow level in the building during cold weather, breaking of windows will greatly increase the pressure in the region involved. As a result more smoke may be expected to pass into adjacent floors and vertical shafts. This has been taken intoconsideration in the measures described in Section 3.

Pressures Across Doors

Problems may occur where air pressures across typical hinged doors and sliding elevator doors interfere with their normaluse. This may occur when the pressure across a door exceeds 100 Pa. Pressure differences of this magnitude may occur incold weather where a door communicates with a space that is substantially at outdoor air pressure. This commonly occurs atthe entrance doors to high buildings during normal use. The problem is resolved in this case by use of revolving doors or byspecial hinges which permit the door to rotate about the centre until a sufficient opening is formed to relieve the pressure onthe door. It may also occur when windows on a fire floor are broken or where vestibules vented to the outdoors areemployed, as in Measure D in Section 3. Situations where such problems may arise are indicated in the explanatory notes toeach smoke control measure.

Explosions in Smoke Shafts

An explosion may occur in a smoke shaft during a fire. The maximum over-pressure predicted on the basis of a British reportwould probably not exceed about 16.5°C. This has been considered, and because it is a somewhat remote possibility, nospecial precautions are recommended.

Pressure Drop in Stairs

Recent studies have shown that air supply requirements for stairwells with an open door at grade level can cause a substantialpressure drop due to friction. If the air is injected only at the top of particular designs of stairwell in a high building, anon-uniform pressure distribution over the height of the stairshaft may occur. This may produce an undesirably highpressure differential across stairwell doors at high levels. This problem may be avoided by injection of the air at severallevels rather than only at the top.

Warm Weather Conditions

The smoke control techniques have been developed to function under cold weather conditions; their performance under warmweather conditions has, however, been carefully considered. Undesirable pressures may be created across certain doors, andcertain spaces such as a stairshaft may be contaminated when the door to the outdoors is open. Where air injection is used,modulation of the supply with exterior temperature can be a solution to the problem, although such action reduces the effectof the air supply in diluting transient smoke contamination. Where no interior-exterior temperature differential exists,building heating does not cause stack action and its influence as a smoke movement mechanism disappears. Assuming airhandling systems to be shut down, expansion becomes a major factor in spreading smoke throughout a building. Under theseconditions the influence of a simple vent opening in an external wall can be readily assessed. Flow through all openings inthe walls around the fire region will be roughly in proportion to their area. If the area of the vent to the exterior is ten timesthe area of the openings communicating to the remainder of the building, only about ten per cent of the displaced smoke ladenatmosphere will pass into other parts of the building.

During cold weather, expansion may be responsible for a slight overall increase in pressure of about 25 Pa in the fire regionfor about 20 minutes.



SB-4 Page 70

Appendix C to SB-4

Check of a Smoke Control System

The efficiency of a smoke control system may be checked by measuring pressure differences and the directions of air flowaround doors and through separating walls of compartments. A pressure meter can be used to measure pressure differenceson either side of a door or partition. Where this is impracticable, a punk stick held near a crack will give an indication of thedirection of air flow. Measurements of air flow may be taken on the intake side of supply fans or in supply ducts todetermine whether the specified air flow is being provided.

In general, air flow should be from the spaces which may be occupied during a fire emergency (e.g., stairshafts) toward thespace in which the fire is assumed to have occurred. For each method of smoke control, measurements may be taken atcertain critical locations to check the overall efficiency of the system.

In buildings designed by Measure B, C, D or E, where protection is obtained by venting corridors or vestibules to theoutdoors, inspection of the building to determine whether the requirements have been met should be sufficient. In buildingsincorporating Measure B, C, D, E, F or G, service shafts may be vented to the outdoors at the top. In this case a check maybe made of the wall between the shaft and the uppermost occupied floor areas, to ensure that the direction of flow is fromeach floor area into the shaft, when the vent to the outside is open and the outdoor air temperature is significantly less thanthat indoors. In a building incorporating Measure D or E, where mechanically pressurized vestibules are used, and in abuilding incorporating Measure L, a check may be made to ensure that the pressure in each vestibule or area of refuge isgreater than that in the adjacent floor areas at each floor level.

In a building incorporating Measure F or G, the efficiency of a protected elevator shaft can be checked by using a meter tomeasure pressure differences between the shaft and the outdoors at grade, before and after actuation of the air injectionsystem. The difference between the two readings gives the mechanical pressurization of the shaft, which should be at leastequal to one half of the calculated pressure difference caused by stack action over the height of a building for the Januarydesign temperature and the design flow rate specified in Sentence (4) of Measure F or Sentence (4) of Measure G. Wherethe air flow is modulated, the mechanical pressurization should vary between 50 Pa when the outdoor temperature is equal tothat indoors, and one half of the pressure difference noted above when the outdoor temperature is equal to the January designtemperature. Flow rates into the elevator shaft may be checked against that specified in Sentence (4) of Measure F andSentence (4) of Measure G. Stairshafts may be checked with the air injection system operating and the door or vent to theoutdoors open. Flow rate through the shaft should be equal to that required by Sentence (2) of Measure F and Sentence (2)of Measure G. Top vented service shafts may be checked as described for a building incorporating Measure B, C, D or E.

In a building incorporating Measure H, the efficiency of the system may be checked by measuring pressure differencesbetween floor areas at grade and outdoors before and after actuation of the air injection system. The magnitude of themechanical pressurization is obtained as described above in the case of elevator shafts in a building incorporating Measure For G and should be equal to half the pressure difference caused by stack action over the height of the building for the Januarydesign temperature and the design flow rate specified in Sentence (2) of Measure H. The effect of modulating air flow fordifferent temperature conditions is also as described for elevator shafts. Flow rates into the building may be checked againstthose required in Sentence (2) of Measure H. A check may be made on each floor individually, with the air injection systemoperating and the damper to the smoke shaft or panel to the outdoors open. Under these circumstances, air flow should befrom the stairshafts, elevator shafts and service shafts into the floor area that has a damper or panel open.



SB-4 Page 71

In a building incorporating Measure I or J, pressure differences should be measured between the central core at grade and asuite that has a number of windows open to the outdoors before and after actuation of the air injection system. Themagnitude of mechanical pressurization is obtained as described above in the case of elevator shafts in a buildingincorporating Measure F or G and should be equal to one half of the pressure difference caused by stack action over theheight of the building for the January design temperature and design flow rate specified in Sentence (2) of Measure I. Theeffect of modulating air flow for different temperature conditions is also as described for elevator shafts. Flow rates into thecentral core may be checked against those required in Sentence (2) of Measure I.

In a building incorporating Measure K, inspection should indicate whether or not there is a continuous separation betweentwo parts of the building, extending from the roof through storeys below grade. Where pressurized vestibules are used, acheck may be made to ensure that the direction of air flow is from each vestibule into adjacent floor areas at each level. Thecheck should also be made on a low level floor with the floor space vents referred to in Sentence (12) of Measure K, or otherwindows in the two halves of the building open on that floor. This represents the condition when the fire has brokenwindows in one half of the building and the compensating vent in the other half of the building has been opened manually.

In a building incorporating Measure L, the method of checking is the same as in a building incorporating Measure D or E,except that flow rates into areas of refuge should be measured to ensure that they meet the requirements of Sentence (9) ofMeasure L.

Doors to stairshafts, elevator shafts and vestibules that are indicated in the notes relating to each measure as being inlocations subject to pressure differences that may interfere with normal opening should be checked when the outdoortemperature is near the January design temperature, with the air injection system operating and a number of windows open tothe outdoors on each floor in turn.

References

General

(1) High-Rise Building Fires and Fire Safety. Fire Journal and Fire Technology, NFPA No. SPP-18, 1972, 164 pp.(2) N.B. Hutcheon, Safety in Buildings. CBD 114, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada,

Ottawa, June 1969.(3) M. Galbreath, Fire in High Buildings. DBR Fire Study No. 21, Division of Building Research, National Research

Council Canada, Ottawa, April 1968. NRCC 10081.(4) G.W. Shorter, Fire in Tall Buildings. Fire Fighting in Canada, October 1967.

Evacuation

(5) M. Galbreath, Time of Evacuation by Stairs in High Buildings. Fire Fighting in Canada, February 1969.(6) J.L. Pauls, Evacuation and Other Fire Safety Measures in High-Rise Buildings. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 81, Part 1,

1975, pp. 528-533.

Smoke Movement and Control (General)

(7) A.G. Wilson and G.W. Shorter, Fire and High Buildings. Fire Technology, Vol. 6, No. 4, November 1970, pp.292-304. NRCC 11789.

(8) J.H. McGuire, G.T. Tamura and A.G. Wilson, Factors in Controlling Smoke in High Buildings. ASHRAESymposium Bulletin, January 1970, pp. 8-13. NRCC 12016.

(9) N.B. Hutcheon and G.W. Shorter, Smoke Problems in High-Rise Buildings. ASHRAE Journal, Vol. 10, No. 9,September 1968, pp. 57-61. NRCC 10427.



SB-4 Page 72

(10) J.H. McGuire and G.T. Tamura, Smoke Control in High-Rise Buildings. CBD 134, Division of Building Research,National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, February 1971.

(11) G.T. Tamura and J.H. McGuire, Smoke Movement in High-Rise Buildings. CBD 133, Division of BuildingResearch, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, January 1971.

(12) J.H. McGuire and G.T. Tamura, The National Building Code Smoke Control Measures - An Overview. EngineeringDigest, Vol. 25, No. 9, October 1979, pp. 35-38. NRCC 17920.

(13) G.T. Tamura, Review of the DBR/NRC Studies on Control of Smoke from a Fire in High Buildings. ASHRAETrans. Vol. 89, Part 1B, 1983, pp. 341-361. NRCC 23054.

(14) G.T. Tamura, Smoke-Control Systems in High-Rise Buildings, 1976-1980 Survey. Engineering Digest, Vol. 30, No.7, August 1984, pp. 32-34. NRCC 23874 .

(15) G.T. Tamura and P.J. Manley, Smoke Movement Studies in a 15-Storey Hotel. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 91, Part 2B,1985, pp. 1237-1253. NRCC 26359.

(16) J.H. McGuire and G.T. Tamura, Simple Analysis of Smoke-Flow Problems in High Buildings. Fire Technology,Vol. 11, No. 1, February 1975, pp. 15-22. NRCC 14773.

Specialized Aspects of Smoke Control

(17) G.T. Tamura and C.Y. Shaw, Basis for the Design of Smoke Shafts. Fire Technology, Vol. 9, No. 3, August 1973,pp. 209-222. NRCC 13851.

(18) G.T. Tamura and A.G. Wilson, Natural Venting to Control Smoke Movement in Buildings via Vertical Shafts.ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 76, Part II, 1970, pp. 279-289. NRCC 12357.

(19) G.T. Tamura, Analysis of Smoke Shafts for Control of Smoke Movement in Buildings. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 76,Part II, 1970, pp. 290-297. NRCC 12356 .

(20) G.T. Tamura, J.H. McGuire and A.G. Wilson, Air-Handling Systems for Control of Smoke Movement. ASHRAESymposium Bulletin, January 1970, pp. 14-19. NRCC 12017.

(21) N.B. Hutcheon, Fire Protection in Air System Installations. Heating, Piping and Air Conditioning, Vol. 40, No. 12,December 1968, p. 102. NRCC 10545.

(22) G.T. Tamura and C.Y. Shaw, Experimental Studies of Mechanical Venting for Smoke Control in Tall OfficeBuildings. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 84, Part 1, 1978, pp. 54-71. NRCC 17234.

(23) G.T. Tamura, Experimental Studies on Exterior Wall Venting for Smoke Control in Tall Office Buildings. ASHRAETrans., Vol. 84, Part 2, 1978, pp. 204-215. NRCC 17279.

(24) G.T. Tamura, The Performance of a Vestibule Pressurization for the Protection of Escape Routes of a 17-StoreyHotel. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 86, Part 1, 1980, pp. 593-603. NRCC 19017.

(25) G.T. Tamura and C.Y. Shaw, Field Check on the Building Pressurization Method for Smoke Control in High-RiseBuildings. ASHRAE Journal, Vol. 23, No. 2, February 1981, pp. 21-25. NRCC 19199.

(26) G.T. Tamura, A Smoke Control System for High-Rise Office Buildings. ASHRAE Journal, Vol. 24, No. 5, May1982, pp. 29-32. NRCC 20317.

(27) G.T. Tamura and K. Tsuji, Simplified Method for Designing a Mechanical Smoke Exhaust System for High-RiseBuildings. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 91, Part 2 B, 1985, pp. 642-656. NRCC 26341.

(28) G.T. Tamura, Experimental Studies on Pressurized Escape Routes. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 80, Part 2, 1974, pp.224-237. NRCC 14566.

(29) G.T. Tamura and J.H. Klote, Experimental Fire Tower Studies of Elevator Pressurization Systems for SmokeControl. ASHRAE Trans. Vol. 93, Part 2, 1987. NRCC 29121.

(30) J.H. Klote and G.T. Tamura, Experiments of Piston Effect on Elevator Smoke Control. ASHRAE Trans. Vol. 93,Part 2, 1987. NRCC 29120.



SB-4 Page 73

Computer Studies

(31) H. Yoshida, C.Y. Shaw and G.T. Tamura, A Fortran IV Program to Calculate Smoke Concentrations in aMulti-Storey Building. Computer Program No. 45, Division of Building Research, National Research CouncilCanada, Ottawa, June 1979.

(32) G.T. Tamura, Computer Analysis of Smoke Control with Building Air Handling Systems. ASHRAE Journal, Vol.14, No. 8, August 1972, pp. 46-54. NRCC 12809.

(33) C.Y. Shaw and G.T. Tamura, Fortran IV Programs for Calculating Sizes and Venting Capacities of Smoke Shafts.Computer Program No. 36, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, June 1973 .

(34) G.T. Tamura, Computer Analysis of Smoke Movement in Tall Buildings. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 75, Part II, 1969,pp. 81-92. NRCC 11542.

Air Leakage Studies

(35) C.Y. Shaw, D.M. Sander and G.T. Tamura, Air Leakage Measurements of the Exterior Walls of Tall Buildings.ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 79, Part II, 1973, pp. 40-48. NRCC 13951.

(36) G.T. Tamura and A.G. Wilson, Pressure Differences Caused by Wind on Two Tall Buildings. ASHRAE Trans., Vol.74, Part II, 1968, pp. 170-181. NRCC 10628.

(37) G.T. Tamura and A.G. Wilson, Pressure Differences Caused by Chimney Effect in Three High Buildings andBuilding Pressures Caused by Chimney Action and Mechanical Ventilation. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 73, Part II, 1967.NRCC 9950 .

(38) G.T. Tamura and A.G. Wilson, Pressure Differences for a Nine-Storey Building as a Result of Chimney Effect andVentilation System Operation. ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 72, Part I, 1966, pp. 180-189. NRCC 9467.

(39) G.T. Tamura and C.Y. Shaw, Air Leakage Data for the Design of Elevator and Stairshaft Pressurization Systems.ASHRAE Trans., Vol. 82, Part II, 1976, pp. 179-190. NRCC 15921.

Associated Elementary Theory

(40) A.G. Wilson and G.T. Tamura, Stack Effect and Building Design. CBD 107, Division of Building Research,National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, November 1968.

(41) A.G. Wilson and G.T. Tamura, Stack Effect in Buildings. CBD 104, Division of Building Research, NationalResearch Council Canada, Ottawa, August 1968.



SB-4 Page 74




Approved Sewage Treatment Units



m1

m4

e2

COMMENCEMENT

Supplementary Standard SB-5 comes into force on the 31st day of December, 2006.Ruling of the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing (Minister’s Ruling) MR-07-S-02 takes effect on the 9th day ofMarch, 2007.Ruling of the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing (Minister’s Ruling) MR-08-S-05 takes effect on the 18th day ofJune, 2008.

ERRATA






SB-5 Page 5

m1

Table 2 (Cont’d)List of Approved Treatment Units Meeting Tertiary Effluent Quality Criteria in Table 8.6.2.2.A. of Division B in the 2006 Building Code

(Approved for Shallow Buried Trenches)

Manufacturer/Distributor Models Comments

Southern Ontario Biocycle Ltd.280 South Blair St.Whitby, Ontario L1N 9N2Phone: 905-665-0537Fax: 905-665-7552Contact: Jake Rempel

Biocycle Aerated Wastewater System

Model: 5800-10

See attached system description.

Seprotech Systems Inc.(formerly CMS Rotodisk Inc.)2378 Holly LaneOttawa, Ontario K1V 7P1Phone: 613-523-1641Fax: 613-731-0851Contact: Cliff Johnson

Rotordisk Wastewater Systems

Model: S12

See attached system description.

Bio-Microbics, Inc.8450 Cole Pkwy.Shawnee, KS USA 66227Phone: 913-422-0707 or 800-753-3278Fax: 913-422-0808Contact: R. Peat

FAST® Wastewater Treatment Systems

Model: MicroFAST® 0.5Model: MicroFAST® 0.75Model: MicroFAST® 0.9Model: MicroFAST® 1.5

See attached systemdescriptions.

Aquarobic CanadaP.O. Box 149Utterson, OntarioPOB 1M0Phone: 705-644-1877 or 800-452-0144Fax: 705-788-9204Contact: John Reid

Model MicroMini-28 Model MicroMini-45 Model MiniPlant-70Model MiniPlant-85


Nayadic Wastewater Treatment Systemsc/o EZFlow Canada7024 Smith Industrial DriveMcGregor, Ontario N0R 1J0Phone: 519-726-6444 Fax: 519-726-6211Contact: Janis Bortolotti or John Winkup

Model M6AModel M8AModel M1050AModel M1200AModel M2000A


Bionest Technologies Inc.55, 12e Rue, CP 697Grand-Mère, Québec G9T 5L4Phone: 819-538-5662 or 866-538-5662Fax: 819-538-5707Contact: Marlène Bonneville

Bionest Treatment Systems

Models: BN-400 BN-1000BN-500 BN-1500BN-600 BN-2000BN-750 BN-2650


Premier Tech Environment1 Ave. PremierRivière-du-Loup, QuébecG5R 6C1Phone: 418-867-8883Fax: 418-862-6642Contact: Michel Lemieux

Ecoflo Biofilter Treatment Systems Housed in aConcrete Shell

Models: ST-500B-PFST-500B-GFST-650B-PFST-650B-GF


Column 1 2 3


SB-5 Page 6

m4

m4

m4

Table 2 (Cont’d)List of Approved Treatment Units Meeting Tertiary Effluent Quality Criteria in Table 8.6.2.2.A. of Division B in the 2006 Building Code

(Approved for Shallow Buried Trenches)

Manufacturer/Distributor Models Comments

Orenco Systems, Inc.814 Airway AvenueSutherlin, OR 97470Phone: 1-800-348-9843 Contact: Sam Carter

AdvanTex® Wastewater Treatment System

Models: AX20AX20-Multiple Units


Ecological Tanks, Inc.2247 Hwy 151 NorthDownsville, Louisiana 71234Phone: (318) 644-0397Fax: (318) 644-7257Contact: Calvin Locker

Aqua Safe Treatment Systems

Models: AS500, AS600, AS750, AS1000, AS1500

Aqua Air Treatment Systems

Models: AA500, AA600, AA750, AA1000, AA1500,AA500-35, AA600-50, AA800-65


Bord na Móna Environmental Products U.S. Inc.PO Box 77457Greensboro, NC 27417Phone: (336) 547-9338 or (409) 466-4644Fax: (336) 547-8559Contact: Colin Bishop

Puraflo© Peat Fiber Biofilter Treatment Systems

Model: Puraflo® P150N*1BPuraflo® P150N*1B Multiple Units


Column 1 2 3


SB-5 Page 6a



SB-5 Page 6b

Norweco Singulair® Treatment Systems

Model 960-500-2000

This Norweco Singulair® Treatment Unit is designed for daily design sanitary sewage flow of 1100 L to 2000 L. It consistsof a treatment unit with a 1.7 m3 volume baffled pretreatment chamber, a 2.3 m3 volume aeration chamber equipped withaspirator aerator rated at 1.42 L/s, a 0.95 m3 settling chamber equipped with sludge return, and a Bio-Kinetic® flowequalization and micro-screening device discharging to a single pass free access sand filter or a dosing pump chamber.

Where the percolation rate of the native subsoil is between 50 min/cm and 125 min/cm, the treatment unit shall include asingle pass sand filter consisting of a tank equipped with openings accessible from grade, 100 mm distribution piping, sandfilter with an area of 3.4 m2 and a depth of 450 mm (sand media with 0.4 mm to 1.5 mm dia. effective size with 3 uniformitycoefficient); 150 mm pea gravel layer and 100 mm dia. slotted collection piping discharging the effluent by gravity to aneffluent dosing chamber.

The dosing chamber consists of a precast concrete effluent dosing pump chamber with 3.5 m3 volumetric capacity, aminimum 0.3 HP submersible pump, level switches, alarms and control panel and a forcemain discharging the effluent.

This approval is only for the treatment unit component of the sewage system and the sewage system shall comply with theOntario Building Code, as amended from time to time.

It is the responsibility of the Norweco Equipment Company and/or its licensed agents to ensure that units meet all otherapplicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour,Electrical Safety Authority, etc.

Model 960-750-3000

This Norweco Singulair® Treatment Unit is designed for daily design sanitary sewage flow of 2000 L to 3000 L. It consistsof a treatment unit with a 2.1 m3 volume baffled pretreatment chamber, a 2.8 m3 volume aeration chamber equipped withaspirator aerator rated at 1.42 L/s, a 1.1 m3 settling chamber equipped with sludge return, and a Bio-Kinetic® flowequalization and micro-screening device discharging to a single pass free access sand filter or a dosing pump chamber.

Where the percolation rate of the native subsoil is between 50 min/cm and 125 min/cm, the treatment unit shall include asingle pass sand filter consisting of a tank equipped with openings accessible from grade, 100 mm distribution piping, sandfilter with an area of 5.1 m2 and a depth of 450 mm (sand media with 0.4 mm to 1.5 mm dia. effective size with 3 uniformitycoefficient); 150 mm pea gravel layer and 100 mm dia. slotted collection piping discharging the effluent by gravity to aneffluent dosing chamber.

The dosing chamber consists of a precast concrete effluent dosing pump chamber with 5.5 m3 volumetric capacity, aminimum 0.3 HP submersible pump, level switches, alarms and control panel and a forcemain discharging the effluent.


It is the responsibility of the Norweco Equipment Company and/or its licensed agents to ensure that units meet all otherapplicable standards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour,Electrical Safety Authority, etc.


SB-5 Page 9

e2

e2

Orenco Treatment Systems

High Load Intermittent Sand Filter Systems:

Model ISF1111HL

This Orenco Treatment Unit is designed for daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 1100 L. The system requires astandard septic tank with minimum volume of 4400 L, complete with an effluent filter on the outlet to screen out particleslarger than 3 mm, overflowing to a pump chamber.

The pump chamber has a minimum nominal diameter of 380 mm and a minimum effective depth of 1200 mm. It is equippedwith a minimum 0.5 HP effluent dosing pump, complete with level switches, alarm and control panel, discharging to a sandfilter.

The sand filter has an area of 11.25 m2, is contained in a 30 mil PVC liner and it is designed to have a hydraulic loading rateno greater than 100 L/m2/day. It includes a pressure distribution manifold, with laterals of a minimum 25 mm dia. pressurepipe, centered at 360 mm. The pipes have 3 mm dia. orifices, centered at 600 mm. The pipes are covered with a 150 mmlayer of 9 mm washed pea stone and with cold weather shields. The layer of stone is underlaid by 600 mm of high load filtermedia. The filter media conforms to the following sieve sizing: #3/8: 100% passing; #4: 77-100% passing; #8: 53-100%passing; #16: 15-80% passing; #30: 3-50% passing; #50: 0-1% passing; #100: 0-1% passing; #200: 0-1% passing with D10 = 0.4 to 0.9 mm and Cu = 1 to 4. The sand filter media is underlaid by 150 mm of 19 mm clear stone containing a 100 mm dia., slotted drainage pipe discharging to a dosing pump chamber.

The dosing chamber has a minimum of 380 mm nominal dia. and a minimum of 900 mm effective depth. It is equipped witha minimum 0.5 HP effluent pump, level switches, alarms and control panel, discharging the effluent at controlled intervals.


It is the responsibility of the Orenco Systems Inc. and/or its licensed agents to ensure that units meet all other applicablestandards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, ElectricalSafety Authority, etc.

Model ISF1313HL





SB-5 Page 10

e2




Model ISF1515HL

This Orenco Treatment Unit is designed for daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 2000 L. The system requires astandard septic tank with minimum volume of 8000 L, complete with a physical filter on the outlet to screen out particleslarger than 3 mm, overflowing to a pump chamber.






Model ISF2000HL

This Orenco Treatment Unit is designed for daily design sanitary sewage flow of 2000 L to 10 000 L. The system requiresa standard septic tank with minimum volume of four times the daily design sanitary sewage flow, complete with an effluentfilter on the outlet to screen out particles larger than 3 mm, overflowing to a pump chamber.



SB-5 Page 11

e2 The sand filter is contained in a 30 mil PVC liner and it is designed to have a hydraulic loading rate no greater than 100 L/m2/day. It includes a pressure distribution manifold, with laterals of a minimum 25 mm dia. pressure pipe, centered at360 mm. The pipes have 3 mm dia. orifices, centered at 600 mm. The pipes are covered with a 150 mm layer of 9 mmwashed pea stone and with cold weather shields. The layer of stone is underlaid by 600 mm of high load filter media. Thefilter media conforms to the following sieve sizing: #3/8: 100% passing; #4: 77-100% passing; #8: 53-100% passing; #16: 15-80% passing; #30: 3-50% passing; #50: 0-1% passing; #100: 0-1% passing; #200: 0-1% passing with D10 = 0.4 to0.9 mm and Cu = 1 to 4. The sand filter media is underlaid by 150 mm of 19 mm clear stone containing a 100 mm dia.,slotted drainage pipe discharging to a dosing pump chamber.




Low Load Intermittent Sand Filter Systems:

Model ISF1616LL








SB-5 Page 12

Model ISF2020LL







Model ISF2222LL






SB-5 Page 47

m1

e2

e2

e2

Ecoflo Biofilter Treatment Systems Housed in a Concrete Shell

Model Ecoflo ST-500B-PF Biofilter

This Ecoflo Biofilter Treatment Unit is designed for daily design sanitary sewage flow of 850 L to 1500 L. The systemrequires a standard septic tank complete with an effluent filter on the outlet to screen out particles larger than 1.6 mm,overflowing to a pump chamber.

The pump chamber has a minimum effective holding capacity of one times the daily design flow, equipped with a minimum0.3 HP pump complete with level switches, alarm and control panel with a minimum 38 mm dia. discharge pipe, ball valveand a flow controller, terminating in an Ecoflo ST-500B Biofilter unit.

The Ecoflo® ST-500B Biofilter unit consists of approximately 4 m3 of compact high-performance peat-based biofilter mediumconfined in a concrete shell.

The treated effluent is collected and stored in the collecting layer underneath the filtering media. The model has an effectiveintegrated storage capacity that is equivalent to 0.9 times the daily design flow. The treated effluent is directed towards anintegrated pump vault, equipped with a minimum 0.3 HP effluent pump, through a drainage system located at the bottom ofthe concrete shell. The pump is activated by a control panel for time dosing, and is equipped with an on\off float and alarmfloat installed in the chamber. The alarm float is connected to an alarm panel placed inside the building on an independentelectrical circuit. The treated effluent is then dosed to a shallow buried trench system.

This approval is only for the treatment capability of the treatment unit and the sewage system and its components shallcomply with the Building Code, as amended from time to time.

It is the responsibility of Premier Tech Environment and/or its licensed agents, to ensure that units meet all other applicablestandards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, ElectricalSafety Authority, etc.

Model Ecoflo ST-500B-GF Biofilter

This Ecoflo Biofilter Treatment Unit is designed for daily design sanitary sewage flow of 850 L to 1500 L. The systemrequires a standard septic tank complete with an effluent filter on the outlet to screen out particles larger than 1.6 mm,overflowing to the Ecoflo ST-500B Biofilter unit.

The effluent from the septic tank is fed by gravity over the peat media through a tipping–bucket and distribution plates.

The Ecoflo® ST-500B Biofilter unit consists of approximately 4 m3 of compact high-performance peat-based biofilter mediumconfined in a concrete shell.





SB-5 Page 48

e2

e2

Model Ecoflo ST-650B-PF Biofilter

This Ecoflo Biofilter Treatment Unit is designed for daily design sanitary sewage flow of 850 L to 2200 L. The systemrequires a standard septic tank complete with an effluent filter on the outlet to screen out particles larger than 1.6 mm,overflowing to a pump chamber.

The pump chamber has a minimum effective holding capacity of one time the daily design flow, equipped with a minimum0.3 HP pump, complete with level switches, alarm and control panel with a minimum 38 mm dia. discharge pipe, ball valveand a flow controller, terminating in an Ecoflo ST-650B Biofilter unit.

The Ecoflo® ST-650B Biofilter unit consists of approximately 5 m3 of compact high performance peat based biofilter mediumconfined in a concrete shell.




Model Ecoflo ST-650B-GF Biofilter

This Ecoflo Biofilter Treatment Unit is designed for daily design sanitary sewage flow of 850 L to 2200 L. The systemrequires a standard septic tank complete with an effluent filter on the outlet to screen out particles larger than 1.6 mm,overflowing to the Ecoflo ST-650B Biofilter unit.

The effluent from the septic tank is fed by gravity over the peat media through a tipping–bucket and distribution plates.

The Ecoflo® ST-650B Biofilter unit consists of approximately 5 m3 of compact high performance peat based biofilter mediumconfined in a concrete shell.





SB-5 Page 49

m4 Orenco AdvanTex® Treatment System

Model: AX20

This AdvanTex® Wastewater Treatment System is designed for a daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 2000 L. TheAdvanTex® Treatment System consists of a two-chamber concrete or fiberglass processing tank with an approximate workingvolume of not less than 5700 L or two separate concrete or fiberglass tanks with the first chamber/tank having anapproximate volume of not less than 3800 L and the second chamber/tank having an approximate volume of not less than1900 L.

A single two-chamber processing tank has the first chamber consisting of a service access riser, sanitary tee inlet and a bafflewall with flow through ports located in the clear zone to the second chamber. A separate two-tank arrangement consists ofthe first tank as a single chamber tank with access risers on both the inlet and outlet end with a baffled sanitary tee connectionon the inlet and outlet. The second chamber/tank contains the Biotube® Pump Package that consists of a minimum 0.5 HPeffluent dosing pump, filter complete with level switches, alarm and control panel, that pumps filtered effluent to theAdvanTex Filter. The system also contains a recirculating splitter valve (RSV) that is installed inside an access riser andreturns 100% of the treated effluent from the AdvanTex Filter to the tank during periods of no flow. In a two-chamberprocessing tank the RSV can be located in either chamber. When using the separate two-tank arrangement the RSV can belocated in either access riser in the second tank.

The AX20 Filter consists of an engineered textile media contained in a fiberglass pod. The Biotube® Pump Package pumpsfiltered effluent to a distribution manifold on top of the media. Effluent percolates down through the textile media and iscollected in the bottom of the filter pod. The treated effluent flows out of the filter pod through the Filtrate Return Line tothe RSV where it is directed back into the tank, out to the dispersal field under gravity, or into a dosing chamber to be dosedto the dispersal field.

The dosing chamber has a minimum volumetric capacity of 0.75 the daily flow and is equipped with a minimum 0.5 HPdosing pump complete with level switches and is connected to the same control panel that controls the recirculating pump. Effluent from the dosing chamber can be discharged to a shallow buried trench.


It is the responsibility of Orenco Systems, Inc. and/or its licensed agents, to ensure that units meet all other applicablestandards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, ElectricalSafety Authority, etc.

Model: AX20-Multiple Units

This AdvanTex® Wastewater Treatment System is designed for a daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 10000 L byusing multiple AX20 units.


SB-5 Page 50

m4 Aqua Safe Treatment Systems

Model AS500

This Aqua Safe Treatment system is designed for a daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 1900 L. The system consistsof a septic tank with a minimum volumetric capacity of 3.6 m3, and a treatment unit. The treatment unit consists of atreatment chamber with a total volumetric capacity of 3.8 m3, including an aeration chamber of 3.2 m3, equipped with an airdiffusion system and an air pump rated at 1.5 L/s. It also includes a 0.6 m3, inner conical, up-flow clarifier, whichoverflows to a dosing pump chamber or a sand filter.

Where the percolation rate of the native subsoil is between 50 min/cm and 125 min/cm, the treatment system shall include asingle pass free access sand filter, or a 100 micron spin filter. The sand filter consists of a fiberglass or concrete tank, with 2 access openings and 100 mm distribution piping. The filter media has an area of 4.75 m2 at 600 mm depth (1.5 to 2.0 mmeffective size, with a uniformity coefficient of 1.5). The filter media is underlaid by 150 mm of pea gravel. The filtereffluent flows by gravity to a dosing pump chamber.

The spin filter, when utilized, shall be installed after the effluent pump. The filter consists of a 150 mesh (100 micron)stainless steel screen, manufactured in a tubular configuration and installed within an ABS plastic body. Incoming water isforced through a directional nozzle plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. While the size of the filter can varydepending on the pump’s flow rate, a min. 25 mm filter for flows of 26 to 106 litres/minute is used, providing 28.4 cms offiltration area.

The dosing pump chamber has a minimum volumetric capacity of 1.9 m3, and is equipped with a minimum 0.3 HPsubmersible effluent pump, complete with level switches, alarm and control panel and a forcemain discharging the effluent.


It is the responsibility of Ecological Tanks, Inc. and/or its licensed agents, to ensure that units meet all other applicablestandards. Other standards may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, Ontario Ministry of Labour, ElectricalSafety Authority, etc.

Model AS600



The spin filter, when utilized shall be installed after the effluent pump. The filter consists of a 150 mesh (100 micron)stainless steel screen, manufactured in a tubular configuration and installed within an ABS plastic body. Incoming water isforced through a directional nozzle plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. While the size of the filter can varydepending on the pump’s flow rate, a min. 25 mm filter for flows of 26 to 106 litres/minute is used, providing 28.4 cms offiltration area.


SB-5 Page 51




Model AS750







Model AS1000

This Aqua Safe Treatment system is designed for a daily design sanitary sewage flow of 2841 L to 3785 L. The systemconsists of a septic tank with a minimum volumetric capacity of 3.6 m3, and a treatment unit. The treatment unit consists of atreatment chamber with a total volumetric capacity of 7.6 m3, including an aeration chamber of 6.5 m3, equipped with an airdiffusion system and an air pump rated at 2.7 L/s. It also includes a 1.1 m3, inner conical, up-flow clarifier, whichoverflows to a dosing pump chamber or a sand filter.



SB-5 Page 52





Model AS1500

This Aqua Safe Treatment system is designed for a daily design sanitary sewage flow of 3786 L to 5680 L. The systemconsists of a septic tank with a minimum volumetric capacity of 3.6 m3, and a treatment unit. The treatment unit consists of atreatment chamber 11.0 m3, including an aeration chamber of 8.9 m3, equipped with an air diffusion system and an air pumprated at 3.7 L/s. It also includes a 2.1 m3, inner conical, up-flow clarifier, which overflows to a dosing pump chamber or asand filter.







SB-5 Page 53

m4 Aqua Air Treatment Systems

Model AA500

This Aqua Air Treatment Unit is designed for a daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 1900 L. The system consists ofa septic tank with a minimum volumetric capacity of 3.6 m3, and a treatment unit. The treatment unit consists of a treatmentchamber with a total volumetric capacity of 2.8 m3, including an aeration chamber of 2.1 m3, equipped with an air diffusionsystem and an air pump rated at 1.5 L/s. It also includes a 0.7 m3, rectangular, up-flow clarifier, with a gravity sludgereturn to the aeration chamber. The clarified effluent overflows to a dosing pump chamber or a sand filter.


The spin filter, when utilized shall be installed after the effluent pump. The filter consists of a 150 mesh mesh (100 micron)stainless steel screen, manufactured in a tubular configuration and installed within an ABS plastic body. Incoming water isforced through a directional nozzle plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. While the size of the filter can varydepending on the pump’s flow rate, a min. 25 mm filter for flows of 26 to 106 litres/minute is used, providing 28.4 cms offiltration area.




Model AA600





SB-5 Page 54




Model AA750







Model AA1000

This Aqua Air Treatment Unit is designed for a daily design sanitary sewage flow of 2841 L to 3785 L. The systemconsists of a septic tank with a minimum volumetric capacity of 3.6 m3, and a treatment unit. The treatment unit consists of atreatment chamber with a total volumetric capacity of 5.4 m3, including an aeration chamber of 4.0 m3, equipped with an airdiffusion system and an air pump rated at 2.7 L/s. It also includes a 1.4 m3, rectangular, up-flow clarifier, with a gravitysludge return to the aeration chamber. The clarified effluent overflows to a dosing pump chamber or a sand filter.


SB-5 Page 55






Model AA1500

This Aqua Air Treatment Unit is designed for a daily design sanitary sewage flow of 3786 L to 5680 L. The systemconsists of a septic tank with a minimum volumetric capacity of 3.6 m3, and a treatment unit. The treatment unit consists of atreatment chamber with a total volumetric capacity of 8.4 m3, including an aeration chamber of 6.4 m3, equipped with an airdiffusion system and an air pump rated at 3.7 L/s. It also includes a 2.0 m3, rectangular, up-flow clarifier, with a gravitysludge return to the aeration chamber. The clarified effluent overflows to a dosing pump chamber or a sand filter.


The spin filter, when utilized shall be installed after the effluent pump. The filter consists of a 150 mesh (100 micron)stainless steel screen, manufactured in a tubular configuration and installed within an ABS plastic body. Incoming water isforced through a directional nozzle plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. While the size of the filter can varydepending on the pump’s flow rate, a min. 25 mm filter for flows of 26 to 106 litres/minute is used, providing 28.4 cm2 offiltration area.





SB-5 Page 56

Model AA500-35

This Aqua Air Treatment Unit is designed for a daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 1900 L. The system consists ofa septic tank with a minimum volumetric capacity of 3.6 m3, and a treatment unit. The treatment unit consists of a treatmentchamber with a total volumetric capacity of 4.1 m3, including a pre-treatment chamber of 1.3 m3, an aeration chamber of 2.1 m3, equipped with an air diffusion system and an air pump rated at 1.5 L/s. It also includes a 0.7 m3, rectangular,up-flow clarifier, with a gravity sludge return to the aeration chamber. The clarified effluent overflows to a dosing pumpchamber or a sand filter.






Model AA600-50





SB-5 Page 57




Model AA800-65


Where the percolation rate of the native subsoil is between 50 min/cm and 125 min/cm, the treatment system shall include asingle pass free access sand filter, or a 100 micron spin filter. The sand filter consists of a fiberglass or concrete tank, with 2 access openings and 100 mm distribution piping. The filter media has an area of 4.75 m2 at 600 mm depth (1.5 to 2.0 mmeffective size, with a uniformity coefficient of 1.5. The filter media is underlaid by 150 mm of pea gravel. The filtereffluent flows by gravity to a dosing pump chamber.






SB-5 Page 58

m4 Puraflo© Peat Fiber Biofilter Treatment Systems

Model Puraflo® P150N*1B

This Puraflo® Peat Fiber Biofilter Treatment Unit is designed for daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to 560 L permodule. The system requires a standard septic tank complete with an effluent filter on the outlet side to screen out particleslarger than 0.8 mm, overflowing to the pump chamber.

The pump chamber has a minimum effective holding capacity of one times the daily design flow, equipped with a minimum0.3 HP pump complete with level switches, alarm and control panel with a minimum 38 mm diameter discharge pipeterminating in the Puraflo® module.

The Puraflo® P150N*1B Peat Fiber Biofilter consists of one Puraflo® module with approximately 2 m3 of high performancepeat fiber medium confined in a high density polyethylene plastic shell. It is placed on a minimum of 200 mm thick layer ofcrushed stone (15 to 50 mm diameter) or gravel. The treated effluent from the modules gravity drains into the dosingchamber.

The dosing chamber has a minimum effective volume of half of the daily design flow and is equipped with a minimum 0.3 HP pump, activated by a conventional on/off float or by a control panel. The dosing chamber is controlled by an alarmfloat installed in the chamber and is connected to an alarm panel placed inside the building or on an independent electricalcircuit. The effluent from the dosing tank is discharged to a shallow buried trench.


It is the responsibility of Bord na Mona Environmental Products U.S. Inc. and/or its authorized agents to ensure that unitsmeet all other applicable standards. Other standard may include those of the Canadian Standards Association, OntarioMinistry of Labour, Electrical Safety Authority, etc.

Model: Puraflo® P150N*1B Multiple Units:

Multiple units of Model Puraflo® P150N*1B could be used to meet the total daily design sanitary sewage flow of up to10000 L. For multiple Puraflo® module designs, the standard septic tank, effluent filter, pump chamber and pump, should besized accordingly.




Energy Efficiency Supplement



m2

e1e1

e2

COMMENCEMENT


Ruling of the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Housing (Minister’s Ruling) MR-07-S-03 takes effect on the 2nd day ofApril, 2007.

ERRATA

Issued April 2nd, 2007.Issued June 18th, 2008.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

The Ministry wishes to thank ASHRAE for permission to reproduce material from ASHRAE/IES 90.1-1989 and ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2004.





SB-10 Page 9

5.3.6 Shell Buildings. The following conditions shall be assumed when determining building envelope compliance byeither the prescriptive method of 5.5 or the system performance method of 5.6.(a) Lighting power density and equipment power density: For 5.5, the total power density shall be assumed to be those

listed in Table 5-1. For 5.6, the values in Table 5-1 shall be apportioned as two-thirds lighting and one-third for otherequipment. Note that these are not recommended design values but are for compliance purposes only to simulate themost stringent compliance situation that is likely to occur.

(b) Fenestration shading devices: Only those shading devices that are part of the design when it is being evaluated forcompliance shall be considered when determining compliance.

(c) Electric lighting controls for perimeter daylighting utilization: Only those controls that are part of the design when itis being evaluated for compliance shall be considered when determining compliance.

Table 5-1 Assumed Internal Loads For Shell and Speculative Buildings

Shell BuildingsHDD18 < 1650 (HDD65 < 3000) 1650 < HDD18 < 3300 (3000 < HDD65 < 6000) HDD18 > 3300 (HDD65 > 6000)

32.3 W/m2 (3.00 W/ft2 ) 24.2 W/m2 (2.25 W/ft2 ) 16.1 W/m2 (1.5 W/ft2 )

SpeculativeBuildings

Use the lighting power densities from Table 9.6.1 and the average equipment power density from Table 5-4

Column 1 2 3 4

5.3.7 Reserved.

5.3.8 Reserved.

5.3.9 Thermal Resistance of Below-Grade Components (RSI). In all below-grade applications, the thermalperformance of the adjacent ground shall be excluded in determining the thermal resistance of the below-grade components.

5.3.9.1 Slabs. The RSI-Value and dimensions required for slabs refer only to the insulation materials. Insulationcontinuity shall be maintained in the design of slab edge insulation systems. Continuity shall be maintained from the wallinsulation through the slab/wall/footing intersection to the body of the slab edge insulation. Several representativeconfigurations are illustrated in Figure 5-2.

5.3.9.1.1 Where insulative continuity is impossible because of structural constraints, a minimum overlapping ofinsulation is acceptable. The insulation must overlap by a distance equal to (or greater than) two times the minimuminsulation separation, as shown in Figure 5-3. The overlapping insulation must have a thermal resistance (R-Value) equal toor greater than that specified for the wall below grade in the Alternate Component Package Tables (or from the Standard 90.1ENVSTD23 or ENVSTD24 Envelope Software).

5.3.9.2 Below-Grade Walls. The RSI-Value required for below-grade walls refers to the overall RSI-Value of the wallassembly excluding air film coefficients and the adjacent ground.


SB-10 Page 10

e2

e2

Figure 5-2 Continuity of Insulation on or Below Grade

x

2 x

Figure 5-3 Minimum Permissible Insulation Overlap

5.4 Mandatory Provisions

5.4.1 Insulation. Where insulation is required in 5.5 or 5.6, it shall comply with the requirements found in 5.8.1.1 to5.8.1.9.

5.4.2 Fenestration and Doors. Procedures for determining fenestration and door performance are described in 5.8.2.Product samples used for determining fenestration performance shall be production line units or representative of unitspurchased by the consumer or contractor.


SB-10 Page 43

e2 Table 6.8.1D Packaged Terminal Air Conditioners, Packaged Terminal Heat Pumps, Single-Package Vertical Air Conditioners,

Single-Package Vertical Heat Pumps, Room Air Conditioners and Room Air Conditioner Heat Pumps, Electrically Operated, Minimum Efficiency Requirements

Equipment TypeSize Category

(input)Sub-Category

or Rating ConditionMinimum Efficiency Test Procedure

PTAC(Cooling Mode)New Construction

All Capacities35EC (95EF) db Outdoor

Air12.5 - (0.213 x Cap(3)/ 293.1) EER(1)

12.5 - (0.213 x Capo(3)/1000) EER(1)

CAN/CSA C744ARI 310/380

PTAC(Cooling Mode)Replacements(4)


Air10.9 - (0.213 x Cap(3)/293.1) EER(1)

10.9 - (0.213 x Capo(3)/1000) EER(1)

CAN/CSA-C744ARI 310/380

PTHP(Cooling Mode)New Construction


Air12.3 - (0.213 x Cap(3)/293.1) EER(1)

12.3 - (0.213 x Capo(3)/1000) EER(1)


PTHP(Cooling Mode)Replacements(4)


Air10.8 - (0.213 x Cap(3)/293.1) EER(1)

10.8 - (0.213 x Capo(3)/1000) EER(1)


PTHP (Heating Mode)New Construction

All Capacities3.2 - (0.026 x Cap(3)/293.1) COP(1)

3.2 - (0.026 x Capo(3)/1000) COP(1)


PTHP (Heating Mode)Replacements(4) All Capacities

2.9 - (0.026 x Cap(3)/293.1) COP(1)

2.9 - (0.026 x Capo(3)/1000) COP(1)


SPVAC (Cooling Mode) All Capacities 35EC db / 23.9EC wb(95EF db/ 75EF wb)

Outdoor Air8.6 EER(1) CAN/CSA-C746

ARI 390

SPVHP (Cooling Mode) All Capacities 35EC db / 23.9EC wb(95EF db/ 75EF wb)

Outdoor Air8.6 EER(1) CAN/CSA-C746

ARI 390

SPVHP (Heating Mode) All Capacities 8.3EC db / 6.1EC wb(47EF db / 43EF wb)

Outdoor Air2.7 COP(1) CAN/CSA-C746

ARI 390

Room Air Conditioners,With Louvered Sides

< 1.8 kW(< 6,000 Btu/h)

9.7 EER

CSA C368.1-MC368.1 only applies

to equipment < 10.55kW (< 36,000 Btu/h)

ANSI/AHAM RAC-1

$ 1.8 kW and < 2.3 kW($ 6,000 Btu/h and < 8,000 Btu/h)

9.7 EER(1)

$ 2.3 kW and < 4.1 kW($ 8,000 Btu/h and < 14,000 Btu/h)

9.8 EER(1)

$ 4.1 kW and < 5.9 kW ($ 14,000 Btu/h and < 20,000 Btu/h)

9.7 EER(1)

$ 5.9 kW($ 20,000 Btu/h)

8.5 EER(1)

Room Air Conditioners,Without Louvered Sides

< 2.3 kW(< 8,000 Btu/h)

9.0 EER(1)

CSA C368.1-MANSI/AHAM RAC-1

$ 2.3 kW and < 5.9 kW ($ 8,000 Btu/h and < 20,000 Btu/h)

8.5 EER(1)

$ 5.9 kW($ 20,000 Btu/h)

8.5 EER(1)


SB-10 Page 44

Table 6.8.1D (Cont’d)Packaged Terminal Air Conditioners, Packaged Terminal Heat Pumps, Single-Package Vertical Air Conditioners,

Single-Package Vertical Heat Pumps, Room Air Conditioners and Room Air Conditioner Heat Pumps, Electrically Operated, Minimum Efficiency Requirements


(input)Sub-Category

or Rating ConditionMinimum Efficiency Test Procedure

Room Air Conditioner HeatPumps With LouveredSides

< 5.9 kW(< 20,000 Btu/h)

9.0 EER(1)

CSA C368.1-MANSI/AHAM RAC-1$ 5.9 kW

($ 20,000 Btu/h)8.5 EER(1)

Room Air Conditioner HeatPumps Without LouveredSides

< 4.1 kW (< 14,000 Btu/h)

8.5 EER(1)

CSA C368.1-MANSI/AHAM RAC-1$ 4.1 kW

($ 14,000 Btu/h)8.0 EER(1)

Room Air Conditioner, Casement Only

All Capacities 8.7 EER(2) ANSI/AHAM RAC-1

Room Air Conditioner, Casement-Slider

All Capacities 9.5 EER(2) ANSI/AHAM RAC-1

Notes to Table 6.8.1D:(1) Minimum efficiency regulated by Ontario Energy Efficiency Act.(2) Minimum efficiency specified in ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1.(3) Cap is the rated cooling capacity in W, Capo is the rated cooling capacity in Btu/h. If unit capacity is less that 2,030 W (7,000 Btu/h), use 2,030 W (7,000 Btu/h) in

calculation. If greater than 4,390 W (15,000 Btu/h), use 4,390 W (15,000 Btu/h) in calculation.(4) Replacements must be factory labeled as follows: “MANUFACTURED FOR REPLACEMENT APPLICATIONS ONLY; NOT TO BE INSTALLED IN NEW

CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS”. Replacement efficiencies apply only to units with existing wall sleeves/less than 0.41 m (16 in) high and less than 1.07 m (42 in) wide.

Table 6.8.1EWarm Air Furnaces and Combination Warm Air Furnaces/Air-Conditioning Units, Warm Air Duct Furnaces and

Units Heaters Minimum Efficiency Requirements


(input)Sub-Category

or Rating ConditionOntario Energy Efficiency Act

Minimum EfficiencyTest Procedure

Warm Air Furnace,Gas-Fired

< 66 kW(< 225,000 Btu/h)

Single-phase 78% AFUE CGA-P.2DOE 10 CFR Part 430

or ANSI Z21.47Three-phase78% AFUEor 80% Et

$ 66 kW and < 117 kW($ 225,000 Btu/h and < 400,000 Btu/h)

Maximum Capacity* 80% EtCSA 2.3

ANSI Z21.47

$ 117 kW($ 400,000 Btu/h)

Maximum Capacity* 80% EtCGA P.8

ANSI Z21.47

Warm Air Furnace,Oil-Fired

< 66 kW(< 225,000 Btu/h)

78% SEUECSA B212

DOE 10 CFR Part 430 or UL 727

$ 66 kW($ 225,000 Btu/h)

Maximum Capacity* 81% Et UL 727

Warm Air Duct Furnaces,Gas-Fired

All Capacities Maximum Capacity* 80% Et ANSI Z83.9

Warm Air Unit Heaters,Gas-Fired

All Capacities Maximum Capacity* 80% EcCSA 2.6

ANSI Z83.8

Unit Heaters,Oil-Fired

All Capacities Maximum Capacity* 80% Ec UL 731

Et is thermal efficiency and E c is combustion efficiency. E c = 100% less flue losses*Maximum capacity as provided for and allowed by unit controls.